Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

if+used+properly

  • 101 cuerpo

    m.
    1 body.
    a cuerpo without a coat on
    de cuerpo entero full-length (retrato, espejo)
    en cuerpo y alma body and soul
    luchar cuerpo a cuerpo to fight hand-to-hand
    de cuerpo presente (lying) in state
    tomar cuerpo to take shape
    vivir a cuerpo de rey to live like a king
    ¡cuerpo a tierra! hit the ground!, get down!
    cuerpo celeste heavenly body
    cuerpo extraño foreign body
    el cuerpo humano the human body
    2 main body (parte principal).
    3 thickness (consistencia).
    mover hasta que la mezcla tome cuerpo stir until the mixture thickens
    el proyecto de nuevo aeropuerto va tomando cuerpo the new airport project is taking shape
    4 corps.
    cuerpo diplomático diplomatic corps
    cuerpo de policía police force
    5 section (parte de armario, edificio).
    7 corpus, body, main section of a bodily part, main section of an organism.
    8 mass of tissue, corpus.
    * * *
    1 ANATOMÍA body
    3 (figura) figure; (tronco) trunk
    4 (tronco) trunk
    5 (grupo) body, force, corps
    6 (cadáver) corpse, body
    7 (parte) section, part; (parte principal) main part, main body
    8 QUÍMICA substance
    9 FÍSICA body
    10 (vino, tela, etc) body
    11 DEPORTE length
    \
    a cuerpo descubierto defenceless (US defenseless)
    cuerpo a cuerpo hand-to-hand
    de cuerpo entero full-length
    en cuerpo y alma figurado heart and soul, body and soul
    estar de cuerpo presente to lie in state
    hacer de cuerpo eufemístico to relieve oneself
    no tener nada en el cuerpo to have an empty stomach
    tener buen cuerpo to have a good figure
    tomar cuerpo figurado to take shape
    cuerpo de baile corps de ballet
    cuerpo del delito DERECHO evidence, corpus delicti
    cuerpo diplomático diplomatic corps
    cuerpo legislativo legislative body
    cuerpo geométrico regular solid
    cuerpos celestes heavenly bodies
    * * *
    noun m.
    1) body
    * * *
    SM
    1) (Anat) body

    me dolía todo el cuerpo — my body was aching all over, I was aching all over

    cuerpo a cuerpo —

    un cuerpo a cuerpo entre los dos políticos — a head-on o head-to-head confrontation between the two politicians

    • de cuerpo entero — [retrato, espejo] full-length

    • de medio cuerpo — [retrato, espejo] half-length

    • cuerpo serrano — hum body to die for

    • ¡cuerpo a tierra! — hit the ground!

    dar con el cuerpo en tierra — to fall down, fall to the ground

    a cuerpo gentil —

    a cuerpo de rey —

    hurtó el cuerpo y eludió a sus vecinos — he sneaked off o away and avoided his neighbours

    pedirle a algn algo el cuerpo —

    2) (=cadáver) body, corpse

    de cuerpo presente: su marido aún estaba de cuerpo presente — her husband had not yet been buried

    funeral de cuerpo presente — funeral service, funeral

    3) (=grupo)

    cuerpo de bomberos — fire brigade, fire department (EEUU)

    4) (=parte) [de mueble] section, part; [de un vestido] bodice; (=parte principal) main body
    5) (=objeto) body, object
    6) (=consistencia) [de vino] body

    • dar cuerpo a algo, el suavizante que da cuerpo a su cabello — the conditioner that gives your hair body

    • tomar cuerpo — [plan, proyecto, personaje, historia] to take shape

    7) (Tip) [de letra] point, point size
    * * *
    1)
    a) (Anat) body

    tenía el miedo metido en el cuerpo — (fam) he was scared stiff (colloq)

    a cuerpo de rey — (fam)

    a cuerpo gentil — (fam) without a coat (o sweater etc)

    echarse algo al cuerpo — (fam) < comida> to have something to eat; < bebida> to have something to drink

    sacar(le) el cuerpo a alguien — (AmL fam) to steer clear of somebody

    sacar(le) el cuerpo a algo — (AmL fam) ( a trabajo) to get out of something; ( a responsabilidad) to evade o shirk something

    b) ( cadáver) body, corpse

    encontraron su cuerpo sin vida junto al río — (period) his lifeless body was found by the river (frml)

    c) ( tronco) body
    2) (Equ) length
    3)
    a) ( parte principal) main body
    b) ( de mueble) part; ( de edificio) section
    4) (conjunto de personas, de ideas, normas) body
    5) (Fís) ( objeto) body, object; ( sustancia) substance
    6) (consistencia, densidad) body

    dar/tomar cuerpo — idea/escultura to take shape

    * * *
    = body, body, type size, body-size, corps, shank, cadaver, soma.
    Ex. But when he speaks to me he always scans my body and stares at my breasts.
    Ex. Cartographic materials are, according to AACR2, all the materials that represent, in whole or in part, the earth or any celestial body.
    Ex. Using golf-ball or daisy-wheel typewriters a good range of typefaces can be used on the same page; different type sizes can also be used.
    Ex. A fount of type was a set of letters and other symbols in which each was supplied in approximate proportion to its frequency of use, all being of one body-size and design.
    Ex. Quality abstracting services take pride in their corps of abstractors.
    Ex. Another device was to make matrices for accented sorts with the punches already used for unaccented sorts: the letter punch was stepped on its shank so that one of several accent punches could be bound on to the step to make a combined punch.
    Ex. Rather than bringing in butchers to do the handiwork of his dissections, Vesalius himself worked on the human cadavers and said that students of medicine should do the same.
    Ex. Pyramidal neurons, also known as pyramidal cells, are neurons with a pyramidal-shaped cell body ( soma) and two distinct dendritic trees.
    ----
    * a cuerpo de rey = the lap of luxury.
    * crema para el cuerlpo = body lotion.
    * cuerpo calloso = corpus callosum.
    * cuerpo celeste = celestial body, heavenly body.
    * cuerpo Danone = body beautiful.
    * cuerpo de animal muerto = carcass.
    * cuerpo de bomberos = fire department.
    * cuerpo de estanterías = bay of shelves, range of shelving, range, bay of shelving.
    * cuerpo de estanterías por materia = subject bay.
    * cuerpo de inspectores = inspectorate.
    * cuerpo de la ficha = body of the card.
    * Cuerpo de Marina = Navy Corps.
    * Cuerpo de Paz, el = Peace Corps.
    * Cuerpo de Zapadores = Army Corps Engineers.
    * cuerpo expedicionario = expeditionary force.
    * cuerpo extraño = foreign body.
    * cuerpo humano, el = human body, the.
    * cuerpo político, el = body politic, the.
    * cuerpo sin vida = dead body.
    * culto al cuerpo = cult of the body, body beautiful.
    * dar cuerpo = give + substance.
    * dar cuerpo a = flesh out.
    * dar cuerpo y forma a = lend + substance and form to.
    * de cuerpo largo = long-bodied.
    * del cuerpo = body.
    * foto de medio cuerpo = mugshot [mug shot].
    * ingeniero del cuerpo de zapadores = Army Corps engineer.
    * luchar cuerpo a cuerpo = clinch.
    * miembro del cuerpo = limb.
    * órgano del cuerpo = limb, body part.
    * pegado al cuerpo = slinky [slinkier -comp., slinkiest -sup.].
    * ponerse en forma para la lucir el cuerpo en la playa = get + beach-fit.
    * que cubre todo el cuerpo = head to toe.
    * seguro por pérdida de un miembro del cuerpo = dismemberment insurance.
    * temperatura del cuerpo = body temperature.
    * vivir a cuerpo de rey = live like + a king, live in + the lap of luxury.
    * * *
    1)
    a) (Anat) body

    tenía el miedo metido en el cuerpo — (fam) he was scared stiff (colloq)

    a cuerpo de rey — (fam)

    a cuerpo gentil — (fam) without a coat (o sweater etc)

    echarse algo al cuerpo — (fam) < comida> to have something to eat; < bebida> to have something to drink

    sacar(le) el cuerpo a alguien — (AmL fam) to steer clear of somebody

    sacar(le) el cuerpo a algo — (AmL fam) ( a trabajo) to get out of something; ( a responsabilidad) to evade o shirk something

    b) ( cadáver) body, corpse

    encontraron su cuerpo sin vida junto al río — (period) his lifeless body was found by the river (frml)

    c) ( tronco) body
    2) (Equ) length
    3)
    a) ( parte principal) main body
    b) ( de mueble) part; ( de edificio) section
    4) (conjunto de personas, de ideas, normas) body
    5) (Fís) ( objeto) body, object; ( sustancia) substance
    6) (consistencia, densidad) body

    dar/tomar cuerpo — idea/escultura to take shape

    * * *
    = body, body, type size, body-size, corps, shank, cadaver, soma.

    Ex: But when he speaks to me he always scans my body and stares at my breasts.

    Ex: Cartographic materials are, according to AACR2, all the materials that represent, in whole or in part, the earth or any celestial body.
    Ex: Using golf-ball or daisy-wheel typewriters a good range of typefaces can be used on the same page; different type sizes can also be used.
    Ex: A fount of type was a set of letters and other symbols in which each was supplied in approximate proportion to its frequency of use, all being of one body-size and design.
    Ex: Quality abstracting services take pride in their corps of abstractors.
    Ex: Another device was to make matrices for accented sorts with the punches already used for unaccented sorts: the letter punch was stepped on its shank so that one of several accent punches could be bound on to the step to make a combined punch.
    Ex: Rather than bringing in butchers to do the handiwork of his dissections, Vesalius himself worked on the human cadavers and said that students of medicine should do the same.
    Ex: Pyramidal neurons, also known as pyramidal cells, are neurons with a pyramidal-shaped cell body ( soma) and two distinct dendritic trees.
    * a cuerpo de rey = the lap of luxury.
    * crema para el cuerlpo = body lotion.
    * cuerpo calloso = corpus callosum.
    * cuerpo celeste = celestial body, heavenly body.
    * cuerpo Danone = body beautiful.
    * cuerpo de animal muerto = carcass.
    * cuerpo de bomberos = fire department.
    * cuerpo de estanterías = bay of shelves, range of shelving, range, bay of shelving.
    * cuerpo de estanterías por materia = subject bay.
    * cuerpo de inspectores = inspectorate.
    * cuerpo de la ficha = body of the card.
    * Cuerpo de Marina = Navy Corps.
    * Cuerpo de Paz, el = Peace Corps.
    * Cuerpo de Zapadores = Army Corps Engineers.
    * cuerpo expedicionario = expeditionary force.
    * cuerpo extraño = foreign body.
    * cuerpo humano, el = human body, the.
    * cuerpo político, el = body politic, the.
    * cuerpo sin vida = dead body.
    * culto al cuerpo = cult of the body, body beautiful.
    * dar cuerpo = give + substance.
    * dar cuerpo a = flesh out.
    * dar cuerpo y forma a = lend + substance and form to.
    * de cuerpo largo = long-bodied.
    * del cuerpo = body.
    * foto de medio cuerpo = mugshot [mug shot].
    * ingeniero del cuerpo de zapadores = Army Corps engineer.
    * luchar cuerpo a cuerpo = clinch.
    * miembro del cuerpo = limb.
    * órgano del cuerpo = limb, body part.
    * pegado al cuerpo = slinky [slinkier -comp., slinkiest -sup.].
    * ponerse en forma para la lucir el cuerpo en la playa = get + beach-fit.
    * que cubre todo el cuerpo = head to toe.
    * seguro por pérdida de un miembro del cuerpo = dismemberment insurance.
    * temperatura del cuerpo = body temperature.
    * vivir a cuerpo de rey = live like + a king, live in + the lap of luxury.

    * * *
    A
    le dolía todo el cuerpo his whole body ached
    es de cuerpo muy menudo she's very slightly built o she has a very slight build
    tenía el miedo metido en el cuerpo ( fam); he was scared stiff ( colloq)
    un retrato/espejo de cuerpo entero a full-length portrait/mirror
    a cuerpo de rey ( fam): vive a cuerpo de rey he lives like a king
    nos atendieron a cuerpo de rey they treated us like royalty, they gave us real V.I.P. treatment ( colloq)
    a cuerpo or en or de cuerpo gentil ( fam); without a coat ( o sweater etc)
    cuerpo a cuerpo hand-to-hand
    en un combate cuerpo a cuerpo in hand-to-hand combat
    dárselo a algn el cuerpo ( fam): me lo daba el cuerpo que algo había ocurrido I had a feeling that something had happened
    echarse algo al cuerpo ( fam); ‹comida› to have sth to eat;
    ‹bebida› to have sth to drink, knock sth back ( colloq)
    en cuerpo y alma ( fam); wholeheartedly
    hacer or ir del cuerpo ( euf); to do one's business ( euph)
    logró hurtarle el cuerpo al golpe she managed to dodge the blow
    el cuerpo le pedía un descanso he felt he had to have a rest, his body was crying out for a rest
    pintar or retratar a algn de cuerpo entero: en pocas líneas pinta al personaje de cuerpo entero in a few lines she gives you a complete picture of what the character is like
    eso lo pinta de cuerpo entero that shows him in his true colors, that shows him for what he is
    sacar(le) el cuerpo a algn ( AmL fam); to steer clear of sb
    sacar(le) el cuerpo a algo ( AmL fam) (a un trabajo) to get out of sth; (a una responsabilidad) to evade o shirk sth
    suelto de cuerpo (CS fam); cool as anything ( colloq), cool as you like ( colloq)
    2 (cadáver) body, corpse
    allí encontraron su cuerpo sin vida ( frml); his lifeless body was found there
    3 (tronco) body
    Compuesto:
    corpus delicti
    B ( Dep, Equ) length
    ganó por tres cuerpos de ventaja she won by three lengths
    C
    1 (parte principal) main body
    un armario de dos cuerpos a double wardrobe
    se negaron a hacer declaraciones como cuerpo they refused to make any statement as a body o group
    su separación del cuerpo his dismissal from the force ( o service etc)
    2 (de ideas, normas) body
    Compuestos:
    corps de ballet
    fire department ( AmE), fire brigade ( BrE)
    body of teaching
    body of laws
    peace corps
    police force
    security corps
    diplomatic corps
    electorate
    legislative body
    medical corps
    E ( Fís)
    1 (objeto) body, object
    2 (sustancia) substance
    Compuestos:
    heavenly body
    compound
    foreign body
    geometric shape o figure
    element
    F (consistencia, densidad) body
    un vino de mucho cuerpo a full-bodied wine
    le da cuerpo al pelo it gives the hair body
    dar/tomar cuerpo: la escultura iba tomando cuerpo the sculpture was taking shape
    hay que dar cuerpo legal a estas asociaciones we have to give legal status to these organizations
    G ( Impr) point size
    * * *

     

    cuerpo sustantivo masculino
    1
    a) (Anat) body;


    retrato/espejo de cuerpo entero full-length portrait/mirror;
    cuerpo a cuerpo hand-to-hand

    c) (Fís) ( objeto) body, object

    2 (conjunto de personas, de ideas, normas) body;

    cuerpo de policía police force;
    cuerpo diplomático diplomatic corps
    3 (consistencia, densidad) body;


    ‹ vino› full-bodied
    cuerpo sustantivo masculino
    1 body
    2 (humano) body, (tronco humano) trunk
    3 (cadáver) corpse
    4 (de un edificio o mueble) section, part
    un armario de tres cuerpos, a wardrobe with three sections
    (de un libro, una doctrina) body
    5 (grupo) corps, force
    cuerpo de bomberos, fire brigade
    cuerpo diplomático, diplomatic corps
    ♦ Locuciones: figurado tomar cuerpo, to take shape
    a cuerpo de rey, like a king
    cuerpo a cuerpo, hand-to-hand
    de cuerpo entero, full-length
    de cuerpo presente, lying in state
    un retrato de medio cuerpo, a half portrait
    ' cuerpo' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    abotargarse
    - adormecerse
    - apéndice
    - caída
    - caído
    - cd
    - deformar
    - deformarse
    - delito
    - derecha
    - derecho
    - desnuda
    - desnudo
    - dilatar
    - dilatarse
    - diplomática
    - diplomático
    - el
    - encima
    - encoger
    - extraña
    - extraño
    - grasa
    - guardia
    - holgada
    - holgado
    - inclinación
    - interfecta
    - interfecto
    - línea
    - llaga
    - lugar
    - perecedera
    - perecedero
    - proporcionada
    - proporcionado
    - quiebro
    - rebanar
    - reclinar
    - silueta
    - titilar
    - vaivén
    - volverse
    - abotagado
    - asamblea
    - bola
    - bombero
    - bulto
    - cana
    - carga
    English:
    attitude
    - bar
    - beauty spot
    - bodice
    - body
    - bow
    - bruise
    - corps
    - decay
    - diplomatic corps
    - figure
    - fire brigade
    - fire department
    - force
    - full-length
    - hair
    - legislative
    - over
    - police force
    - position
    - proportionate
    - their
    - tingly
    - carcass
    - department
    - faculty
    - fellow
    - fire
    - foreign
    - full
    - length
    - profession
    - riddle
    - rigor mortis
    - wash
    * * *
    cuerpo nm
    1. [objeto material] body
    Astron cuerpo celeste heavenly body; Quím cuerpo compuesto compound;
    cuerpo extraño foreign body;
    Náut cuerpo muerto mooring buoy; Fís cuerpo negro black body; Quím cuerpo simple element
    2. [de persona, animal] body;
    el cuerpo humano the human body;
    tiene un cuerpo estupendo he's got a great body;
    ¡cuerpo a tierra! hit the ground!, get down!;
    luchar cuerpo a cuerpo to fight hand-to-hand;
    de medio cuerpo [retrato, espejo] half-length;
    de cuerpo entero [retrato, espejo] full-length;
    Fam
    a cuerpo (gentil) without a coat on;
    a cuerpo descubierto o [m5]limpio: se enfrentaron a cuerpo descubierto o [m5] limpio they fought each other hand-to-hand;
    Fam
    dejar mal cuerpo: la comida le dejó muy mal cuerpo the meal disagreed with him;
    la discusión con mi padre me dejó muy mal cuerpo the argument with my father left a bad taste in my mouth;
    en cuerpo y alma: se dedicó en cuerpo y alma a ayudar a los necesitados he devoted himself body and soul to helping the poor;
    se entrega en cuerpo y alma a la empresa she gives her all for the company;
    Fam
    demasiado para el cuerpo: ¡esta película es demasiado para el cuerpo! this movie o Br film is just great!, Br this film is the business!;
    echarse algo al cuerpo: se echó al cuerpo dos botellas de vino he downed two bottles of wine;
    Fam Euf
    hacer de cuerpo to relieve oneself;
    le metieron el miedo en el cuerpo they filled her with fear, they scared her stiff;
    Fam
    pedir algo el cuerpo: esta noche el cuerpo me pide bailar I'm in the mood for dancing tonight;
    no bebas más si no te lo pide el cuerpo don't have any more to drink if you don't feel like it;
    Am Fam
    sacarle el cuerpo a algo to get out of (doing) sth;
    RP Fam
    suelto de cuerpo as cool o nice as you like o please;
    a pesar de todo lo que le dije, después se me acercó muy suelto de cuerpo despite everything I said to him, he came up to me later as cool o nice as you like;
    Fam
    tratar a alguien a cuerpo de rey to treat sb like royalty o like a king;
    Fam
    vivir a cuerpo de rey to live like a king
    3. [tronco] trunk
    4. [parte principal] main body;
    el cuerpo del libro the main part o body of the book
    5. [densidad, consistencia] thickness;
    la tela de este vestido tiene mucho cuerpo this dress is made from a very heavy cloth;
    un vino con mucho cuerpo a full-bodied wine;
    dar cuerpo a [salsa] to thicken;
    tomar cuerpo: mover hasta que la mezcla tome cuerpo stir until the mixture thickens;
    están tomando cuerpo los rumores de remodelación del gobierno the rumoured cabinet reshuffle is beginning to look like a distinct possibility;
    el proyecto de nuevo aeropuerto va tomando cuerpo the new airport project is taking shape
    6. [cadáver] body, corpse;
    de cuerpo presente (lying) in state
    7. [corporación consular, militar] corps;
    el agente fue expulsado del cuerpo por indisciplina the policeman was thrown out of the force for indiscipline
    cuerpo de baile dance company;
    cuerpo de bomberos Br fire brigade, US fire department;
    cuerpo diplomático diplomatic corps;
    cuerpo expedicionario expeditionary force;
    cuerpo médico medical corps;
    cuerpo de policía police force
    8. [conjunto de informaciones] body;
    cuerpo de doctrina body of ideas, doctrine;
    cuerpo legal body of legislation
    9. [parte de armario, edificio] section
    10. [parte de vestido] body, bodice
    11. [en carreras] length;
    el caballo ganó por cuatro cuerpos the horse won by four lengths
    12. Der cuerpo del delito corpus delicti, = evidence of a crime or means of perpetrating it
    13. Imprenta point;
    letra de cuerpo diez ten point font
    * * *
    m
    1 body;
    cuerpo a cuerpo hand-to-hand;
    retrato de cuerpo entero/de medio cuerpo full-length/half-length portrait;
    a cuerpo de rey like a king;
    en cuerpo y alma body and soul;
    aún estaba de cuerpo presente he had not yet been buried;
    me lo pide el cuerpo I feel like it;
    hacer del cuerpo euph do one’s business
    2 de policía force;
    3
    :
    tomar cuerpo take shape
    * * *
    cuerpo nm
    1) : body
    2) : corps
    * * *
    1. (en general) body [pl. bodies]
    2. (tronco) trunk
    tomar cuerpo to take shape [pt. took; pp. taken]

    Spanish-English dictionary > cuerpo

  • 102 poder

    m.
    1 power (mando, competencia).
    estar en/hacerse con el poder to be in/to seize power
    poder adquisitivo purchasing power
    poder calorífico calorific value
    poder de convicción persuasive powers
    tener poder de convocatoria to be a crowd-puller
    el poder ejecutivo/legislativo/judicial the executive/legislature/judiciary (personas)
    poderes fácticos the church, military and press
    poderes públicos public authorities
    El poder corrompe a los indecisos Power corrupts the undecided.
    2 power, authorization.
    dar poderes a alguien para que haga algo to authorize somebody to do something
    por poderes by proxy
    poder notarial power of attorney
    3 faculty.
    4 proxy, letter of delegation, power of attorney, letter of attorney.
    Ella se casó usando un poder She married using a proxy.
    v.
    1 can, to be able to.
    no puedo decírtelo I can't tell you, I'm unable to tell you
    2 can, may (tener permiso).
    no puedo salir por la noche I'm not allowed to o I can't go out at night
    ¿puedo fumar aquí? may I smoke here?
    ¿se puede? may I come in?
    no podemos portarnos así con él we can't treat him like that
    4 may, can (tener posibilidad, ser posible).
    puede estallar la guerra war could o may break out
    podías haber ido en tren you could have gone by train
    ¡podría habernos invitado! she could o might have invited us! (expresa enfado)
    puede que llueva it may o might rain
    ¿vendrás mañana? — puede will you come tomorrow? — I may do
    puede ser perhaps, maybe
    5 to be stronger than.
    tú eres más alto, pero yo te puedo you may be taller than me, but I could still beat you up
    6 to can, to may, to be able to, to be apt to.
    Ella puede correr She is able to run.
    7 to might, to stand to.
    Ella podría surgir She might rise above.
    8 to be capable.
    * * *
    Present Indicative
    puedo, puedes, puede, podemos, podéis, pueden.
    Past Indicative
    Future Indicative
    Conditional
    Present Subjunctive
    pueda, puedas, pueda, podamos, podáis, puedan.
    Imperfect Subjunctive
    Future Subjunctive
    Imperative
    puede (tú), pueda (él/Vd.), podamos (nos.), poded (vos.), puedan (ellos/Vds.).
    * * *
    1. verb
    1) can
    3) may
    2. noun m.
    4) strength, force
    * * *
    1. VERBO AUXILIAR
    1) (=tener la posibilidad o capacidad de)

    ¿se puede llamar por teléfono desde aquí? — can you phone from here?

    no puede venir — he can't o cannot come

    no ha podido venir — he couldn't come, he was unable to come

    2) (=tener permiso para)

    puedes irte — you can o may go

    ¿puedo usar tu teléfono? — can o may I use your phone?

    ¿puedo abrir la ventana? — can o may I open the window?

    aquí no se puede fumar — you aren't allowed to smoke here, you can't smoke here

    3) [en peticiones]

    ¿puedes/puede darme un vaso de agua? — can I/may I have a glass of water please?

    ¿me puede usted decir cuándo sale el autobús? — can o could you tell me when the bus leaves?

    4) [indicando eventualidad]

    puede o podría estar en cualquier sitio — it could o might be anywhere

    ¡cuidado, te puedes hacer daño! — careful, you could o might hurt yourself!

    podías haberte roto una pierna — you could o might have broken your leg

    5) [indicando obligación moral]

    ¡no pueden tratarnos así! — they can't treat us like this!

    6) [en cálculos, aproximaciones]

    ¿qué edad puede tener? — I wonder what age he is?, how old do you reckon he is?

    7) [en sugerencias]
    8) [en reproches]

    ¡podías habérmelo dicho! — you could o might have told me!

    habría podido ser más amable — she could o might have been a bit nicer

    ¡al menos podrías disculparte! — you could at least say sorry!

    2. VERBO INTRANSITIVO
    1) (=tener la posibilidad o capacidad)

    ¡no puedo más! — (=estoy agotado) I can't go on!; (=estoy desesperado) I can't cope any more!; (=he comido mucho) I can't eat another thing!

    2) (=tener permiso)

    ¿se puede? — may I come in?

    ¿puedo? — may I?

    3) (=tener dominio, influencia)

    los que pueden — those who can, those who are able

    el dinero puede mucho — money can do almost anything, money talks

    poder a algn: yo le puedo — I'm a match for him; [entre niños] I could have him *

    poder con

    ¿puedes con la maleta? — can you manage the suitcase?

    no puedo con él — (=no puedo controlarle) I can't handle him; (=pesa mucho) he's too heavy for me

    4) [en locuciones]

    • a más no poder, es tonto a más no poder — he's as stupid as they come

    • no poder por menos que, no pude por menos que decirle lo que pensaba de él — I just had to tell him what I thought of him

    5) CAm, Méx * (=molestar) [con irritación] to annoy; [con disgusto] to upset
    3.
    VERBO IMPERSONAL
    puede (ser) (=es posible) maybe, it may be so, perhaps

    ¡no puede ser! — that can't be!, that's impossible!

    puede (ser) que ({+ subjun}9})

    puede (ser) que esté en la biblioteca — he could o may be in the library, perhaps he's in the library

    puede (ser) que tenga uno ya — he may o might have one already

    puede (ser) que no venga — he may o might not come

    4. SUSTANTIVO MASCULINO
    1) (=capacidad, facultad) power

    poder de convocatoria, tienen un gran poder de convocatoria — they really pull in the crowds, they're real crowd-pullers *

    2) (=autoridad, influencia) power
    3) (Pol)

    ¡el pueblo al poder! — power to the people!

    ¡Herrera al poder! — Herrera for leader!

    • bajo el poder de algn, estar en el poder, ocupar el poder — to be in power

    • el poder central — central government

    • el cuarto poder — the fourth estate

    • los poderes fácticos — the powers that be

    • los poderes públicos — the authorities

    4) (=fuerza, eficacia)
    5) (=potestad)
    pl poderes powers
    6) (Jur)

    • por poderes o LAm poder — by proxy

    7) (=posesión) possession

    • estar u obrar en poder de algn — to be in sb's hands o possession

    esa información está u obra en poder de la juez — that information is in the hands of the judge, that information is in the judge's possession

    • pasar a poder de algn — to pass to sb, pass into sb's possession

    8) (Fís, Mec) power
    9) LAm (=persona) drug pusher
    * * *
    I
    verbo auxiliar

    ¿cuándo podrá darme una respuesta? — when will you be able to o when can you give me an answer?

    no pudo asistir a la reunión — he was unable to o he couldn't attend the meeting

    ¿pudiste hacerlo sola? — were you able to do it on your own?

    ¿puedo servirme otro? — can o may I have another one?

    ¿le puedo hacer una sugerencia? — may I make a suggestion?

    ¿podría irme un poco más temprano hoy? — could I leave a little earlier today?

    ¿se puede? - adelante! — may I? - come in

    4)
    a) (en quejas, reproches)

    ¿cómo pudiste hacer una cosa así? — how could you do such a thing?

    podías or podrías haberme avisado — you could o might have warned me!

    podrías or podías pedírselo tú — you could ask him for it

    ¿puedes bajar un momento? — can you come down for a moment?

    ¿podrías hacerme un favor? — could you do me a favor?

    poder con algo/alguien: ¿puedes con todo eso? can you manage all that?; no puedo con esta maleta I can't manage this suitcase; no pudo con el alemán y lo dejó he couldn't get to grips with German and he gave up; con este niño no hay quien pueda! this child is just impossible!; podérsela con algo — (Chi fam) to cope with something

    a más no poder: comió a más no poder he ate until he was fit to burst; corrimos a más no poder we ran as fast as we could; es feo a más no poder he's as ugly as they come; no poder más: estoy que no puedo más ( cansado) I'm exhausted; ( lleno) I can't eat anything else; ya no puedo más con este niño I'm at the end of my tether with this child; ya no puedo más, me está desquiciando I can't go on like this, it's driving me mad; no poder (por) menos que: no pude menos que sentirme halagado I couldn't help feeling flattered; no pudo menos que reconocer — she had no alternative but to admit

    7) (fam) (+ me, te, le etc)
    a) ( ganar)

    él es más alto, pero tú le puedes — he's taller than you but you can beat him

    b) (Méx) ( doler)
    8) (con idea de eventualidad, posibilidad)

    te podrías or podías haber matado — you could have killed yourself!

    9) (en 3a pers)

    no puede ser que ya haya terminado — he can't have finished already

    si puede ser or (Esp) a poder ser — if possible

    - puede que sí, puede que no — maybe, maybe not

    II
    1)
    a) (control, influencia) power

    estamos/nos tiene en su poder — we are/she has us in her power

    caer en poder de alguien — ciudad/país to fall to somebody

    b) (Pol)

    tomar el poder — to take o seize power

    detenta el poder desde hace 20 años — (frml) he has held power for 20 years

    2) ( posesión)

    la carta está en poder de... — the letter is in the hands of...

    obra en su poder la copia del acta — (frml) you have in your possession a copy of the minutes

    3)
    a) (derecho, atribución)

    tener amplios/plenos poderes para hacer algo — to have wide-ranging powers/full authority to do something

    b) (Der) ( documento) letter of authorization; ( hecho ante notario) power of attorney

    casarse por poder (AmL) or (Esp) por poderes — to get married by proxy

    4)
    a) (capacidad, facultad) power
    b) (de motor, aparato) power
    •
    * * *
    I
    verbo auxiliar

    ¿cuándo podrá darme una respuesta? — when will you be able to o when can you give me an answer?

    no pudo asistir a la reunión — he was unable to o he couldn't attend the meeting

    ¿pudiste hacerlo sola? — were you able to do it on your own?

    ¿puedo servirme otro? — can o may I have another one?

    ¿le puedo hacer una sugerencia? — may I make a suggestion?

    ¿podría irme un poco más temprano hoy? — could I leave a little earlier today?

    ¿se puede? - adelante! — may I? - come in

    4)
    a) (en quejas, reproches)

    ¿cómo pudiste hacer una cosa así? — how could you do such a thing?

    podías or podrías haberme avisado — you could o might have warned me!

    podrías or podías pedírselo tú — you could ask him for it

    ¿puedes bajar un momento? — can you come down for a moment?

    ¿podrías hacerme un favor? — could you do me a favor?

    poder con algo/alguien: ¿puedes con todo eso? can you manage all that?; no puedo con esta maleta I can't manage this suitcase; no pudo con el alemán y lo dejó he couldn't get to grips with German and he gave up; con este niño no hay quien pueda! this child is just impossible!; podérsela con algo — (Chi fam) to cope with something

    a más no poder: comió a más no poder he ate until he was fit to burst; corrimos a más no poder we ran as fast as we could; es feo a más no poder he's as ugly as they come; no poder más: estoy que no puedo más ( cansado) I'm exhausted; ( lleno) I can't eat anything else; ya no puedo más con este niño I'm at the end of my tether with this child; ya no puedo más, me está desquiciando I can't go on like this, it's driving me mad; no poder (por) menos que: no pude menos que sentirme halagado I couldn't help feeling flattered; no pudo menos que reconocer — she had no alternative but to admit

    7) (fam) (+ me, te, le etc)
    a) ( ganar)

    él es más alto, pero tú le puedes — he's taller than you but you can beat him

    b) (Méx) ( doler)
    8) (con idea de eventualidad, posibilidad)

    te podrías or podías haber matado — you could have killed yourself!

    9) (en 3a pers)

    no puede ser que ya haya terminado — he can't have finished already

    si puede ser or (Esp) a poder ser — if possible

    - puede que sí, puede que no — maybe, maybe not

    II
    1)
    a) (control, influencia) power

    estamos/nos tiene en su poder — we are/she has us in her power

    caer en poder de alguien — ciudad/país to fall to somebody

    b) (Pol)

    tomar el poder — to take o seize power

    detenta el poder desde hace 20 años — (frml) he has held power for 20 years

    2) ( posesión)

    la carta está en poder de... — the letter is in the hands of...

    obra en su poder la copia del acta — (frml) you have in your possession a copy of the minutes

    3)
    a) (derecho, atribución)

    tener amplios/plenos poderes para hacer algo — to have wide-ranging powers/full authority to do something

    b) (Der) ( documento) letter of authorization; ( hecho ante notario) power of attorney

    casarse por poder (AmL) or (Esp) por poderes — to get married by proxy

    4)
    a) (capacidad, facultad) power
    b) (de motor, aparato) power
    •
    * * *
    poder1
    1 = force, strength, power, leverage, authority, clout, might, muscle power, power of attorney, sway.

    Ex: Her reason admitted the force of his arguments, but her instinct opposed it.

    Ex: The strength of the acetone rinsing on the strength of the paper is investigated, and its efficiency in removing NM2P is also examined using gas liquid chromatography.
    Ex: She added that she felt sorry for the assistant because he had so little power.
    Ex: At certain times, dubious interpretations of the rules have even been used as leverage in gaining ground on matters of dispute between Community partners.
    Ex: One of the great virtues of networking is that it democratizes access to information and access to authority.
    Ex: IT executives would like to see their role in the organization elevated, giving them more ' clout', stature and visibility.
    Ex: Gradually many of these conquerors came to realize that, although military might was necessary to gain control over an area, sheer force of arms was not sufficient to govern effectively.
    Ex: Their development, particularly for replacing human muscle power, has been in parallel with that of information technology, but largely independent of it.
    Ex: A power of attorney is a legal instrument that is used to delegate legal authority to another.
    Ex: During this period Africa was influenced by external forces as the Islamic states of the north extended their sway south.
    * abusar del poder = lord over, lord it over.
    * abuso de poder = abuse of power.
    * altas esferas del poder, las = echelons of power, the.
    * ansioso de poder = power-hungry.
    * asumir poder = assume + power.
    * ceder las riendas del poder = hand over + the reins of power.
    * círculo de poder = circle of power.
    * con ansias de poder = power-hungry.
    * conceder poderes = give + powers.
    * con hambre de poder = power-hungry.
    * con poder = powerful.
    * con sed de poder = power-hungry.
    * control del poder = hold on power.
    * dar poderes = give + powers.
    * dejar sin poder = disempower.
    * división de poderes = division of powers.
    * ejercer poder = wield + power, exercise + power.
    * en el poder = in office.
    * equilibrio de poder = balance of power.
    * estructura de poder = power structure.
    * frecuentar los pasillos del poder = stalk + the corridors of power.
    * gente de poder = wielders of power, powerful people.
    * gobierno en el poder = ruling government.
    * grupo de poder = power group.
    * hambriento de poder = power-hungry.
    * igualdad de poder = parity of power.
    * inversión de poderes = power reversal.
    * jerarquía de poder = scalar chain.
    * llevar al poder = bring + Nombre + to power.
    * los poderes fáticos = the powers-that-be.
    * los que detentan el poder = the powers-that-be.
    * lucha de poderes = power struggle.
    * lucha por el poder = power struggle.
    * luchar de poderes = battle of wills.
    * partido en el poder, el = ruling party, the.
    * pasar las riendas del poder a = hand + the reins over to.
    * pasillos del poder, los = corridors of power, the.
    * perder poder = lose + power.
    * pérdida de poder = disempowerment.
    * poder adquisitivo = spending power, purchasing power, buying power.
    * poder colectivo = collective power.
    * poder curativo = healing power.
    * poder de atracción = drawing power.
    * poder de curación = healing power.
    * poder de discriminación = discretion.
    * poder de enganche = holding power.
    * poder del estado = state power.
    * poder de negociación = bargaining power.
    * poder de representación = power of representation.
    * poder de retención = holding power.
    * poder divino = divine power.
    * poder económico = economic leverage.
    * poder ejecutivo = chief executive, executive arm, executive power.
    * poder ejecutivo, el = Executive, the.
    * poder estatal = state power.
    * poder imperial = imperial power.
    * poder judicial = judicial arm, judicial system.
    * poder judicial, el = judiciary, the.
    * poder legal = statutory power.
    * poder legislativo = legislative power, legislative arm.
    * poder mágico = magical power, magic power.
    * poder notarial = power of attorney.
    * poder político = political power.
    * poder presidencial = presidential power.
    * poder público = public power, public authority.
    * poder remunerativo = earning power, earning capacity.
    * poder sobrenatural = supernatural power.
    * política del poder = power politics.
    * por poderes = by proxy.
    * posición de poder = position power.
    * quitar el poder = disempower.
    * relación de poder = power relationship.
    * relaciones de poder = power relations.
    * sediento de poder = power-hungry.
    * subida al poder = seizure of power.
    * subir al poder = rise to + power.
    * tener el poder = be the boss, call + the shots, call + the tune, rule + the roost.
    * tener el poder de = have + the power to.
    * tener las riendas del poder = hold + the reins of power.
    * tomar el poder = take + power.
    * tomar las riendas del poder = take + the reins of power.

    poder2
    2 = be able to, be capable of, can, have + the opportunity, may, qualify for, manage to.

    Ex: Thus the electronic journal (e-journal) is a concept where scientists are able to input ideas and text to a computer data base for their colleagues to view, and similarly to view the work of others.

    Ex: Main classes are thus only capable of precise definition in the contexts of particular classification schemes.
    Ex: When used by skilled abstractors this mixture of styles can achieve the maximum transmission of information, within a minimum length.
    Ex: Every librarian, regardless of his government's policy, has the opportunity, if he has the courage, to open the avenues of books and ideas a little wider.
    Ex: My second point may be a slightly tangential, but I hope it is a concrete reaction to the general tenor of Mr. Lubetzky's remarks and the general subject posed.
    Ex: FIAC has drawn up a list of criteria to determine whether an advice centre qualifies for membership of the Federation.
    Ex: Tom Hernandez tried not to show how sad he felt about his friends' leaving, and managed to keep up a cheerful facade until the party broke up.
    * Algo por lo que se puede cobrar = billable.
    * al que no se puede dejar de faltar = unmissable.
    * como mejor + poder = as best + Pronombre + can.
    * cuando antes pueda = at + Posesivo + earliest convenience.
    * de modo que + poder + oír = within earshot of.
    * en el que se puede buscar = searchable.
    * estar tan bueno que no se puede dejar de comer = moreish, moreish.
    * hacerlo lo mejor que Uno pueda = do + Posesivo + utmost.
    * hacer lo mejor que Uno pueda = put + Posesivo + best into.
    * hacer lo mejor que Uno puede = try + Posesivo + heart out.
    * hacer todo lo que Uno pueda = do + Posesivo + best, do + the best + Nombre + may, do + the best + Nombre + can.
    * hacer todo lo que Uno pueda (dado) = do + the best possible (with).
    * lo suficientemente lejos como para no poder oír = out of earshot.
    * muy bien + podría + Verbo = might + well + Verbo.
    * muy bien + puede + Verbo = may well + Verbo.
    * nada puede estar más apartado de la realidad = nothing can be further from the truth.
    * noche sin poder dormir = sleepless night.
    * no poder = be unable to, cannot, can't [cannot].
    * no poder aguantar a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.
    * no poder conciliar el sueño = have + trouble sleeping.
    * no poder dejar de mencionar = cannot but notice.
    * no poder dejar de recalcar la importancia de Algo = the importance of + Nombre + cannot be stressed too strongly, cannot + give + too much emphasis + to the importance of.
    * no poder dormir = sleeplessness.
    * no poder estarse quieto = have + the fidgets, fidget.
    * no poder evitar + Infinitivo = cannot help + Gerundio, cannot help but + Verbo.
    * no poder evitar mencionar = cannot but notice.
    * no poder hacer más que = do + little more than.
    * no poder permitirse = ill afford.
    * no poder permitirse el lujo de = ill afford.
    * no poder quitarse Algo de la cabeza = can't get it out of my mind.
    * no poderse buscar = be unsearchable.
    * no poderse negar que = there + be + no denying that.
    * no poder ver a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.
    * no poder ver Algo o Alguien = can't stand + sight.
    * no pude evitar notar que = couldn't help but notice (that).
    * no puedo aguantarlo = can't take it.
    * no puedo comprender = I can't get over.
    * No se le puede pedir peras al olmo = You can't make a silk purse out of a sow's ear.
    * no se puede dejar de recalcar el + Nombre + de = the + Nombre + of + Nombre + cannot be overemphasised.
    * no se puede dejar de recalcar el + Nombre + of = the + Nombre + of + Nombre + cannot be overstated.
    * no se puede dejar de recalcar la importancia de Algo = the importance of + Nombre + cannot be overemphasised, the importance of + Nombre + cannot be overstated.
    * personas que no pueden salir de casa = homebound, the.
    * poder contar con = be there for + Pronombre, be there for + Pronombre.
    * poder + Infinitivo = succeed in + Gerundio.
    * poderse afirmar que = it + be + safe to say that.
    * poderse contestar = be answerable.
    * poderse integrar en = be integrable in.
    * poderse localizar = be locatable.
    * poder utilizarse = be usable.
    * por el que se puede cobrar = chargeable.
    * puede muy bien ser = could well be.
    * puede muy bien ser que = it may well be that.
    * puede que = maybe.
    * puede que al final sea para bien = be a blessing in disguise.
    * ¿Puede repetir? = I beg your pardon?, I beg your pardon?.
    * que no se le puede dar un nombre = unnameable.
    * que no se puede conseguir = unobtainable.
    * que no se puede entregar = undeliverable.
    * que no se puede hacer cumplir = unenforceable.
    * que no se puede identificar con un término = unnameable.
    * que no se puede uno perder = unmissable.
    * que puede causar detención = arrestable.
    * que puede demostrarse = demonstrably.
    * que puede salir en préstamo = loanable.
    * que puede ser apilado = stacking.
    * que puede ser usado a través de la web = web-compliant.
    * querer es poder = where there's a will there's a way.
    * que se le puede dar un nombre = nameable.
    * que se puede arreglar = fixable.
    * que se puede buscar = searchable.
    * que se puede cambiar de tamaño = resizeable [re-sizeable].
    * que se puede escuchar = playable.
    * que se puede hacer cumplir = enforceable.
    * que se puede identificar con un término = nameable.
    * que se puede imprimir = printable.
    * que se puede quitar = detachable.
    * que se puede separar = detachable.
    * que se puede visualizar = viewable.
    * sálvese el que pueda = free-for-all.
    * sálvese quien pueda = the devil take the hindmost, every man for himself, let battle commence.
    * se puede = is to be.
    * siempre que uno puede dedicarle el tiempo = in + Posesivo + own time.
    * sin poder contenerse = helplessly.
    * sin poder dormir = sleepless.
    * sin poder extinguirlo = inextinguishably.
    * sin poder hacer nada = helplessly.
    * tan sorprendente como pueda parecer = as amazing as it seems.
    * todavía + poderse + escuchar los ecos de = echo + still resound from.

    * * *
    poder1 [ E21 ]
    A tener la capacidad de
    B expresando idea de permiso
    C expresando un derecho moral
    D
    1 en quejas, reproches
    2 en sugerencias
    3 solicitando un favor
    A
    1 poder con algo/alguien
    2 el dinero lo puede todo
    B en locuciones
    C
    1 vencer, ganar
    2 doler
    A con idea de eventualidad
    B en tercera persona
    A
    (tener la capacidad o posibilidad de): ven en cuanto puedas come as soon as you can
    no puedo pagar tanto I can't pay that much
    ¿cómo que no puedes? what do you mean, you can't do it ( o you can't come etc)?
    no podía dejar de reír I couldn't stop laughing
    no va a poder venir he won't be able to come
    ¿cuándo podrá darme una respuesta definitiva? when will you be able to o when can you give me a firm answer?
    no pude convencerla I couldn't persuade her
    no pudo asistir a la reunión he was unable to o he couldn't attend the meeting
    ¿pudiste hacerlo sola? did you manage to do it o were you able to do it on your own?
    hicimos todo lo que pudimos por ayudarlos we did everything in our power o everything we could to help them
    no se puede valer por sí mismo he can't manage by himself
    no habría podido hacerlo sin tu ayuda I wouldn't have been able to do it o I couldn't have done it without your help
    no debe (de) haber podido encontrarlo she obviously couldn't find it o can't have found it
    ¡este niño no se puede estar quieto ni un minuto! this child just won't o can't keep still for a minute!
    con aquel ruido no se podía trabajar it was impossible to work o you couldn't work with that noise going on
    ¿sabes que se han prometido? — ¡no te (lo) puedo creer! do you know they're engaged? — you're joking! o I don't believe it!
    B
    (expresando idea de permiso): ¿puedo servirme otro? can o may I have another one?
    ya pueden volver la hoja you may turn the page over now
    ¿me puedo ir? — ¡no señor! can o may I go? — no, you cannot o may not!
    ¿sales a jugar? — no puedo, estoy castigada are you coming out to play? — I can't, I'm being kept in
    ¿puedo pasar? may I come in?
    ¿le puedo hacer una sugerencia? may I make a suggestion?
    ¿podría irme un poco más temprano hoy? could I leave a little earlier today?
    por mí, puedes hacer lo que quieras as far as I'm concerned, you can do whatever you like
    no puede comer sal he isn't allowed to eat salt
    ¿quién te lo dijo, si se puede saber? who told you, may I ask?
    ¿se puede? — ¡adelante! may I? — come in
    aquí no se puede fumar smoking is not allowed here, you can't smoke here
    C
    (expresando un derecho moral): no podemos hacerle eso we can't do that to her
    después de lo que has trabajado, bien puedes tomarte un descanso you're entitled to o you deserve a rest after all the work you've done
    es lo menos que puedes hacer it's the least you can do
    D
    1
    (en quejas, reproches): ¿cómo pudiste hacer una cosa así? how could you do such a thing?
    ¿cómo puedes ser tan ingrato? how can you be so ungrateful?
    podías or podrías haberme avisado you could o might have warned me!
    2
    (en sugerencias): podrías or podías pedírselo tú, a ti siempre te hace caso why don't you ask him? he always listens to you
    ya te puedes ir haciendo a la idea you'd better start getting used to the idea
    3
    (solicitando un favor): ¿puedes bajar un momento? can you come down for a moment?
    ¿podrías hacerme un favor? could you do me a favor?
    ¿no puedes irte a jugar a otra parte? can't you go and play somewhere else?
    A
    1 poder CON algo/algn:
    ¿tú puedes con todo eso? can you manage all that?
    no puedo con esta maleta I can't manage this suitcase
    yo no puedo solo con la casa, los niños y la tienda I can't do the housework, look after the children and run the store all on my own, I can't cope with the house, the children and the store all on my own
    no pudo con el alemán y lo dejó he couldn't get o come to grips with German and he gave up
    ¡con este niño no hay quien pueda! this child is just impossible!
    podérsela ( Chi fam); to cope, manage
    no se la puede con el trabajo he can't cope with the job o manage the job
    2
    el dinero lo puede todo money talks, you can do anything if you have money
    a más no poder: comió a más no poder he ate until he was fit to burst
    gana dinero a más no poder she's making pots of money ( colloq), she's making money hand over fist
    es feo a más no poder he's as ugly as they come
    corrimos a más no poder we ran for all we were worth o as fast as we could
    no poder más: estoy que no puedo más (de cansancio) I'm exhausted
    a mí no me des postre que ya no puedo más don't serve me any dessert, I can't eat anything else
    ya no puedo más con este niño I'm at the end of my tether with this child
    no podía más, y ese estúpido que no salía del cuarto de baño I was desperate o I was bursting to go and that idiot wouldn't come out of the bathroom ( colloq)
    ya no puedo más, me está desquiciando I can't go on like this, it's driving me mad
    no poder (por) menos que: uno no puede menos que sentirse halagado one can't help feeling flattered
    no puedo menos que expresar mi profunda decepción I feel I must say how deeply disappointed I am
    no pudo menos que reconocer que teníamos razón she had no alternative but to admit that we were right
    C
    1 ( fam)
    (vencer, ganar): él es más alto pero tú le puedes he's taller than you but you can beat him
    tu papá no le puede al mío your dad's not as strong as mine
    a gracioso no hay quien le pueda as a comic, there's no-one to beat him o he's unbeatable
    2
    ( Méx fam) (doler): tu desprecio le puede mucho she's very hurt by your disdainful attitude, your disdainful attitude hurts her deeply
    nos pudo mucho la muerte de Julio we were greatly saddened o terribly upset by Julio's death
    A
    (con idea de eventualidad, posibilidad): puede aparecer en cualquier momento he may turn up at any moment
    de él se puede esperar cualquier cosa anything's possible with him
    no sé dónde lo puedo haber puesto I don't know where I can have put it
    no hagas nada que pueda resultar sospechoso don't do anything that might look suspicious
    puede haber venido mientras no estábamos he may have come while we were out
    hace horas que están reunidos ¿de qué pueden estar hablando? they've been in that meeting for hours, what can they be talking about?
    te podrías or podías haber matado you could have killed yourself!
    un error así puede costar millones a mistake like that could cost millions
    no podía haber estado más amable she couldn't have been kinder
    llaman a la puerta — ¿quién podrá ser a estas horas? there's someone at the door — who can o could it be at this time?
    podría volver a ocurrir it could happen again
    Pilar no pudo haber sido it couldn't have been Pilar
    ¿nos habrá mentido? — no sé, puede ser do you think he lied to us? — I don't know, he may have done o it's possible
    no puede ser que ya haya terminado he can't have finished already
    si puede ser or ( Esp) a poder ser preferiría la cuarta fila if possible, I'd prefer row four
    me habría gustado verlo pero no pudo ser I would have liked to see him but it wasn't possible o it wasn't to be
    puede (ser) que tengas razón you may o could be right
    puede (ser) que no nos haya visto he may not have seen us
    ¿vas a votar para ella? — puede que sí or puede are you going to vote for her? — maybe o I may
    ¿lo vas a aceptar? — puede que sí, puede que no are you going to accept it? — maybe, maybe not
    A
    1 (control, influencia) power
    el poder de la prensa the power of the press
    tiene mucho poder en el pueblo he has a great deal of power o influence o he is a very powerful man in the village
    la Familia Real no tiene ningún poder the Royal Family has no power
    Constantinopla cayó en poder de los turcos Constantinople fell to the Turks
    estamos/nos tiene en su poder we are/she has us in her power
    2 ( Pol):
    el poder power
    estar en el poder to be in power
    tomar el poder to take o seize power
    asumir el poder to assume power
    detenta el poder desde hace 20 años ( frml); he has held power for 20 years
    lleva cuatro años en el poder he has been in power for four years
    toda la vida buscó el poder y la gloria all her life she sought power and fame
    el poder en la sombra the power behind the throne
    el poder corrompe power corrupts
    B
    (posesión): la carta está en poder de las autoridades the letter is in the hands of the authorities
    hay que evitar que llegue a su poder we have to stop it falling into his hands
    obra en su poder la copia del acta ( frml); you have in your possession a copy of the minutes
    la solicitud ya pasó a poder de la oficina central the application has already been passed to our head office
    C
    1
    (derecho, atribución): tiene amplios/plenos poderes para investigar el asunto he has wide-ranging powers/full authority to investigate the matter
    la entrega or transmisión de poderes the handing over o transmission of power
    los poderes de la junta son ilimitados the junta has unlimited powers
    los poderes que le han sido conferidos the powers which have been vested in him
    la separación de poderes entre la Iglesia y el Estado the division o separation of power between the Church and the State
    2 ( Der) (documento) letter of authorization; (hecho ante notario) power of attorney
    casarse por poder( AmL) or ( Esp) por poderes to get married by proxy
    D
    1 (capacidad, facultad) power
    su poder de convicción or de persuasión her power of persuasion
    el poder del amor/de la sugestión the power of love/of suggestion
    tiene poderes extrasensoriales he has extrasensory powers
    2 (de un motor, aparato) power
    Compuestos:
    masculine absolute power
    masculine (de una divisa, un sueldo) purchasing power, buying power; (de una persona, un grupo) purchasing power, spending power
    masculine divine power
    el poder ejecutivo the executive
    mpl power of attorney
    mpl:
    los poderes públicos the authorities
    el poder judicial the judiciary
    el poder legislativo the legislature
    * * *

     

    poder 1 ( conjugate poder) v aux
    1 ( tener la capacidad o posibilidad de):

    no puedo pagar tanto I can't pay that much;
    no podía dormir I couldn't sleep;
    no va a poder venir he won't be able to come;
    no pudo asistir he was unable to o he couldn't attend;
    ¿pudiste hacerlo sola? were you able to do it on your own?
    2

    ◊ ¿puedo servirme otro? can o may I have another one?;

    ¿podría irme más temprano hoy? could I leave earlier today?;
    puedes hacer lo que quieras you can do whatever you like;
    no puede comer sal he isn't allowed to eat salt;
    ¿se puede? — ¡adelante! may I? — come in;
    aquí no se puede fumar smoking is not allowed here

    ◊ ¿puedes bajar un momento? can you come down for a moment?;

    ¿podrías hacerme un favor? could you do me a favor?
    3 ( expresando derecho moral):

    4 (en quejas, reproches): podías or podrías haberme avisado you could o might have warned me!
    ( con idea de esfuerzo)
    1 poder con algo/algn:
    ◊ ¿puedes con todo eso? can you manage all that?;

    no puedo con este niño I can't cope with this child;
    estoy que no puedo más ( cansado) I'm exhausted;

    ( lleno) I can't eat anything else;

    2 (con idea de eventualidad, posibilidad): te podrías or podías haber matado you could have killed yourself!;

    podría volver a ocurrir it could happen again;
    no pudo ser it wasn't possible;
    puede (ser) que tengas razón you may o could be right;
    puede que sí, puede que no maybe, maybe not
    3 (Méx) ( doler):

    poder 2 sustantivo masculino
    1
    a) (control, influencia) power;


    estamos en su poder we are in her power
    b) (Pol)


    estar en el poder to be in power;
    tomar el poder to take o seize power
    2 ( posesión):
    ◊ la carta está en poder de … the letter is in the hands of …

    3
    a) (derecho, atribución) power;



    ( hecho ante notario) power of attorney;
    casarse por poder (AmL) or (Esp) por poderes to get married by proxy
    4
    a) (capacidad, facultad) power;


    poder adquisitivo purchasing power
    b) (de motor, aparato) power

    poder 1 sustantivo masculino power
    Jur por poderes, by proxy
    Econ poder adquisitivo, purchasing power
    poder 2
    I verbo transitivo
    1 (tener capacidad) to be able to, can: no puedo evitarlo, I can't help it
    podías habernos avisado, you could/ might have warned us
    2 (tener derecho o autorización) may, might, can
    ¿puedo repetir?, may I have a second helping?
    no puede tomar carne de cerdo, he can't eat pork
    las mujeres ya pueden votar, women can already vote
    3 (uso impers) may, might: puede que la vea luego, I might see her later
    puede que sí, puede que no, maybe, maybe not
    II verbo intransitivo
    1 to cope [con, with]: no puedo con todo, I can't cope
    2 (vencer, tener más fuerza) to be stronger than
    En el presente, can y to be able to son sinónimos. Sin embargo, en el pasado could significa que podías hacer algo, mientras que was o were able to significa que, además de poder hacerlo, lo hiciste: I could tell him the truth. Podía decirle la verdad (no sabemos si lo hice). I was able to tell him the truth. Fui capaz de decirle la verdad (lo hice). En el futuro solo podemos emplear to be able to: I will be able to do it tomorrow. Podré hacerlo mañana.
    Para expresar posibilidad puedes usar may, could o might. La diferencia consiste en el grado de probabilidad que sugieren. Recuerda que may se refiere a hechos más probables que might o could: Puede que llueva mañana. It may rain tomorrow (crees que es posible). It might/ could rain tomorrow (crees que la posibilidad es más remota).
    ' poder' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    absoluta
    - absoluto
    - abusar
    - abuso
    - adquisitiva
    - adquisitivo
    - ámbito
    - caber
    - CGPJ
    - concentrar
    - continuismo
    - desgaste
    - desperdicio
    - destronar
    - desvelarse
    - dominio
    - entregar
    - erótica
    - excedente
    - garra
    - grabar
    - grandeza
    - idea
    - informal
    - judicial
    - legislativa
    - legislativo
    - manifestarse
    - mano
    - obrar
    - parcela
    - remediar
    - respirar
    - sátrapa
    - sed
    - seducción
    - someterse
    - sugestión
    - usurpar
    - ver
    - acumular
    - anhelar
    - ansia
    - ansiar
    - atribuir
    - autoridad
    - ávido
    - ceder
    - clavar
    - confiar
    English:
    able
    - abuse
    - afford
    - anything
    - assume
    - assumption
    - can
    - conform
    - cope
    - encroach
    - fold
    - form
    - foursome
    - get
    - glad
    - greed
    - greediness
    - greedy
    - handle
    - hungry
    - lust
    - make
    - manage
    - may
    - might
    - office
    - out
    - power
    - power of attorney
    - proxy
    - purchasing power
    - seize
    - seizure
    - spending power
    - stick
    - stranglehold
    - take aside
    - takeover
    - unable
    - use
    - utmost
    - whichever
    - zenith
    - could
    - executive
    - height
    - helplessly
    - judiciary
    - lie
    - peace
    * * *
    poder1 nm
    1. [mando, autoridad] power;
    la gente con más poder en la organización the most powerful people in the organization;
    estar en el poder to be in power;
    hacerse con o [m5] tomar el poder to seize power;
    perder el poder to lose power;
    el poder corrompe power corrupts;
    la separación de poderes the separation of powers;
    de poder a poder: un enfrentamiento de poder a poder a heavyweight contest;
    el partido se disputó de poder a poder it was a close contest between two excellent sides
    poder absoluto absolute power;
    el poder ejecutivo [el gobierno] the executive;
    los poderes fácticos the centres of power in society;
    el poder judicial [los jueces] the judiciary;
    el poder legislativo [las cortes] the legislature;
    poderes públicos (public) authorities
    2. [posesión, control]
    estar en poder de alguien to be in sb's hands;
    obra en su poder un documento comprometedor she has in her possession a compromising document;
    tienen en su poder a varios rehenes they have taken a number of hostages;
    el pueblo cayó en poder del enemigo the town fell to the enemy;
    la casa pasó a poder del banco ownership of the house was transferred to the bank
    3. [capacidad] power;
    un producto con gran poder de limpieza a very powerful cleaning product;
    tener poderes (paranormales) to be psychic, to have psychic powers
    poder adquisitivo [de salario] purchasing o buying power; [de persona] disposable income;
    poder calorífico calorific value;
    poder de convicción persuasive powers;
    poder de convocatoria: [m5] tener poder de convocatoria to be a crowd-puller;
    Mil poder de disuasión deterrent force; Mil poder disuasorio deterrent force
    4. [autorización] power, authorization;
    [documento] power of attorney;
    dar poderes a alguien para que haga algo to authorize sb to do sth;
    tener plenos poderes para hacer algo to be fully authorized to do sth;
    por poderes by proxy;
    casarse por Esp [m5] poderes o Am [m5] poder to marry by proxy
    poder notarial power of attorney [witnessed by a notary]
    ♦ vi
    1. [tener facultad, capacidad] can, to be able to;
    no puedo decírtelo I can't tell you, I'm unable to tell you;
    ahora mismo no podemos atenderle, llame más tarde we can't o we are unable to take your call right now, please call later;
    ¿puede correrse un poco, por favor? could you move up a bit, please?;
    al final pudo salir de allí in the end she managed to get out of there;
    ¡así no se puede hacer nada! we'll never get anywhere like this!;
    de poder ir, sería a partir de las siete if I manage to o can make it, it will be after seven;
    en cuanto pueda as soon as possible;
    si puedo, te llamaré I'll call you if I get the chance
    2. [tener permiso] can, may;
    no puedo salir por la noche I'm not allowed to o I can't go out at night;
    ¿podríamos ir contigo? could we go with you?;
    ¿podría hablar un momento con usted? could I have a word with you?;
    ¿se pueden hacer fotos? can we o are we allowed to take photos?;
    ¿puedo fumar aquí? may o can I smoke here?;
    no se puede fumar you're not allowed to smoke;
    ¿se puede? may I come in?;
    ¿se puede saber dónde te habías metido? might I know o would you mind telling me where you were?
    3. [ser capaz moralmente] can;
    no podemos portarnos así con él we can't treat him like that;
    ¿cómo puedes decir una cosa así? how can you say such a thing?
    4. [tener posibilidad, ser posible] may, can;
    puede volver de un momento a otro she could come back any moment;
    puedo haberlo perdido I may have lost it;
    podías haber cogido el tren you could have caught the train;
    puede estallar la guerra war could o may break out;
    ¿dónde puede o [m5] podrá estar? where can it have got to?;
    ¡habría podido invitarnos!, ¡podría habernos invitado! [expresa enfado] she could o might have invited us!;
    ya podemos despedirnos de un aumento de sueldo we can forget our pay Br rise o US raise now
    5. [tener fuerza]
    poder con [enfermedad, rival] to be able to overcome;
    [tarea, problema] to be able to cope with;
    ¿puedes con todas las bolsas? can you manage all those bags?;
    no puedo con este baúl, ¿me ayudas a levantarlo? I can't lift this trunk on my own, can you give me a hand?;
    no poder con algo/alguien [no soportar] not to be able to stand sth/sb;
    no puedo con la hipocresía I can't stand hypocrisy;
    ¡contigo no hay quien pueda! you're impossible!
    6. Méx [doler] to hurt
    7. [en frases]
    a o [m5] hasta más no poder as much as can be;
    es avaro a más no poder he's as miserly as can be;
    llovía a más no poder it was absolutely pouring down;
    la pierna me dolía a más no poder you can't imagine how much my leg was hurting;
    no poder más [estar cansado] to be too tired to carry on;
    [estar harto de comer] to be full (up); [estar enfadado, harto] to have had enough;
    no pude por menos que reírme I had to laugh, I couldn't help but laugh;
    Fam
    ¡ya podrás, con una máquina como esa! anyone could do it with a machine like that!;
    no puedo con mi alma I'm ready to drop
    ♦ v impersonal
    [ser posible] may;
    puede que llueva it may o might rain;
    puede que se haya equivocado she may be wrong;
    ¿vendrás mañana? – puede will you come tomorrow? – I may do;
    puede que sí o puede que no maybe, maybe not;
    puede ser perhaps, maybe;
    si puede ser, a poder ser if (at all) possible;
    lo siento, pero no va a poder ser I'm sorry, but it's not going to be possible;
    puede ser que no lo sepa she may not know;
    ¡no puede ser que sea ya tan tarde! surely it can't be that late already!
    ♦ vt
    1. [ser más fuerte que] to be stronger than;
    tú eres más alto, pero yo te puedo you may be taller than me, but I could still beat you up;
    mi coche le puede al tuyo my car is faster than yours any day
    2. Méx [doler]
    me puede mucho que me desprecies it hurts me a lot that you look down on me;
    le pudo su derrota, todavía no se repone losing really got to her, she still hasn't got over it
    * * *
    I v/aux
    1 capacidad can, be able to;
    no pude hablar con ella I wasn’t able to talk to her
    2 permiso can, be allowed to;
    ¿puedo ir contigo? can o may I come with you?
    3 posibilidad may, might;
    ¡podías habérselo dicho! you could have o you might have told him
    II v/i
    :
    poder con ( sobreponerse a) manage, cope with;
    me puede he can beat me;
    es franco a más no poder fam he’s as frank as they come fam ;
    comimos a más no poder fam we ate to bursting point fam ;
    no puedo más I can’t take any more, I’ve had enough;
    a poder ser if possible;
    puede ser perhaps, maybe;
    ¡no puede ser! it can’t be!, that can’t be right!;
    puede que perhaps, maybe;
    puede ser que no lo sepa maybe o perhaps he doesn’t know;
    ¿se puede? can I come in?, do you mind if I come in?;
    no pude menos de insultarle insulting him was the least I could do
    III m tb POL power;
    en poder de alguien in s.o.’s hands;
    plenos poderes pl full authority sg ;
    por poderes, L.Am.
    por poder JUR by proxy;
    los poder es públicos the authorities
    * * *
    poder {58} v aux
    1) : to be able to, can
    no puede hablar: he can't speak
    2) (expressing possibility) : might, may
    puede llover: it may rain at any moment
    ¿cómo puede ser?: how can that be?
    ¿puedo ir a la fiesta?: can I go to the party?
    ¿se puede?: may I come in?
    poder vi
    1) : to beat, to defeat
    cree que le puede a cualquiera: he thinks he can beat anyone
    2) : to be possible
    ¿crees que vendrán? - puede (que sí): do you think they'll come? - maybe
    3)
    poder con : to cope with, to manage
    ¡no puedo con estos niños!: I can't handle these children!
    4)
    no poder más : to have had enough
    no puede más: she can't take anymore
    5)
    no poder menos que : to not be able to help
    no pudo menos que asombrarse: she couldn't help but be amazed
    poder nm
    1) : control, power
    poder adquisitivo: purchasing power
    2) : authority
    el poder legislativo: the legislature
    3) : possession
    está en mi poder: it's in my hands
    4) : strength, force
    poder militar: military might
    * * *
    poder2 vb
    1. (capacidad, posibilidad) can / could / to be able to
    ¿puedo echarte una mano? can I give you a hand?
    ¿qué podemos comprarle? what can we buy her?
    ¿cuándo podrás venir? when will you be able to come?
    2. (permiso) can / may
    ¿puedo hablar con el jefe? can I speak to the boss?
    ¿se puede pasar? can I come in?
    3. (probabilidad) may / could / might
    puede que venga, puede que no he might come, he might not
    poder con to manage / to cope with

    Spanish-English dictionary > poder

  • 103 an

    1 conj. and prep. "for" Nam, RGEO:66, an cé mo quernë“for if one turned…” VT49:8, also used adverbially in the formula an + a noun to express “one more” of the thing concerned: an quetta “a word more”, PE17:91. The an of the phrase es sorni heruion an! "the Eagles of the Lords are at hand" SD:290 however seems to denote motion towards the speaker: the Eagles are coming. Etym has an, ana "to, towards" NĀsup1/sup. The phrase an i falmalīPE17:127 is not clearly translated but seems to be a paraphrase of the word falmalinnar “upon the foaming waves” Nam, suggesting that an can be used as a paraphrase of the allative ending and if falmalīis seen as a Book Quenya accusative form because of the long final vowel, this is evidence that an governs the accusative case.In the "Arctic" sentence, an is translated "until". Regarding an as used in Namárië, various sources indicate that it means an “moreover, furthermore, to proceed” VT49:18-19 or “properly” “further, plus, in addition” PE17:69, 90. According to one late source ca. 1966 or later, an “is very frequently used after a ‘full stop’, when an account or description is confirmed after a pause. So in Galadriel’s Elvish lament: An sí Tintallë, etc. = For now the Kindler, etc… This is translated by me ‘for’, side an is as here often in fact used when the additional matter provides an explanation of or reason for what has already been said”. Related is the use of an + noun to express “one more”; here an is presumably accented, something the word would not normally be when used as a conjunction or preposition.

    Quettaparma Quenyallo (Quenya-English) > an

  • 104 машинное оборудование

    1. machinery

     

    машинное оборудование
    термин " машинное оборудование" означает:
    - сборочную единицу, состоящую из соединенных частей или компонентов, по крайней мере, одна из которых находится в движении, имеет соответствующие приводы, схему управления, цепь питания, и т.д., соединенные вместе с целью специального применения, в частности, для производства, обработки, перемещения или упаковки материала;
    - группу машин, которые для достижения той же цели организованы и управляется таким образом, что они функционируют как единое целое;
    - взаимозаменяемое оборудование, модифицирующее функции машины, которое отдельно поставляется на рынок и предназначено для установки на машине или на серии различных машин или на приводном устройстве самим оператором, при условии, что данное оборудование не является запасной частью или инструментом.
    [Директива 98/37/ЕЭС по машинному оборудованию]

    EN

    machinery
    ‘machinery’ means:
    — an assembly of linked parts or components, at least one of which moves, with the appropriate
    actuators, control and power circuits, etc., joined together for a specific application, in particular
    for the processing, treatment, moving or packaging of a material,
    — an assembly of machines which, in order to achieve the same end, are arranged and controlled so that they function as an integral whole,
    — interchangeable equipment modifying the function of a machine, which is placed on the market for the purpose of being assembled with a machine or a series of different machines or with a tractor by the operator himself in so far as this equipment is not a spare part or a tool
    [DIRECTIVE 98/37/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL]

    Параллельные тексты EN-RU

    3. The following are excluded from the scope of this Directive:

    3. Из области применения данной Директивы исключаются:

    — machinery whose only power source is directly applied manual effort, unless it is a machine used for lifting or lowering loads,

    - машинное оборудование, для которых источником энергии является исключительно непосредственное применение ручной силы, за исключением механизмов для подъема и опускания грузов;

    — machinery for medical use used in direct contact with patients,

    - медицинские приборы;

    — special equipment for use in fairgrounds and/or amusement parks,

    - специальное оборудование для использования в аттракционах и/или парках для развлечений;

    — steam boilers, tanks and pressure vessels,

    - паровые котлы, резервуары и сосуды под давлением;

    — machinery specially designed or put into service for nuclear purposes which, in the event of failure, may result in an emission of radioactivity,

    - машинное оборудование, специально сконструированное или используемое в атомной отрасли, которые в случае аварии могут привести к выделению радиоактивных веществ;

    — radioactive sources forming part of a machine,

    - радиоактивные источники, составляющие часть машин;

    — firearms,

    - стрелковое оружие;

    — storage tanks and pipelines for petrol, diesel fuel, inflammable liquids and dangerous substances,

    - емкости для хранения или трубопроводы для бензина, дизельного топлива, огнеопасных жидкостей и опасных веществ;

    — means of transport, i.e. vehicles and their trailers intended solely for transporting passengers by air or on road, rail or water networks, as well as means of transport in so far as such means are designed for transporting goods by air, on public road or rail networks or on water. Vehicles used in the mineral extraction industry shall not be excluded,

    - транспортные средства, т.е. средства перевозки и их прицепы, предназначенные исключительно для перевозки пассажиров по воздуху, автодороге, железной дороге, или водными путями, а также транспортные средства, сконструированные для транспортировки грузов по воздуху, по общедоступным дорогам, железным дорогам или водным путям. Средства транспортировки, используемые в горнодобывающей промышленности, не исключаются из области применения настоящей Директивы;

    — seagoing vessels and mobile offshore units together with equipment on board such vessels or units,

    - морские суда и мобильные береговые агрегаты вместе с оборудованием на борту, такие как танки или установки;

    — cableways, including funicular railways, for the public or private transportation of persons,

    - канатные дороги, включая фуникулерные железные дороги для общественного или частного пользования, предназначенные для транспортировки людей;

    — agricultural and forestry tractors, as defined in Article 1(1) of Directive 74/150/EEC (1),

    (1) Council Directive 74/150/EEC of 4 March 1974 on the approximation of the laws of the Member States relating to the type-approval of wheeled agricultural or forestry tractors (OJ L 84, 28.3.1974, p. 10). Directive as last amended by Decision 95/1/EC, Euratom, ECSC (OJ L 1.1.1995, p. 1).

    -сельскохозяйственные и лесные тракторы, подпадающие под определение статьи 1 (1) Директивы Совета 74/150/ЕЭС(1);

    (1) Директива Совета 74/150/ЕЭС от 4 марта 1974 г. по сближению законодательных актов Государств-членов, относящихся к одобрению типов колесных сельскохозяйственных или лесных тракторов (Официальный журнал Европейских сообществ № L 84, 28.3.1974 г., стр.10). Директива, измененная последний раз Решением 95/1/ЕЭС, Евроатом, ECSC (Официальный журнал Европейских сообществ № L 1/1/1995 г., стр 1)

    — machines specially designed and constructed for military or police purposes,

    - машины, специально сконструированные и созданные для военных и полицейских целей;

    — lifts which permanently serve specific levels of buildings and constructions, having a car moving between guides which are rigid and inclined at an angle of more than 15 degrees to the horizontal and designed for the transport of:
    (i) persons;
    (ii) persons and goods;
    (iii) goods alone if the car is accessible, that is to say, a person may enter it without difficulty, and fitted with controls situated inside the car or within reach of a person inside,

    - лифты и подъемные устройства, постоянно обслуживающие определенные уровни зданий и конструкций, имеющие транспортную тележку, движущуюся между жесткими направляющими, которые имеют угол наклона более 15 градусов к горизонтальной поверхности и сконструированы для транспортировки:
    (i) людей;
    (ii) людей и имущества;
    (iii) только имущества, в том случае, если кабина лифта открыта, т.е. человек может легко войти в такое транспортное средство и манипулировать средствами управления, находящимися внутри кабины или в пределах досягаемости для человека;

    — means of transport of persons using rack and pinion rail mounted vehicles,

    - транспортные средства для перевозки людей, с использованием зубчатых или реечных рельс, по которым перемещается транспортные средства;

    — mine winding gear,

    - шахтные канатные подъемные устройства;

    — theatre elevators,

    - театральные подъемники;

    — construction site hoists intended for lifting persons or persons and goods.

    - строительные подъемники, предназначенные для подъема людей или людей и грузов.

    4. Where, for machinery or safety components, the risks referred to in this Directive are wholly or partly covered by specific Community Directives, this Directive shall not apply, or shall cease to apply, in the case of such machinery or safety components and of such risks on the implementation of these specific Directives.

    4. Когда для машинного оборудования и компонентов безопасности риски, определенные в настоящей Директиве, полностью или частично покрываются специальными Директивами Сообщества, настоящая Директива не применяется или прекращает свое действие, такое машинное оборудование и компоненты безопасности и такие риски подпадают под действие этих специальных Директив.

    5. Where, for machinery, the risks are mainly of electrical origin, such machinery shall be covered exclusively by Directive 73/23/EEC (2).

    (2) Council Directive 73/23/EEC of 19 February 1973 on the harmonisation of the laws of Member States relating to electrical equipment designed for use within certain voltage limits (OJ L 77, 26.3.1973, p. 29). Directive as last amended by Directive 93/68/EEC (OJ L 220, 30.8.1993, p. 1).

    5. Когда риски применения машинного оборудования связаны с электрическими источниками, то такое оборудование охватываются исключительно Директивой 73/23/ЕЭС(2).

    (2) Директива Совета 73/23/ЕЭС/ от 19 февраля 1973 года о гармонизации законов Государств-Участников в отношении электрооборудования, предназначенного для использования в условиях определенных пределов напряжения (Официальный журнал Европейских сообществ № L 77, 26.03.1973, стр. 29). Директива с последней поправкой Директивой 93/68/ЕЭС (Официальный журнал Европейских сообществ № L 220, 30.08.1993, стр.1).

    Article 2
    1. Member States shall take all appropriate measures to ensure that machinery or safety components covered by this Directive may be placed on the market and put into service only if they do not endanger the health or safety of persons and, where appropriate, domestic animals or property, when properly installed and maintained and used for their intended purpose.

    Статья 2
    1. Государства - члены должны предпринимать все необходимые меры для обеспечения того, чтобы машинное оборудование или компоненты безопасности, попадающие под действие настоящей Директивы, поставлялись на рынок и вводились в эксплуатацию, только если они не составляют угрозу для здоровья и безопасности людей и домашних животных, или имуществу при условии надлежащей установки и обслуживания, а также использования по прямому назначению.

    2. This Directive shall not affect Member States’ entitlement to lay down, in due observance of the Treaty, such requirements as they may deem necessary to ensure that persons and in particular workers are protected when using the machinery or safety components in question, provided that this does not mean that the machinery or safety components are modified in a way not specified in the Directive.

    2. Настоящая Директива не ограничивает права Государств - членов устанавливать при должном соблюдении Договора такие требования, которые они посчитают необходимыми для обеспечения защиты людей, особенно работников, при использовании машинного оборудования или компонентов безопасности, при условии, что модификация такого машинного оборудования и компонентов безопасности была произведена в соответствии с положениями настоящей Директивы.

    3. At trade fairs, exhibitions, demonstrations, etc., Member States shall not prevent the showing of machinery or safety components which do not conform to the provisions of this Directive, provided that a visible sign clearly indicates that such machinery or safety components do not conform and that they are not for sale until they have been brought into conformity by the manufacturer or his authorised representative established in the Community. During demonstrations, adequate safety measures shall be taken to ensure the protection of persons.

    3. На торговых ярмарках, выставках, демонстрациях и т.п. Государства - члены не должны препятствовать демонстрации машинного оборудования или компонентов безопасности, которые не соответствуют положениям настоящей Директивы, при условии, что видимый знак четко указывает, что такое машинное оборудование или компоненты безопасности не соответствуют данной Директиве, и что они не предназначаются для продажи до тех пор, пока изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе не приведет их в полное соответствие с Директивой. Во время демонстраций должны приниматься адекватные меры для обеспечения безопасности граждан.

    Article 3
    Machinery and safety components covered by this Directive shall satisfy the essential health and safety requirements set out in Annex I.

    Статья 3
    Машинное оборудование, а также компоненты безопасности, относящиеся к области действия настоящей Директивы, должны полностью удовлетворять основным требованиям по обеспечению здоровья и безопасности, изложенным в Приложении 1.

    Article 4
    1. Member States shall not prohibit, restrict or impede the placing on the market and putting into service in their territory of machinery and safety components which comply with this Directive.

    Статья 4
    1. Государства - члены не должны запрещать, ограничивать или препятствовать поставке на рынок машинного оборудования, а также компонентов безопасности, которые соответствуют
    требованиям настоящей Директивы.

    2. Member States shall not prohibit, restrict or impede the placing on the market of machinery where the manufacturer or his authorised representative established in the Community declares in accordance with point B of Annex II that it is intended to be incorporated into machinery or assembled with other machinery to constitute machinery covered by this Directive, except where it can function independently.

    ‘Interchangeable equipment’, as referred to in the third indent of Article 1(2)(a), must in all cases bear the CE marking and be accompanied by the EC declaration of conformity referred to in Annex II, point A.

    2. Государства - члены не должны запрещать, ограничивать или препятствовать поставке на рынок машинного оборудования, если изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе заявляет в соответствии с Приложением II B, что они предназначены для включения в машинное оборудование или компоноваться с другим оборудованием, так, что в соединении они составят машинное оборудование, отвечающее требованиям настоящей Директивы, за исключением тех случаев, когда они могут функционировать независимо.

    "Взаимозаменяемое оборудование" в смысле третьего абзаца с черточкой в Статье 1 (2) (a) должно во всех случаях иметь маркировку "СЕ" и сопровождаться декларацией соответствия, определенной в Приложении II, пункте А.

    3. Member States may not prohibit, restrict or impede the placing on the market of safety components as defined in Article 1(2) where they are accompanied by an EC declaration of conformity by the manufacturer or his authorised representative established in the Community as referred to in Annex II, point C.

    3. Государства - члены не имеют права запрещать, ограничивать или препятствовать распространению на рынке компонентов безопасности, определенных Статьей 1 (2), если эти компоненты сопровождаются декларацией соответствия ЕС, заявленной изготовителем или его уполномоченным представителем в Сообществе, как определено в Приложении II, пункте С.

    Article 5
    1. Member States shall regard the following as conforming to all the provisions of this Directive, including the procedures for checking the conformity provided for in Chapter II:
    — machinery bearing the CE marking and accompanied by the EC declaration of conformity referred to in Annex II, point A,
    — safety components accompanied by the EC declaration of conformity referred to in Annex II, point C.

    Статья 5
    1. Государства - члены должны считать нижеследующее соответствующим всем положениям настоящей Директивы, включая процедуры проверки соответствия, предусмотренной в Главе II:
    - машинное оборудование, имеющее маркировку "СЕ" и сопровождаемое декларацией соответствия ЕС, как указано в Приложении II, пункте A;
    - компоненты безопасности, сопровождаемые декларацией соответствия ЕС, как указано в Приложении II, пункте C.

    При отсутствии гармонизированных стандартов Государства - члены должны предпринимать любые меры, которые они сочтут необходимыми, для привлечения внимания заинтересованных сторон к существующим национальным техническим стандартам и спецификациям, которые считаются важными или относятся к выполнению основных требований по обеспечению здоровья и безопасности в соответствии с Приложением 1.

    2. Where a national standard transposing a harmonised standard, the reference for which has been published in the Official Journal of the European Communities, covers one or more of the essential safety requirements, machinery or safety components constructed in accordance with this standard shall be presumed to comply with the relevant essential requirements.
    Member States shall publish the references of national standards transposing harmonised standards.

    2. В тех случаях, когда национальный стандарт, заменяющий гармонизированный стандарт, ссылка на который была опубликована в Официальном журнале Европейских сообществ, покрывает одно или несколько основных требований безопасности, машинное оборудование или компоненты безопасности, сконструированные в соответствии с таким стандартом, должны считаться соответствующими основным требованиям.
    Государства - члены должны публиковать ссылки на национальные стандарты, заменяющие гармонизированные стандарты.

    3. Member States shall ensure that appropriate measures are taken to enable the social partners to have an influence at national level on the process of preparing and monitoring the harmonised standards.

    3. Государства - члены должны обеспечивать принятие необходимых мер для того, чтобы их социальные партнеры получали возможность влиять на национальном уровне на процессы подготовки и отслеживания гармонизированных стандартов.

    Article 6
    1. Where a Member State or the Commission considers that the harmonised standards referred to in Article 5(2) do not entirely satisfy the essential requirements referred to in Article 3, the Commission or the Member State concerned shall bring the matter before the committee set up under Directive 83/189/EEC, giving the reasons therefor. The committee shall deliver an opinion without delay.
    Upon receipt of the committee’s opinion, the Commission shall inform the Member States whether or not it is necessary to withdraw those standards from the published information referred to in Article 5(2).

    Статья 6
    1. В случае, если Государство - член или Комиссия считают, что гармонизированные стандарты, рассмотренные в Статье 5 (2), не полностью соответствуют основным требованиям, определенным в Статье 3, Комиссия или заинтересованное Государство - член должны поставить этот вопрос на рассмотрение комитета, созданного в соответствии с Директивой 83/189/ЕЭС, обосновав причины такого обращения. Комитет должен безотлагательно вынести решение.
    После получения такого решения комитета Комиссия должна информировать Государства – члены, необходимо или нет отозвать эти стандарты из опубликованной информации, определенной в Статье 5 (2).

    2. A standing committee shall be set up, consisting of representatives appointed by the Member States and chaired by a representative of the Commission.

    The standing committee shall draw up its own rules of procedure.

    Any matter relating to the implementation and practical application of this Directive may be brought before the standing committee, in accordance with the following procedure:

    The representative of the Commission shall submit to the committee a draft of the measures to be taken. The committee shall deliver its opinion on the draft, within a time limit which the chairman may lay down according to the urgency of the matter, if necessary by taking a vote.

    The opinion shall be recorded in the minutes; in addition, each Member State shall have the right to ask to have its position recorded in the minutes.
    The Commission shall take the utmost account of the opinion delivered by the committee.
    It shall inform the committee of the manner in which its opinion has been taken into account.

    2. Должен быть создан постоянно действующий комитет, состоящий из представителей, назначенных Государствами – членами, и возглавляемый представителем Комиссии.

    Постоянно действующий комитет будет сам устанавливать порядок действий и процедуры.

    Любой вопрос, относящийся к выполнению и практическому применению настоящей Директивы, может быть поставлен на рассмотрение постоянно действующего комитета, в соответствии со следующими правилами:

    Представитель Комиссии должен представить комитету проект предполагаемых к принятию мер. Комитет должен выразить свое мнение по проекту за время, установленное председателем в соответствии со срочностью вопроса, при необходимости определяемого путем голосования.

    Это мнение должно быть зафиксировано в протоколе; кроме того, каждое Государство - член имеет право потребовать отразить свою позицию в протоколе. Комиссия должна максимально учитывать мнение, вынесенное комитетом.
    Она должна проинформировать комитет, каким образом было учтено его мнение.

    Article 7
    1. Where a Member State ascertains that:
    — machinery bearing the CE marking, or
    — safety components accompanied by the EC declaration of conformity, used in accordance with their intended purpose are liable to endanger the safety of persons, and, where appropriate, domestic animals or property, it shall take all appropriate measures to withdraw such machinery or safety components from the market, to prohibit the placing on the market, putting into service or use thereof, or to restrict free movement thereof.

    Member States shall immediately inform the Commission of any such measure, indicating the reason for its decision and, in particular, whether non-conformity is due to:
    (a) failure to satisfy the essential requirements referred to in Article 3;
    (b) incorrect application of the standards referred to in Article 5(2);
    (c) shortcomings in the standards themselves referred to in Article 5(2).

    Статья 7
    1. Если Государство - член устанавливает, что:
    - машинное оборудование, имеющее маркировку "СЕ", либо
    - компоненты безопасности, сопровождаемые декларацией соответствия ЕС, используемые в соответствии с их назначением, могут нести угрозу безопасности людям, и, если это имеет место, домашним животным или собственности, оно должно принять все необходимые меры для изъятия такого машинного оборудования, либо компонентов безопасности с рынка, запретить их поставку на рынок, ввод в эксплуатацию или использование, либо ограничить их свободное обращение.

    Государства - члены должны немедленно информировать Комиссию о любых подобных мерах, указать причины такого решения и, в особенности, информировать о том, явилось ли это несоответствие результатом:
    a) неспособности удовлетворить основным требованиям, определенным в Статье 3;
    b) неправильного применения стандартов, определенных в Статье 5 (п.2);
    c) недостатков самих стандартов, определенных в Статье 5 (п. 2).

    2. The Commission shall enter into consultation with the parties concerned without delay. Where the Commission considers, after this consultation, that the measure is justified, it shall immediately so inform the Member State which took the initiative and the other Member States. Where the Commission considers, after this consultation, that the action is unjustified, it shall immediately so inform the Member State which took the initiative and the manufacturer or his authorised representative established within the Community.

    Where the decision referred to in paragraph 1 is based on a shortcoming in the standards, and where the Member State at the origin of the decision maintains its position, the Commission shall immediately inform the committee in order to initiate the procedures referred to in Article 6(1).

    2. Комиссия должна безотлагательно провести консультацию с заинтересованными сторонами. В случае, если после проведения такой консультации, Комиссия полагает, что такая мера обоснована, она должна немедленно информировать об этом Государство - член, которое выдвинуло эту инициативу, а также остальные Государства - члены. Если Комиссия после проведения такой консультации полагает, что действия не были обоснованными, она немедленно извещает об этом Государство - член, проявившее инициативу, и изготовителя, либо его уполномоченного представителя в Сообществе.

    Если решение, указанное в параграфе 1, основано на недостатках в стандартах, и если Государство - член на основании такого решения сохраняет свои позиции, то Комиссия должна немедленно информировать комитет для того, чтобы начать процедуры, описанные в Статье 6 (п. 1).

    3. Where:
    — machinery which does not comply bears the CE marking,
    — a safety component which does not comply is accompanied by an EC declaration of conformity,
    the competent Member State shall take appropriate action against whom so ever has affixed the marking or drawn up the declaration and shall so inform the Commission and other Member States.

    3. Если:
    - машинное оборудование, не соответствующие требованиям, имеют маркировку "СЕ",
    - компоненты безопасности, не соответствующие требованиям, имеют декларацию соответствия ЕС,
    компетентное Государство - член должно начать соответствующие действия против любого, кто поставил маркировку, или составил декларацию, и должно проинформировать об этом Комиссию и другие Государства - члены.

    4. The Commission shall ensure that Member States are kept informed of the progress and outcome of this procedure.

    4. Комиссия должна обеспечить, чтобы Государства – члены были постоянно информированы о ходе и результатах данной процедуры.

    CHAPTER II
    CONFORMITY ASSESSMENT PROCEDURES
    Article 8
    1. The manufacturer or his authorised representative established in the Community must, in order to certify that machinery and safety components are in conformity with this Directive, draw up for all machinery or safety components manufactured an EC declaration of conformity based on the model given in Annex II, point A or C as appropriate.

    In addition, for machinery alone, the manufacturer or his authorised representatives established in the Community must affix to the machine the CE marking.

    Глава II
    Процедуры оценки соответствия
    Статья 8
    1. Для подтверждения того, что машинное оборудование, а также компоненты безопасности соответствуют положениям настоящей Директивы, изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе должен составить декларацию ЕС о соответствии на произведенное машинное оборудование и компоненты безопасности по образцу, приведенному в Приложении II, соответственно пунктам A или C.

    Корме того, на машинное оборудование изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе должен нанести маркировку "СЕ" в соответствии со Статьей 10.

    2. Before placing on the market, the manufacturer, or his authorised representative established in the Community, shall:
    (a) if the machinery is not referred to in Annex IV, draw up the file provided for in Annex V;
    (b) if the machinery is referred to in Annex IV and its manufacturer does not comply, or only partly complies, with the standards referred to in Article 5(2) or if there are no such standards, submit an example of the machinery for the EC type-examination referred to in Annex VI;
    (c) if the machinery is referred to in Annex IV and is manufactured in accordance with the standards referred to in Article 5(2):
    — either draw up the file referred to in Annex VI and forward it to a notified body, which will acknowledge receipt of the file as soon as possible and keep it,
    — submit the file referred to in Annex VI to the notified body, which will simply verify that the standards referred to in Article 5(2) have been correctly applied and will draw up a certificate of adequacy for the file,
    — or submit the example of the machinery for the EC type-examination referred to in Annex VI.

    2. Перед поставкой на рынок изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе должен:
    (a) в случае, если машинное оборудование не указано в Приложении IV, составить документацию, предусмотренную Приложением V;
    (b) если машинное оборудование указано в Приложении IV, и их изготовитель не выполняет, либо выполняет лишь частично требования стандартов, упомянутых в Статье 5 (2), либо, если таких стандартов не существует, то представить образец машинного оборудования для его испытания ЕС, определенного в Приложении VI;
    (c) если машинное оборудование указано в Приложении IV и изготовлено в соответствии со стандартами, определенными в Статье 5 (п. 2):
    - либо составить документацию, указанную в Приложении VI, и передать ее нотифицированному органу, который подтверждает получение документации в возможно короткие сроки, а также сохраняет ее;
    - представить документацию, указанную в Приложении VI, нотифицированному органу, который просто проверит, что стандарты, упомянутые в Статье 5 (2), были применены правильно и составит сертификат соответствия по этой документации;
    - либо представить образец машинного оборудования для испытания ЕС типового образца, определенного в Приложении VI.

    3. Where the first indent of paragraph 2(c) of this Article applies, the provisions of the first sentence of paragraphs 5 and 7 of Annex VI shall also apply.

    Where the second indent of paragraph 2(c) of this Article applies, the provisions of paragraphs 5, 6 and 7 of Annex VI shall also apply.

    3. В тех случаях, когда может быть применен первый абзац параграфа 2 (с) этой Статьи должны также применяться положения первого предложения параграфов 5 и 7 Приложения VI.

    В тех случаях, когда может быть применен второй абзац пункта 2 (с), должны также применяться положения параграфов 5, 6 и 7 Приложения VI.

    4. Where paragraph 2(a) and the first and second indents of paragraph 2(c) apply, the EC declaration of conformity shall solely state conformity with the essential requirements of the Directive.

    Where paragraph 2(b) and the third indent of paragraph 2(c) apply, the EC declaration of conformity shall state conformity with the example that underwent EC type-examination.

    4. В тех случаях, когда применяется параграф 2 (а) и первый и второй абзацы параграфа 2 (c), декларация ЕС о соответствии должна удостоверить соответствие основным требованиям настоящей Директивы.

    В случае, когда применяется параграф 2 (b) и третий абзац параграфа 2 (c), декларация ЕС о соответствии должна удостоверить соответствие образцу, прошедшему испытание ЕС типового образца.

    5. Safety components shall be subject to the certification procedures applicable to machinery pursuant to paragraphs 2, 3 and 4. Furthermore, during EC type-examination, the notified body shall verify the suitability of the safety component for fulfilling the safety functions declared by the manufacturer.

    5.Компоненты безопасности должны подвергаться процедурам сертификации, применимым к машинному оборудованию в соответствии с параграфами 2, 3, 4. Более того, во время испытания ЕС типового образца нотифицированный орган должен проверить пригодность компонентов безопасности для выполнения тех функций безопасности, которые заявлены изготовителем.

    6. (a) Where the machinery is subject to other Directives concerning other aspects and which also provide for the affixing of the CE marking, the latter shall indicate that the machinery is also presumed to conform to the provisions of those other Directives.
    (b) However, where one or more of those Directives allow the manufacturer, during a transitional period, to choose which arrangements to apply, the CE marking shall indicate conformity only to the Directives applied by the manufacturer. In this case, particulars of the Directives applied, as published in the Official Journal of the European Communities, must be given in the documents, notices or instructions required by the directives and accompanying such machinery.

    6. (a) В тех случаях, когда машинное оборудование подпадает под действие Директив по другим аспектам, которые также предусматривают нанесение маркировки "СЕ", последняя указывает, что такое машинное оборудование соответствуют положениям этих прочих директив.
    (b) Тем не менее, когда одна или несколько таких Директив позволяют изготовителям в течение переходного периода выбирать, какие из положений применить, маркировка "СЕ" будет указывать на соответствие только тем Директивам, которые применялись изготовителем. В этом случае подробная информация о примененных Директивах, опубликованных в Официальном журнале Европейских сообществ, должен приводиться в документах, аннотациях или инструкциях, требуемых в соответствии с Директивами, и сопровождать такое машинное оборудование.

    7. Where neither the manufacturer nor his authorised representative established in the Community fulfils the obligations of paragraphs 1 to 6, these obligations shall fall to any person placing the machinery or safety component on the market in the Community. The same obligations shall apply to any person assembling machinery or parts thereof or safety components of various origins or constructing machinery or safety components for his own use.

    7. Если ни изготовитель, ни его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе не выполнят своих обязательств по предыдущим параграфам, то эти обязательства должны быть выполнены любыми лицами, поставляющими машинное оборудование или компоненты безопасности на рынок Сообщества. Такие же обязательства возлагаются на любые лица, осуществляющие сборку машинного оборудования, либо его частей или компонентов безопасности различного происхождения, либо создающие машинное оборудование или компоненты безопасности для собственного пользования.

    8. The obligations referred to in paragraph 7 shall not apply to persons who assemble with a machine or tractor interchangeable equipment as provided for in Article 1, provided that the parts are compatible and each of the constituent parts of the assembled machine bears the CE marking and is accompanied by the EC declaration of conformity.

    8. Обязательства, изложенные в параграфе 7, не применяются к лицам, которые собирают с машиной, механизмом или транспортным средством взаимозаменяемое оборудование, указанное в Статье 1, при условии, что эти части совместимы, и каждая из частей машины в сборе имеет маркировку "СЕ" и Декларацию ЕС о соответствии.

    Article 9
    1. Member States shall notify the Commission and the other Member States of the approved bodies which they have appointed to carry out the procedures referred to in Article 8 together with the specific tasks which these bodies have been appointed to carry out and the identification numbers assigned to them beforehand by the Commission.
    The Commission shall publish in the Official Journal of the European Communities a list of the notified bodies and their identification numbers and the tasks for which they have been notified. The Commission shall ensure that this list is kept up to date.

    Статья 9
    1. Государства - члены должны уведомить Комиссию и другие Государства - члены об утвержденных органах, которые назначаются для выполнения процедур, описанных в Статье 8, также как и для различных особых задач, которые этим органам предназначено выполнять, и об идентификационных номерах, предварительно присвоенных им Комиссией.

    В Официальном журнале Европейских сообществ Комиссия должна публиковать список таких нотифицированных органов и их идентификационные номера, а также задачи, для решения которых они предназначены. Комиссия должна обеспечить своевременность обновления списка.

    2. Member States shall apply the criteria laid down in Annex VII in assessing the bodies to be indicated in such notification. Bodies meeting the assessment criteria laid down in the relevant harmonised standards shall be presumed to fulfil those criteria.

    2. Государства - члены должны применять критерии, изложенные в Приложении VII, для определения органов, которые будут указаны в таких назначениях. Органы, удовлетворяющие критериям, изложенным в соответствующих гармонизированных стандартах, считаются соответствующими критериям.

    3. A Member State which has approved a body must withdraw its notification if it finds that the body no longer meets the criteria referred to in Annex VII. It shall immediately inform the Commission and the other Member States accordingly.

    3. Государство - член, утвердившее такой орган, должно отменить его назначение, если оно обнаружит, что он больше не соответствует критериям, изложенным в Приложении VII. Государство - член должно немедленно известить об этом Комиссию и другие Государства - члены.

    CHAPTER III
    CE MARKING
    Article 10
    1. The CE conformity marking shall consist of the initials ‘CE’. The form of the marking to be used is shown in Annex III.

    ГЛАВА III
    МАРКИРОВКА "СЕ"
    Статья 10
    1. Маркировка "СЕ" состоит из заглавных букв "СЕ". Форма маркировки, которая будет использоваться, указана в Приложении III.

    2. The CE marking shall be affixed to machinery distinctly and visibly in accordance with point 1.7.3 of Annex I.

    2. Маркировка "СЕ" должна наноситься на машинное оборудование четко, на видном месте в соответствии с пунктом 1.7.3. Приложения I.

    3. The affixing of markings on the machinery which are likely to deceive third parties as to the meaning and form of the CE marking shall be prohibited. Any other marking may be affixed to the machinery provided that the visibility and legibility of the CE marking is not thereby reduced.

    3. Нанесение маркировок на машинное оборудование таким образом, что это может ввести в заблуждение относительно значения и формы маркировки "СЕ", запрещено. Любые другие маркировки могут быть нанесены на машинное оборудование таким образом, чтобы не мешать видимости и различимости маркировки "СЕ".

    4. Without prejudice to Article 7:
    (a) where a Member State establishes that the CE marking has been affixed unduly, the manufacturer or his authorised representative established within the Community shall be obliged to make the product conform as regards the provisions concerning the CE marking and to end the infringement under the conditions imposed by the Member State;

    (b) where non-conformity continues, the Member State must take all appropriate measures to restrict or prohibit the placing on the market of the product in question or to ensure that it is withdrawn from the market in accordance with the procedure laid down in Article 7.

    4. Без ограничения применения Статьи 7:
    (a) если Государство - член устанавливает, что маркировка "СЕ" была нанесена неправильно, изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе будет обязан привести продукцию в соответствии с положениями, касающимися маркировки "СЕ" и положить конец нарушениям на условиях, установленных Государством - членом;

    (b) если такое несоответствие будет продолжаться, то Государство - член должно принять все соответствующие меры для ограничения или запрещения поставки на рынок такой продукции, либо обеспечить изъятие ее с рынка в соответствии с процедурами, изложенными в Статье 7.

    CHAPTER IV
    FINAL PROVISIONS
    Article 11
    Any decision taken pursuant to this Directive which restricts the placing on the market and putting into service of machinery or a safety component shall state the exact grounds on which it is based. Such a decision shall be notified as soon as possible to the party concerned, who shall at the same time be informed of the legal remedies available to him under the laws in force in the Member State concerned and of the time limits to which such remedies are subject.

    ГЛАВА IV
    ЗАКЛЮЧИТЕЛЬНЫЕ ПОЛОЖЕНИЯ
    Статья 11
    Любое решение, принятое в исполнение настоящей Директивы, ограничивающее поставку на рынок и ввод в эксплуатацию машинного оборудования или компонентов безопасности, должно указывать точные причины, на которых оно основано. Такое решение должно быть по возможности быстро доведено до сведения заинтересованных сторон, их также следует проинформировать о законных мерах, которые могут быть предприняты по действующему законодательству в соответствующем Государстве - члене и о сроках, в которые данные меры применяются.

    Article 12
    The Commission will take the necessary steps to have information on all the relevant decisions relating to the management of this Directive made available.

    Статья 12
    Комиссия предпримет все необходимые шаги для получения информации по всем соответствующим решениям, касающимся применения и распространения настоящей Директивы.

    Article 13
    1. Member States shall communicate to the Commission the texts of the provisions of national law which they adopt in the field governed by this Directive.

    2. The Commission shall, before 1 January 1994, examine the progress made in the standardisation work relating to this Directive and propose any appropriate measures.

    Статья 13
    1. Государства - члены должны передать Комиссии тексты положений национальных законодательных актов, принимаемых в сфере, определяемой настоящей Директивой.

    2. Комиссия должна до 1 января 1994 г. изучить развитие работ по стандартизации, относящиеся к области действия настоящей Директивы и предложить любые целесообразные меры.

    Тематики

    EN

    Русско-английский словарь нормативно-технической терминологии > машинное оборудование

  • 105 अथ _atha

    अथ (Ved. अथा) ind. [अर्थ्-ड, पृषोद˚ रलोपः Tv.] A particle used at the beginning (of works) mostly as a sign of auspiciousness, and translated by 'here', 'now' (begins) (मङ्गल, आरम्भ, अधिकार) (Properly speaking 'auspiciousness' or मङ्गल is not the sense of अथ, but the very utterance or hearing of the word is considered to be indicative of auspiciousness, as the word is supposed to have em- anated from the throat of Brahmā ओंकारश्चाथशब्दश्च द्वावेतौ ब्रह्मणः पुरा । कण्ठं भित्त्वा विनिर्यातौ तेन माङ्गलिकावुभौ ॥ and therefore we find in Śāṅkara Bhāṣya अर्थान्तरप्रयुक्तः अथशब्दः श्रुत्या मङ्गलमारचयति); अथ निर्वचनम्; अथ योगानुशासनम्; अथेदं प्रारभ्यते द्वितीयं तन्त्रम् Pt.2. (usually followed by इति at the end, इति प्रथमो$ङ्कः here ends &c.).
    -2 Then, afterwards (आनन्तर्य) अथ प्रजानामधिपः प्रभाते R.2.1; often as a correlative of यदि or चेत्; न चेन्मुनिकुमारो$यं अथ को$स्य व्यपदेशः Ś.7; मुहूर्तादुपरि उपाध्याय- श्चेदागच्छेत् अथ त्वं छन्दो$धीष्व P.III.3.9. Sk.
    -3 If, supposing, now if, in case, but if (पक्षान्तर); अथ कौतुक- मावेदयामि K.144, अथ तु वेत्सि शुचि व्रतमात्मनः पतिकुले तव दास्यमपि क्षमम् ॥ Ś.5.27; अथ मरणमवश्यमेव जन्तोः किमिति मुधा मलिनं यशः कुरुध्वे Ve.3.6. अथ गृह्णाति Ś.7; Ku.5.45; Mu.3.25; Ki.1.44; अथ चास्तमिता त्वमात्मना R.8.51 while, but, on the other hand; oft followed by ततः or तथापि, Bg.2.26;12.9,11; अथ चेत् but if Bg.2. 33;18.58.
    -4 And, so also, likewise (समुच्चय); गणितमथ कलां वैशिकीम् Mk.1. मातृष्वसा मातुलानि श्वश्रूरथ पितृष्वसा । संपूज्या गुरुपत्नीवत् समास्ता गुरुभार्यया ॥ Ms.2.1.31; भीमो$थार्जुनः G.M.
    -5 Used in asking or introducing questions (प्रश्न) oft. with the interrogative word itself; अथ सा तत्रभवती किमाख्यम्य राजर्षेः पत्नी Ś.7; अर्थवान् खलु मे राजशब्दः । अथ भगवाँल्लोकानुग्रहाय कुशली काश्यपः Ś.5; अथ शक्नोषि भोक्तुम् G. M.; अथात्रभवति कथमित्थंभूता M.5; अथ केन प्रयुक्तो$यं पापं चरति पूरुषः । Bg.3.36; अथ भवन्तमन्तरेण कीदृशो$स्या दृष्टिरागः Ś.2; अथ माडव्यं प्रति किमेवं प्रयुक्तम् Ś.6 (अथ may in these two sentences mean 'but').
    -6 Totality, enti- rety (कार्त्स्न्य); अथ धर्मं व्याख्यास्यामः G. M. we shall explain the whole धर्म (धर्म in all its details.) Śi;7.75.
    -7 Doubt, uncertainty (संशय, विकल्प); शब्दो नित्यो $थानित्यः G. M. The senses of अथ usually given by lexicographers are:-अथो$थ स्यातां समुच्चये । मङ्गले संशयारम्भा- धिकारानन्तरेषु च । अन्वादेशे प्रतिज्ञायां प्रश्नसाकल्ययोरपि ॥ Some of these senses are indentical with those in (1), while some are not in general use.
    -Comp. -अतः -अनन्तरम् now, therefore; अथा$तो धर्मजिज्ञासा Ms.1.1.1.
    -अपि moreover, and again &c. (= अथ in most cases); ˚च likewise, also.
    -किम् what else, yes, exactly so, quite so, certainly; सर्वथा अप्सरःसंभवैषा । अथ किम् Ś.1; अपि वृषलमनुरक्ताः प्रकृतयः अथ किम् Mu.1.
    -किमु how much more, so much more.
    -तु but, on the contrary. अथ तु वेत्सि शुचि व्रतमात्मनः । Ś.5.27.
    -वा 1 or (used like the English disjunctive conjunction 'or' and occupying the same place); व्यवहारं परिज्ञाय वध्यः पूज्यो$थवा भवेत् H.1.55; समस्तैरथवा पृथक् Ms.7.198; अथवा-अथवा either-or; वाथ is often used in the same sense with वा; कार्तिके वाथ चैत्रे वा Pt.3.38; साम्ना दानेन भेदेन समस्तैरथवा पृथक् । विजेतुं प्रयतेतारीन्न युद्धेन कदाचन ॥ Ms.7.182; अथापि वा also used in the same sense; एतदेव व्रतं कुर्यु- श्चान्द्रायणमथापि वा 11.117;8.287.
    -2 or rather, or why, or perhaps, is it not so (correcting or modifying a previous statement); why should there be any thought or hesitation about it, or it is no wonder; अपि नाम कुलपतेरियमसवर्णक्षेत्रसंभवा स्यात् । अथवा कृतं सन्देहेन Ś.1.,1.16; गमिष्याम्युपहास्यताम्...अथवा कृतवाग्द्वारे वंशे$स्मिन् R.1.3-4; अथवा मृदु वस्तु हिंसितुम् R.8.45.; दीर्ये किं न सहस्रधाहमथवा रामेण किं दुष्करम् U.6.4; अधोधो गङ्गेयं पदमुपगता स्तोकमथवा । विवेकभ्रष्टानां भवति विनिपातः शतमुखः Bh.2.1.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > अथ _atha

  • 106 employer

    employer [ɑ̃plwaje]
    ➭ TABLE 8 transitive verb
       a. ( = utiliser) to use
    • employer son temps à faire qch/à qch to spend one's time doing sth/on sth
    • employer son argent à faire qch/à qch to use one's money doing sth/on sth
    • bien employer [+ temps, argent] to make good use of ; [+ mot, expression] to use properly
       b. [+ main-d'œuvre] to employ
    * * *
    ɑ̃plwaje
    1.
    verbe transitif to employ [personne] ( comme as); to use [mot, méthode, produit]

    2.
    s'employer verbe pronominal
    1) [produit, mot] to be used
    2)

    s'employer à faire — [personne] to apply oneself to doing

    * * *
    ɑ̃plwaje vt
    1) [outil, moyen, méthode, mot] to use
    2) [ouvrier, main-d'œuvre] to employ

    L'entreprise emploie dix ingénieurs. — The firm employs ten engineers.

    * * *
    employer verb table: employer
    A vtr
    1 ( avoir à son service) [personne, entreprise] to employ [personne] (comme as); elle emploie quinze personnes she employs fifteen people;
    2 ( embaucher) [personne, entreprise] to hire [personne] (comme as); elle compte employer une secrétaire she plans to hire a secretary;
    3 ( utiliser) to use [mot, méthode, arme, produit]; employer la force to use force; employer les grands moyens to use drastic means; employer son temps à faire to spend one's time doing.
    B s'employer vpr
    1 ( être utilisé) to be used; mot/produit qui ne s'emploie plus word/product which is no longer used;
    2 ( se consacrer) s'employer à faire to apply oneself to doing.
    [ɑ̃plwaje] verbe transitif
    1. [professionnellement] to employ
    2. [manier - instrument, machine] to use
    3. [mettre en œuvre - méthode, ruse] to employ, to use
    employer son énergie à faire quelque chose to devote ou to apply one's energy to doing something
    de l'argent bien employé money well spent, money put to good use
    4. [expression] to use
    mal employer un mot to misuse a word, to use a word incorrectly
    5. [temps, journée] to spend
    mal employer son temps to misuse one's time, to use one's time badly, to waste one's time
    6. [en comptabilité] to enter
    ————————
    s'employer verbe pronominal (emploi passif)
    1. [mot] to be used
    2. [outil, machine] to be used
    ————————
    s'employer à verbe pronominal plus préposition
    [se consacrer à] to devote ou to apply oneself to

    Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > employer

  • 107 EIGA

    * * *
    I)
    (á, átta, áttr), v.
    1) to own, possess (Starkaðr átti hest góðan);
    2) to have (eiga börn, föður, móður, vin);
    hann átti Gró, he was married to G.;
    hann gekk at eiga Þóru, he took Th. for his wife, he married Th.;
    enga vil ek þessa eiga, I will not marry any of these;
    eiga heima, to have a home, to live (þeir áttu heima austr í Mörk);
    eiga sér e-t = eiga e-t (Höskuldr átti sér dóttur, er Hallgerðr hét);
    eiga ván e-s, to have hope of a thing, to reckon upon;
    eiga hlut at or í e-u, to have a share in a thing, to be concerned in;
    eiga vald á e-u, to have within one’s power;
    3) to be under obligation, be obliged, have to do a thing;
    tólf menn, þeir er fylgð áttu með konungi, who were bound to attend the king’s person;
    á ek þar fyrir at sjá, I am bound (I have) to see to that;
    átti Hrútr för í Vestfjorðu, H. had to go to the V.;
    4) to have a right (claim) to, be entitled to (eiga högg ok höfn í skóginum);
    eiga mál í e-m, to have a charge against one;
    5) to keep, hold;
    eiga fund, þing, samkvámu, stefnu, to hold a meeting;
    eiga kaupstefnu, to hod a market;
    eiga orrustu við e-n, to fight a battle with one;
    eiga högg við e-n, to exchange blows with one;
    eiga illt við e-n, to quarrel with;
    eiga tal (or mál) við e-n, to speak, converse with one;
    6) as an auxiliary with pp. = hafa (þat er við áttum mælt);
    eiga skilit, to have stipulated;
    7) to have to (skal Þ. eigi at því eiga at spotta);
    eiga hendr sínar it verja, to have to act in self-defence;
    eiga um vandræði at halda, to be in a strait;
    8) eiga e-m e-t, to owe to one (mun æ, hvat þú átt þeim er veitir);
    þat muntu ætla, at ek mun eiga hinn bleika uxann, that the fawn-coloured ox means me;
    10) with preps.:
    eiga e-t at e-m, to have something due from one, to expect from one (þat vil ek eiga at þér, at þú segir mér frá ferð þinni);
    to deserve from one (ok á ek annat at þér);
    þeir er mikit þóttust at sér eiga, had much in their power;
    eiga e-t eptir, to have to do yet, to have left undone (þat áttu eptir, er erfiðast er, en þat er at deyja);
    to leave behind one (andaðist ok átti eptir tvá sonu vaxna);
    eiga e-t saman, to own in common;
    eiga skap saman, to agree well, be of one mind;
    eigi veit ek, hvárt við eigum heill saman, whether we shall live happy together;
    eiga saman, to quarrel, = eiga deild saman;
    eiga um við e-n, to have to deal with (við brögðótta áttu nú um);
    þar sem við vini mína er um at eiga, where my friends are concerned;
    eiga e-t undir e-m, to have in another’s hands;
    Njáll átti mikit fé undir Starkaði ok í Sandgili, N. had much money out at interest with St. and at Sandgil, er sá eigi vel staddr, er líf sitt á undir þinum trúnaði, whose life depends on thy good faith;
    eiga mikit (lítit) undir sér, to have much (little) in one’s power;
    far þú við marga menn, svá at þú eigir allt undir þér, that the whole matter rests in thy own hands;
    hann sá, at hann átti ekki undir sér, that he had no influence;
    eiga við e-n, to have to do with, fight with (brátt fundu þeir, at þeir áttu þar ekki við sinn maka);
    ekki á ek þetta við þik, this is no business between thee and me;
    eiga gott (illt) við e-n, to be on good (bad) terms with one;
    eiga við konu, to have intercourse with, = eiga lag (samræði) við konu;
    recipr., eigast við, to deal with one another; fight, quarrel;
    eigast við deildir, to be engaged in strife;
    áttust þeir höggvaskipti við, they exchanged blows with one another.
    f.
    kasta sinni eigu, leggja sína eigu, í e-t, to take possession of;
    * * *
    pret. átti; pret. subj. ætti, pres. eigi; pres. ind. á, 2nd pers. átt (irreg. eigr, Dipl. v. 24), pl. eigum, 3rd pers. pl. old form eigu, mod. eiga; imperat. eig and eigðu; sup. átt; with suffixed neg. pres. ind. 1st pers. á’k-at, 2nd pers. átt-attu; pret. subj. ættim-a: [Gr. ἔχω; Goth. aigan; A. S. âgan; Hel. êgan; O. H. G. eigan; Swed. äga; Dan. eje; Engl. to owe and own, of which the former etymologically answers to ‘eiga,’ the latter to ‘eigna’]:—to have, possess.
    A. ACT.
    I. denoting ownership, to possess:
    1. in a proper sense; allt þat góz sem þeir eiga eðr eigandi verða, D. N. i. 80; hann eigr hálfa jörðina, Dipl. v. 24; Björn hljóp þá á skútu er hann átti, Eb. 6; Starkaðr átti hest góðan, Nj. 89; þau áttu gnótt í búi, 257; hón á allan arf eptir mik, 3; átti hón auð fjár, Ld. 20; ef annarr maðr ferr með goðorð en sá er á, Grág. i. 159; annat vápnit, ok á þat Þorbjörn, en Þorgautr á þetta, Ísl. ii. 341; eignir þær er faðir hans hafði átt, Eb. 4; í ríki því er Dana konungar höfðu átt þar lengi, Fms. xi. 301, Rb. 494, Eb. 54, 118, 256, 328, Sturl. ii. 60, Eg. 118; e. saman, to own in common, Grág. i. 199; ef tveir menn eigo bú saman, ii. 44; e. skuld (at e-m), to be in debt, Engl. to owe; en ef hann átti engar skuldir, if he owed no debts, i. 128; þar til átti honum ( owed him) meistari Þorgeirr ok þá mörk, D. N. iv. 288 (Fr.); e. fé undir e-m, to be one’s creditor, Nj. 101; in mod. usage, e. fé hjá e-m, or ellipt., e. hjá e-m.
    2. in a special sense;
    α. eiga konu, to have her to wife; hann átti Gró, Eb. 16; hann átti Ynghvildi, 3; Þorgerðr er (acc.) átti Vigfúss, … Geirríðr er (acc.) átti Þórólfr, 18; hann gékk at eiga Þóru, he married Thora, id.; Þuríði hafði hann áðr átta, Thorida had been his first wife, 42; enga vil ek þessa e., I will not marry any of these, Nj. 22; Björn átti þá konu er Valgerðr hét, 213, 257; faðir Hróðnýjar er átti Þorsteinn, Landn. 90; Ásdísi átti síðar Skúli, S. was A.’s second husband, 88; Þorgerðr er átti Önundr sjóni, 89; Vigdís er átti Þorbjörn enn digri, 87; Árnþrúðr er átti Þórir hersir, 66; Húngerð er átti Svertingr, 6l, 86, and in numberless passages: old writers hardly ever say that the wife owns her husband—the passages in Edda 109 (vide elja) and Nj. 52 (til lítils kemr mér at eiga hinn vaskasta mann á Íslandi) are extraordinary—owing to the primitive notion of the husband’s ‘jus possessionis’ (cp. brúðkaup); but in mod. usage ‘eiga’ is used indiscriminately of both wife and husband; Icel. even say, in a recipr. sense, eigast, to own one another, to be married: þau áttust, they married; hann vildi ekki at þau ættist, hann bannaði þeim að eigast, he forbade them to marry:—to the ancients such a phrase was almost unknown, and occurs for the first time in K. Á. 114.
    β. eiga börn, to have children, of both parents; áttu þau Jófriðr tíu börn, J. and her husband had ten bairns, Eg. 708; hann átti dóttur eina er Unnr hét, Nj. 1; þau Þorsteinn ok Unnr áttu son er Steinn hét, Eb. 10, Nj. 91, 257; áttu þau Þórhildr þrjá sonu, 30; e. móður, föður, to have a mother, father, Eb. 98; vænti ek ok, at þú eigir illan föður, id.
    γ. the phrase, e. heima, to have a home; þeir áttu heima austr í Mörk, Nj. 55; því at ek tek eigi heim í kveld, þar sem ek á heima út á Íslandi, 275; in mod. usage = to live, abide, in regard to place, cp. the questions put to a stranger, hvað heitir maðrinn? hvar áttu heima? used in a wider sense than búa.
    δ. eiga sér, to have, cp. ‘havde sig’ in Dan. ballads; Höskuldr átti sér dóttur er Hallgerðr hét, Nj. 3; ef hann á sér í vá veru, Hm. 25, (freq. in mod. use.)
    3. without strict notion of possession; e. vini, óvini, to have friends, enemies, Nj. 101; hverja liðveizlu skal ek þar e. er þú ert, what help can I reckon upon from thee? 100; e. ván e-s, to have hope of a thing, to reckon upon, 210; e. til, to have left; ekki eigu it annat til ( there is nothing left for you) nema at biðja postulann. Jóh. 623. 22: in mod. usage e. til means to own, to have left; hann á ekkert til, he is void of means, needy; eiga góða kosti fjár, to be in good circumstances, Ísl. ii. 322; e. vald á e-u, to have within one’s power, Nj. 265; the phrase, e. hlut at e-u, or e. hlut í e-u, to have a share, be concerned with; eptir þat átti hann hlut at við mótstöðumenn Gunnars, 101, 120; þar er þú ættir hlut at, where thou wast concerned, 119; mik uggir at hér muni eigi gæfu-menn hlut í e., 179: hence ellipt., e. í e-u, to be engaged in, chiefly of strife, adversity, or the like; thus, e. í stríði, fátaekt, baráttu, to live, be deep in struggle, want, battle, etc.
    II. denoting duty, right, due, obligation:
    1. to be bound, etc.; þeir menn er fylgð áttu með konungi, the men who owed following to (i. e. were bound to attend) the king’s person, Fms. vii. 240; á ek þar fyrir at sjá, I am bound to see to that, Eg. 318; Tylptar-kviðr átti um at skilja, Eb. 48; þeir spurðu hvárt Njáli þætti nokkut e. at lýsa vígsök Gunnars, Nj. 117; nú áttu, Sigvaldi, now is thy turn, now ought thou, Fms. xi. 109, Fs. 121; menn eigu ( men ought) at spyrja at þingfesti, Grág. i. 19; þá á þann kvið einskis meta, that verdict ought to be void, 59; ef sá maðr á ( owns) fé út hér er ómagann á ( who ought) fram at færa, 270; nú hafa þeir menn jammarga sem þeir eigu, as many as they ought to have, ii. 270; tíunda á maðr fé sitt, … þá á hann þat at tíunda, … þá á hann at gefa sálugjafir, i. 202:—‘eiga’ and ‘skal’ are often in the law used indiscriminately, but properly ‘ought’ states the moral, ‘shall’ the legal obligation,—elska skalt þú föður þinn og móður, þú skalt ekki stela, where ‘átt’ would be misplaced; sometimes it is merely permissive, gefa á maðr vingjafir at sér lifanda, ef hann vill, a man ‘may’ whilst in life bequeath to his friends, if he will, id.; maðr á at gefa barni sínu laungetnu tólf aura, ef hann vill, fyrir ráð skaparfa sinna, en eigi meira nema erfingjar lofi, a man ‘may’ bequeath to the amount of twelve ounces to his illegitimate child without leave of the lawful heir, etc., 203; ef þat á til at vilja, if that is to happen, Fas. i. 11.
    2. denoting claim, right, to own, be entitled to, chiefly in law phrases; e. dóm, sakir, to own the case, i. e. be the lawful prosecutor; ok á sá þeirra sakir, er …, Grág. i. 10; eðr eigu þeir eigi at lögum, or if they be not entitled to it, 94; e. mál á e-m, to have a charge against one, Nj. 105; e. rétt á e-u, to own a right; sá sem rétt á á henni, who has a right to her, K. Á. 16; þeir sögðu at þeim þótti slíkr maðr mikinn rétt á sér e., such a man had a strong personal claim to redress, Nj. 105; hence the phrase, eiga öngan rétt á sér, if one cannot claim redress for personal injury; þá eigu þeir eigi rétt á sér, then they have no claim to redress whatever, Grág. i. 261; e. sök, saka-staði á e-u, to have a charge against; þat er hann átti öngva sök á, Nj. 130; saka-staði þá er hann þótti á eiga, 166; kalla Vermund eigi ( not) eiga at selja sik, said V. had no right to sell them, Eb. 116: hence in mod. usage, eiga denotes what is fit and right, þú átt ekki að göra það, you ought not; eg ætti ekki, I ought not: in old writers eiga is seldom strictly used in this sense, but denotes the legal rather than the moral right.
    β. eiga fé at e-m (mod. e. hjá e-m), to be one’s creditor, Grág. i. 90, 405, Band. 1 C: metaph. to deserve from one, ok áttu annat at mér, Nj. 113; e. gjafir at e-m, 213; in a bad sense, kváðusk mikit e. at Þráni, they had much against Thrain, 138.
    γ. the law phrase, e. útkvæmt, fært, to have the right to return, of a temporary exile, Nj. 251: at hann skyli eigi e. fært út hingat, Grág. i. 119; ok á eigi þingreitt, is not allowed to go to the parliament, ii. 17; e. vígt, Grág., etc.
    III. denoting dealings or transactions between men (in a meeting, fight, trade, or the like), to keep, hold; þætti mér ráðliga at vér ættim einn fimtardóm, Nj. 150; e. orrustu við e-n, to fight a battle, Fms. i. 5, Eg. 7; e. högg við e-n, to exchange blows, 297; e. vápna-viðskipti, id., Fms. ii. 17; eiga handsöl at e-u, to shake hands, make a bargain, x. 248; e. ráð við e-n, to consult, hold a conference with, Nj. 127; e. tal við e-n, to speak, converse with one, 129; e. mál við e-n, id., Grág. i. 10; e. fund, to hold a meeting, Nj. 158; e. þing, samkvámu, stefnu, to hold a meeting, Eg. 271; þetta haust áttu menn rétt (a kind of meeting) fjölmenna, Eb. 106; e. kaupstefnu, to hold a market, exchange, 56; e. féránsdóm, Grág. i. 94; e. gott saman, to live well together, in peace and goodwill, Ld. 38; e. illt við e-n, to deal ill with, quarrel with, Nj. 98; e. búisifjar, q. v., of intercourse with neighbours, Njarð. 366; e. drykkju við e-n, to be one’s ‘cup-mate,’ Eg. 253; e. við e-n, to deal with one; ekki á ek þetta við þik, this is no business between thee and me, Nj. 93; gott vilda ek við alla menn e., I would live in goodwill with all, 47; e. við e-n, to fight one; eigum vér ekki við þá elligar (in a hostile sense), else let us not provoke them, 42; eðr hvárt vili it Helgi e. við Lýting einn eðr bræðr hans báða, 154; brátt fundu þeir, at þeir áttu þar eigi við sinn maka, Ld. 64; Glúmr kvað hann ekki þurfa at e. við sik, G. said he had no need to meddle with him, Glúm. 338; e. um að vera, to be concerned; ekki er við menn um at e., Nj. 97; þar sem við vini mína er um at e., where my friends are concerned, 52; við færi er þá um at e., ef Kári er einn, there are fewer to deal with, to fight, if K. be alone, 254; við brögðótta áttu nú um, Fms. v. 263; ætla ek at oss mun léttara falla at e. um við Svein einn, iv. 80; Sveinn svarar, at þeir áttu við ofrefli um at e., that they had to deal with odds, 165.
    β. almost as an auxiliary verb; e. skilt (skilit), to have stipulated; hafa gripina svá sem hann átti skill, Fms. vi. 160; þat átta ek skilit við þik, ii. 93; sem Hrani átti skilt, iv. 31; e. mælt, of oral agreement; sem vit áttum mælt með okkr, xi. 40; þá vil ek þat mælt e., 124: in mod. usage e. skilit means to deserve, eg á ekki þetta skilit af hér, etc.
    γ. sometimes used much like geta; við því átti Búi eigi gert, B. could not guard against that, Fms. i. 117, cp. xi. 109:—also, e. bágt, to be in a strait, poor, sickly; e. heimilt, to have at one’s disposal, Eb. 254.
    IV. to have to do; skal Þorleifr eigi ( not) e. at því at spotta, Eb. 224; e. hendr sínar at verja, to have to defend one’s own hands, to act in self-defence, Nj. 47; e. e-m varlaunað, to stand in debt to one, 181; e. um vandræði at halda, to be in a strait, Eb. 108; e. erindi, to have an errand to run, 250; en er þeir áttu um þetta at tala, when they had to talk, were talking, of this, Stj. 391; e. ríkis at gæta, to have the care of the kingdom, Nj. 126; en þó á ek hverki at telja við þik mægðir né frændsemi, i. e. I am no relation to thee, 213; ok ætti þeir við annan at deila fyrst, 111; e. mikið at vinna, to be much engaged, hard at work, 97; e. e-t eptir, to have left a thing undone, 56; e. för, ferð, to have a journey to take, 11, 12; hann átti þar fé at heimta, 261; e. eptir mikit at mæla, 88.
    2. metaph. in the phrases, e. mikit (lítið) ‘at’ ser, or ‘undir’ sér, to have much (or little) in one’s power; margir menn, þeir er mikit þóttusk at sér e., Sturl. i. 64; far þú við marga menn, svá at þú eigir allt undir þér, go with many men, so that thou hast the whole matter in thy hands, Ld. 250; en ávalt átta ek nokkuð undir mér, Vígl. 33; kann vera at hann eigi mikit undir sér, Fas. i. 37; eigum heldr undir oss ( better keep it in our own hands), en ganga í greipar þeim mæðginum, Fs. 37; sem þeir, er ekki eigu undir sér, who are helpless and weak, Þorst. St. 55; e. þykisk hann nokkut undir sér, i. e. he bears himself very proudly, Grett. 122; þetta ráð vil ek undir sonum mínum e., I will leave the matter in my sons’ hands, Valla L. 202; e. líf sitt undir e-m, to have one’s life in another’s hands, Grett. 154; mun ek nú senda eptir mönnum, ok e. eigi undir ójöfnuði hans, and trust him not, 110: hence in mod. usage, e. undir e-u, to risk; eg þori ekki að e. undir því, I dare not risk it: e. saman, to have or own in common; the saying, það á ekki saman nema nafnið, it has nothing but the name in common; rautt gull ok bleikt gull á ekki saman nema nafn eitt, Fms. v. 346: the proverb, þeygi á saman gamalt og ungt, Úlf. 3. 44; e. skap saman, to agree well; kemr þú þér því vel við Hallgerði, at it eigit meir skap saman, you are quite of one mind, Nj. 66; eigi veit ek hvárt við eigum heill saman, I know not whether we shall have luck, i. e. whether we shall live happy, together, 3.
    β. to deal with one another (sam-eign); er vér skulum svá miklu úgæfu saman e., that we are to have so much mischief between us, Nj. 201; e. e-t yfir höfði, to have a thing hanging over one’s head, Sks. 742.
    V. to agree with, to fit, to suit one:
    1. with acc., það á ekki við mig, it suits me not, it agrees not with me.
    2. with dat., medic. to agree, heal, the sickness in dat., thus the proverb, margt á við mörgu, cp. ‘similia similibus curantur,’ Vidal. ii. 109.
    3. absol. to apply to; at hann skyldi eigi trúa lágum manni rauðskeggjuðum, því at meistarinn átti þetta, the description suited to the master, Fms. xi. 433; þat muntu ætla, at ek muna e. hinn bleika uxann, that the dun ox means me, Vápn. 21.
    B. REFLEX., in a reciprocal sense, in the phrase, eigask við, to deal with one another, chiefly to fight; en er þeir höfðu langa hríð við átzk, when they had fought a long time, Eb. 238, 74; eigask við deildir, to be engaged in strife, 246; áttusk þeir höggva-viðskipti við, they came to a close fight, Fms. i. 38; áttusk þeir fá högg við, áðr …, they had a short fight before …, Eg. 297; fátt áttusk þeir við Þjóstólfr ok Þorvaldr, Thostolf and Thorwald had little to do with one another, kept aloof from each other, Nj. 18; var nú kyrt þann dag, svá at þeir áttusk ekki við, tbat day passed quietly, so that they came not to a quarrel, 222.
    β. to marry, vide above (A. I. 2).

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > EIGA

  • 108 volo

    1.
    vŏlo (2 d pers. sing. vis, orig. veis, Prisc. 9, 1, 6, p. 847 P.; 1 st pers. plur. volumus, but volimus, Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 89 Speng.; 3 d pers. sing. volt, and 2 d pers. plur. voltis always in ante-class. writers;

    also volt,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 17, § 42; 2, 5, 49, § 128; id. Sest. 42, 90; id. Phil. 8, 9, 26; id. Par. 5, 1, 34; id. Rep. 3, 33, 45:

    voltis,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 53, § 122; 2, 3, 94, § 219; 2, 5, 5, § 11; 2, 3, 89, § 208; id. Clu. 30, 83; id. Rab. Perd. 12, 33; id. Sest. 30, 64; id. Par. 1, 2, 11 et saep. — Pres. subj. velim, but sometimes volim, Plaut. Merc. 1, 2, 44 Ritschl; cf. Prisc. 9, 1, 8, p. 848 P.;

    so volint,

    Plaut. Most. 1, 3, 65 Ritschl), velle, volui ( part. fut. voliturus, Serv. ad Verg. A. 5, 712; contr. forms, vin for visne, freq. in Plaut. and Ter., also Hor. S. 1, 9, 69; Pers. 6, 63:

    sis for si vis,

    Plaut. Capt. 1, 2, 70; id. Merc. 4, 4, 37; id. Pers. 3, 3, 8; Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 20; id. Heaut. 1, 2, 38; Cic. Tusc. 2, 18, 42; id. Rosc. Am. 16, 48; id. Mil. 22, 60; Liv. 34, 32, 20:

    sultis for si voltis, only ante-class.,

    Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 8; id. As. prol. 1; id. Capt. 2, 3, 96; 3, 5, 9; 4, 4, 11), v. irreg. a. [Sanscr. var-; Gr. bol-, boulomai; cf. the strengthened root Wel- in eeldomai, elpomai; Germ. wollen; Engl. will], expressing any exercise of volition, and corresponding, in most cases, to the Germ. wollen; in Engl. mostly rendered, to wish, want, intend, purpose, propose, be willing, consent, mean, will, and, impersonally, it is my will, purpose, intention, plan, policy (syn.: cupio, opto; but volo properly implies a purpose).
    I.
    In gen.
    A.
    With object-infinitive.
    1.
    With pres. inf.
    a.
    To wish.
    (α).
    Exire ex urbe priusquam luciscat volo, Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 35:

    potare ego hodie tecum volo,

    id. Aul. 3, 6, 33:

    ego quoque volo esse liber: nequiquam volo,

    id. Trin. 2, 4, 39; so id. ib. 2, 4, 164:

    ait rem seriam agere velle mecum,

    Ter. Eun. 3, 3, 8:

    natus enim debet quicunque est velle manere In vita,

    Lucr. 5, 177:

    video te alte spectare et velle in caelum migrare,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 34, 82:

    quid poetae? Nonne post mortem nobilitari volunt?

    id. ib. 1, 15, 34:

    si innocentes existimari volumus,

    id. Verr. 2, 2, 10, § 28:

    quoniam opinionis meae voluistis esse participes,

    id. de Or. 1, 37, 172:

    quod eas quoque nationes adire et regiones cognoscere volebat,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 7:

    si velit suos recipere, obsides sibi remittat,

    id. ib. 3, 8 fin.:

    dominari illi volunt, vos liberi esse,

    Sall. J. 31, 23:

    si haec relinquere voltis,

    id. C. 58, 15:

    priusquam liberi estis, dominari jam in adversarios vultis,

    Liv. 3, 53, 7:

    si quis vestrum suos invisere volt, commeatum do,

    id. 21, 21, 5:

    non enim vincere tantum noluit, sed vinci voluit,

    id. 2, 59, 2:

    suspitionem Caesar quibusdam reliquit, neque voluisse se diutius vivere, neque curasse,

    Suet. Caes. 85:

    Eutrapelus cuicunque nocere volebat, Vestimenta dabat pretiosa,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 31.—
    (β).
    Idiomatically: quid arbitramini Rheginos merere velle ut ab iis marmorea illa Venus auferatur? what do you think the Rhegini would take for, etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 60, § 135.—
    (γ).
    Transf., of things: fabula quae posci vult et spectata reponi, a comedy which wishes (i. e. is meant) to be in demand, etc., Hor. A. P. 190:

    neque enim aut hiare semper vocalibus aut destitui temporibus volunt sermo atque epistula,

    Quint. 9, 4, 20; cf. id. 8, prooem. 23.—
    b.
    Of the wishes of those that have a right to command, the gods, masters, parents, commanders, etc., I want, wish, will, am resolved, it is my will:

    in acdibus quid tibi meis erat negoti...? Volo scire,

    Plaut. Aul. 3, 2, 14; 3, 2, 17; 3, 2, 18; 3, 6, 27; id. Curc. 4, 3, 11; id. Ep. 3, 4, 74; id. Mil. 2, 3, 74; 3, 1, 17; id. Stich. 1, 2, 56; Ter. And. 1, 2, 9; 4, 2, 17:

    maxima voce clamat populus, neque se uni, nec paucis velle parere,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 35, 55:

    consuesse deos immortalis, quos pro scelere eorum ulcisci velint, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 13:

    hic experiri vim virtutemque volo,

    Liv. 23, 45, 9.—
    c.
    = in animo habere, to intend, purpose, mean, design:

    ac volui inicere tragulam in nostrum senem,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 4, 14:

    eadem quae illis voluisti facere tu, faciunt tibi,

    id. Mil. 3, 1, 11; so id. Most. 2, 2, 5:

    puerumque clam voluit exstinguere,

    Ter. Hec. 5, 1, 23:

    necare candem voluit,

    Cic. Cael. 13, 31: quid enim ad illum qui te captare vult, utrum [p. 2005] tacentem te irretiat an loquentem? id. Ac. 2, 29, 94:

    hostis hostem occidere volui,

    Liv. 2, 12, 9; 7, 34, 11: volui interdiu eum... occidere; volui, cum ad cenam invitavi, veneno scilicet tollere;

    volui... ferro interficere (ironically),

    id. 40, 13, 2:

    tuum crimen erit, hospitem occidere voluisse,

    the intention to kill your guest-friend, Val. Max. 5, 1, 3 fin.; 6, 1, 8:

    non enim vult mori, sed invidiam filio facere,

    Quint. 9, 2, 85.—

    Pregn., opp. optare: non vult mori qui optat,

    Sen. Ep. 117, 24:

    sed eo die is, cui dare volueram (epistulam), non est profectus,

    Cic. Att. 9, 7, 1:

    cum de senectute vellem aliquid scribere,

    id. Sen. 1, 2:

    ego te volui castigare, tu mihi accussatrix ades,

    Plaut. As. 3, 1, 10:

    bonus volo jam ex hoc die esse,

    id. Pers. 4, 3, 10:

    ego jam a principio amici filiam, Ita ut aequom fuerat, volui uxorem ducere,

    Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 46:

    at etiam eo negotio M. Catonis splendorem maculare voluerunt,

    it was their purpose, Cic. Sest. 28, 60:

    eum (tumulum) non tam capere sine certamine volebat, quam causam certaminis cum Minucio contrahere,

    his plan was, Liv. 22, 28, 4.—Of things:

    cum lex venditionibus occurrere voluit,

    when it was the purpose of the law, Dig. 46, 1, 46: sed quid ea drachuma facere vis? Ca. Restim volo Mihi emere... qui me faciam pensilem, Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 87: Ch. Revorsionem ad terram faciunt vesperi. Ni. Aurum hercle auferre voluere, id. Bacch. 2, 3, 63:

    si iis qui haec omnia flamma ac ferro delere voluerunt... bellum indixi, etc.,

    Cic. Prov. Cons. 10, 24:

    (plebem) per caedem senatus vacuam rem publicam tradere Hannibali velle,

    Liv. 23, 2, 7:

    rem Nolanam in jus dicionemque dare voluerat Poeno,

    id. 23, 15, 9: qui (majores nostri) tanta cura Siculos tueri ac retinere voluerunt ut, etc., whose policy it was to protect, etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 6, § 14:

    ut qui a principio mitis omnibus Italicis praeter Romanos videri vellet, etc.,

    Liv. 23, 15, 4: idem istuc, si in vilitate largiri voluisses, derisum tuum beneficium esset, if you had offered to grant the same thing during low prices, etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 92, § 215.—
    d.
    = studere, conari, to try, endeavor, attempt:

    quas (i. e. magnas res) qui impedire vult, is et infirmus est mobilisque natura, et, etc.,

    Cic. Lael. 20, 75:

    nam si quando id (exordium) primum invenire volui, nullum mihi occurrit, nisi aut exile, aut, etc.,

    id. Or. 2, 77, 315:

    de Antonio dico, numquam illum... nonnullorum de ipso suspitionem infitiando tollere voluisse,

    that he never attempted to remove, id. Sest. 3, 8; id. Div. 1, 18, 35:

    audes Fatidicum fallere velle deum?

    do you dare attempt? Ov. F. 2, 262.—
    e.
    To mean, of actions and expressions:

    hic respondere voluit, non lacessere,

    the latter meant to answer, not to provoke, Ter. Phorm. prol. 19:

    non te judices urbi sed carceri reservarunt, neque to retinere in civitate, sed exilio privare voluerunt,

    Cic. Att. 1, 16, 9.—So, volo dicere, I mean (lit. I intend to say):

    quid aliud volui dicere?

    Ter. Eun. 3, 2, 51:

    volo autem dicere, illud homini longe optimum esse quod ipsum sit optandum per se,

    Cic. Tusc. 2, 20, 46.—Often with the acc. illud or id, as a correction: Tr. Specta quam arcte dormiunt. Th. Dormiunt? Tr. Illut quidem ut conivent volui dicere, I mean how they nod, Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 145: Py. Quid? bracchium? Ar. Illud dicere volui femur, id. Mil. 1, 1, 27:

    adduxi volui dicere,

    id. Ps. 2, 4, 21; id. Am. 1, 1, 233; 1, 1, 235; id. Cas. 2, 6, 14; id. Mil. 3, 2, 7; id. Ps. 3, 2, 54; id. Rud. 2, 4, 9.—
    f.
    To be going to: haec argumenta ego aedificiis dixi; nunc etiam volo docere ut homines aedium esse similes arbitremini, now I am going to show how, etc., Plaut. Most. 1, 2, 37: quando bene gessi rem, volo hic in fano supplicare, I am going to worship here, etc., id. Curc. 4, 2, 41:

    nunc quod relicuom restat volo persolvere,

    id. Cist. 1, 3, 40:

    sustine hoc, Penicule, exuvias facere quas vovi volo,

    id. Men. 1, 3, 13:

    sinite me prospectare ne uspiam insidiae sint, consilium quod habere volumus,

    id. Mil. 3, 1, 3; id. As. 2, 2, 113; id. Cas. 4, 2, 3; id. Bacch. 1, 1, 61:

    si Prometheus, cum mortalibus ignem dividere vellet, ipse a vicinis carbunculos conrogaret, ridiculus videretur,

    Auct. Her. 4, 6, 9:

    ait se velle de illis HS. LXXX. cognoscere,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 23, § 56:

    hinc se recipere cum vellent, rursus illi ex loco superiore nostros premebant,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 45. —
    g.
    To be about to, on the point of: quom mittere signum Volt, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 48, 107 (Ann. v. 88 Vahl.):

    quotiens ire volo foras, retines me, rogitas quo ego eam,

    Plaut. Men. 1, 2, 5:

    quae sese in ignem inicere voluit, prohibui,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 113:

    si scires aspidem latere uspiam, et velle aliquem imprudentem super eam adsidere,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 18, 59; id. Div. 1, 52, 118:

    quod cum facere vellent, intervenit M. Manilius,

    id. Rep. 1, 12, 18:

    qui cum opem ferre vellet, nuntiatum sibi esse aliam classem ad Aegates insulas stare,

    Liv. 22, 56, 7:

    at Libys obstantes dum vult obvertere remos, In spatium resilire manus breve vidit,

    Ov. M. 3, 676; 1, 635:

    P. Claudius cum proelium navale committere vellet,

    Val. Max. 1, 4, 3.—
    h.
    Will, and in oblique discourse and questions would, the auxiliaries of the future and potential: animum advortite: Comediai nomen dari vobis volo, I will give you, etc., Plaut. Cas. prol. 30:

    sed, nisi molestum est, nomen dare vobis volo comediai,

    id. Poen. prol. 50:

    vos ite intro. Interea ego ex hac statua verberea volo erogitare... quid sit factum,

    id. Capt. 5, 1, 30:

    i tu atque arcessi illam: ego intus quod facto est opus volo adcurare,

    id. Cas. 3, 3, 35; id. Cist. 1, 1, 113; id. Most. 1, 1, 63; id. Poen. 2, 44; id. Pers. 1, 3, 85; id. Rud. 1, 2, 33: cum vero (gemitus) nihil imminuat doloris, cur frustra turpes esse volumus? why will ( would) we be disgraceful to no purpose? Cic. Tusc. 2, 24, 57:

    illa enim (ars) te, verum si loqui volumus, ornaverat,

    id. ib. 1, 47, 112:

    ergo, si vere aestimare volumus, etc.,

    Val. Max. 7, 5, 6:

    si vere aestimare Macedonas, qui tunc erant, volumus,

    Curt. 4, 16, 33:

    ejus me compotem facere potestis, si meminisse vultis, etc.,

    Liv. 7, 40, 5:

    visne igitur, dum dies ista venit... interea tu ipse congredi mecum ut, etc....?

    id. 8, 7, 7:

    volo tibi Chrysippi quoque distinctionem indicare,

    Sen. Ep. 9, 14: vis tu homines urbemque feris praeponere silvis? will you prefer, etc., Hor. S. 2, 6, 92; cf. velim and vellem, would, II. A. 2.—
    k.
    Sometimes volui = mihi placuit, I resolved, concluded (generally, in this meaning, followed by an infinitive clause, v. I. B. 4.):

    uti tamen tuo consilio volui,

    still I concluded to follow your advice, Cic. Att. 8, 3, 1.—
    1.
    To be willing, ready, to consent, like to do something: si sine bello velint rapta... tradere... se exercitum domum reducturum, if they were willing, would consent to, would deliver, etc., Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 52:

    is dare volt, is se aliquid posci,

    likes to give, id. As. 1, 3, 29:

    hoc dixit, si hoc de cella concederetur, velle Siculos senatui polliceri frumentum in cellam gratis,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 87, § 200:

    ei laxiorem daturos, si venire ad causam dicendam vellet,

    Liv. 39, 17, 2; 5, 36, 4: nemo invenitur qui pecuniam suam dividere velit. Sen. Brev. Vit. 3, 1:

    plerique concessam sibi sub condicione vitam si militare adversus eum vellent, recusarunt,

    Suet. Caes. 68:

    dedere etiam se volebant, si toleranda viris imperarentur,

    Flor. 1, 33 (2, 18), 12.—So with negatives, to be not willing, not to suffer, not to like, not to allow, refuse:

    heri nemo voluit Sostratam intro admittere,

    Ter. Hec. 3, 1, 49:

    cum alter verum audire non vult,

    Cic. Lael. 26, 98: a proximis quisque minime anteiri vult, likes least to be surpassed, etc., Liv. 6, 34, 7:

    nihil ex his praeter... accipere voluit,

    refused to accept, Val. Max. 4, 3, 4.—
    m.
    To do something voluntarily or intentionally: volo facere = mea voluntate or sponte facio: si voluit accusare, pietati tribuo;

    si jussus est, necessitati,

    if he accused of his own free will, I ascribe it to his filial love, Cic. Cael. 1, 2:

    utrum statuas voluerint tibi statuere, an coacti sint,

    id. Verr. 2, 2, 65, § 157:

    de risu quinque sunt quae quaerantur... sitne oratoris risum velle permovere,

    on purpose, id. Or. 2, 58, 235:

    laedere numquam velimus,

    Quint. 6, 3, 28.—So, non velle with inf., to do something unwillingly, with reluctance:

    vivere noluit qui mori non vult,

    who dies with reluctance, Sen. Ep. 30, 10.—
    n.
    To be of opinion, think, mean, pretend (rare with inf.; usu. with acc. and inf.; v. B. 8.):

    haec tibi scripsi ut isto ipso in genere in quo aliquid posse vis, te nihil esse cognosceres,

    in which you imagine you have some influence, Cic. Fam. 7, 27, 2:

    in hoc homo luteus etiam callidus ac veterator esse vult, quod ita scribit, etc.,

    pretends, means to be, id. Verr. 2, 3, 14, § 35: sed idem Aelius Stoicus esse voluit, orator autem nec studuit um quam, nec fuit, id. Brut. 56, 206:

    Pythago. ras, qui etiam ipse augur esse vellet,

    id. Div. 1, 3, 5.—
    o.
    To like, have no objection to, approve of (cf. E. 1. sq.):

    magis eum delectat qui se ait philosophari velle sed paucis: nam omnino haud placere,

    that he liked, had no objection to philosophizing, Cic. Rep. 1, 18, 30; v. also II. A.—
    2.
    With pres. inf. understood.
    a.
    Supplied from a preceding or subsequent clause.
    (α).
    To wish, it is his will, etc. (cf. 1. a. and b. supra):

    nunc bene vivo et fortunate atque ut volo, i. e. vivere,

    as I wish, Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 111: quod diu vivendo multa quae non volt (i. e. videre) videt, Caecil. ap. Cic. Sen. 8, 25:

    proinde licet quotvis vivendo condere saecla,

    Lucr. 3, 1090:

    nec tantum proficiebam quantum volebam,

    Cic. Att. 1, 17, 1:

    tot autem rationes attulit, ut velle (i. e. persuadere) ceteris, sibi certe persuasisse videatur,

    id. Tusc. 1, 21, 49:

    sed liceret, si velint, in Ubiorum finibus considere,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 81:

    quo praesidio senatus libere quae vellet decernere auderet,

    id. B. C. 1, 2.—Of things:

    neque chorda sonum reddit quem vult manus et mens,

    Hor. A. P. 348.—
    (β).
    To choose, be pleased (freq.):

    tum mihi faciat quod volt magnus Juppiter,

    Plaut. Aul. 4, 10, 50:

    id repetundi copia est, quando velis,

    id. Trin. 5, 2, 7:

    habuit aurum quamdiu voluit,

    Cic. Cael. 13, 31:

    rapiebat et asportabat quantum a quoque volebat Apronius,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 12, § 29:

    provincias quas vellet, quibus vellet, venderet?

    id. Sest. 39, 84:

    quotiens ille tibi potestatem facturus sit ut eligas utrum velis,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 14, 45:

    daret utrum vellet subclamatum est,

    Liv. 21, 18, 14:

    senatus consultum factum est ut plebes praeficeret quaestioni quem vellet,

    id. 4, 51, 2:

    saxi materiaeque caedendae unde quisque vellet jus factum,

    id. 5, 55, 3; cf. id. 2, 13, 9; 5, 46, 10; 6, 25, 5; 22, 10, 23; 23, 6, 2; 23, 15, 15; 23, 45, 10; 23, 47, 2;

    26, 21, 11: vicem suam conquestus, quod sibi soli non liceret amicis, quatenus vellet, irasci,

    Suet. Aug. 66:

    at tu quantum vis tolle,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 16.—
    (γ).
    To intend, it is my purpose, etc. (v. 1. c. supra):

    sine me pervenire quo volo,

    let me come to my point, Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 44:

    scripsi igitur Aristotelio more, quemadmodum quidem volui, tres libros... de Oratore,

    as I intended, Cic. Fam. 1, 9, 23:

    ut meliore condicione quam qua ipse vult imitetur homines eos qui, etc.,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 8, 25:

    ego istos posse vincere scio, velle ne scirem ipsi fecerunt,

    Liv. 2, 45, 12. —
    (δ).
    To be willing, to consent, I will (v. 1. h. and l. supra): tu eum orato... St. Sane volo, yes, I will, Plaut. Cas. 2, 3, 57:

    jube me vinciri. Volo, dum istic itidem vinciatur,

    id. Capt. 3, 4, 75:

    patri dic velle (i. e. uxorem ducere),

    that you consent, are willing, Ter. And. 2, 3, 20 (cf.: si vis, II. A. 2, and sis, supra init.).—
    (ε).
    To do something voluntarily (v. 1. m. supra):

    tu selige tantum, Me quoque velle velis, anne coactus amem,

    Ov. Am. 3, 11, 50.—
    b.
    With ellipsis of inf.
    (α).
    Volo, with a designation of place, = ire volo:

    nos in Formiano morabamur, quo citius audiremus: deinde Arpinum volebamus,

    I intended to go to Arpinum, Cic. Att. 9, 1, 3:

    volo mensi Quinctili in Graeciam,

    id. ib. 14, 7, 2:

    hactenus Vitellius voluerat (i. e. procedere),

    Tac. A. 12, 42 fin. —
    (β).
    With other omissions, supplied from context: volo Dolabellae valde desideranti, non reperio quid (i. e. to dedicate some writing to him), Cic. Att. 13, 13, 2.—
    (γ).
    In mal. part., Plaut. Aul. 2, 4, 7; Ov. Am. 2, 4, 16; 2. 19, 2; Prop. 1, 13, 36.—
    3.
    With perfect infinitive active (rare).
    a.
    In negative imperative sentences dependent on ne velis, ne velit (in oblique discourse also ne vellet), where ne velis has the force of noli. The perfect infinitive emphatically represents the action as completed (ante-class. and poet.).
    (α).
    In ancient ordinances of the Senate and of the higher officers (not in laws proper): NEIQVIS EORVM BACANAL HABVISE VELET... BACAS VIR NEQVIS ADIESE VELET CEIVIS ROMANVS... NEVE PECVNIAM QVISQVAM EORVM COMOINEM HABVISE VELET... NEVE... QVIQVAM FECISE VELET. NEVE INTER SED CONIOVRASE, NEVE COMVOVISE NEVE CONSPONDISE, etc., S. C. de Bacch. 4-13 ap. Wordsworth, Fragm. and Spec. p. 172.—So, in quoting such ordinances: per totam Italiam edicta mitti ne quis qui Bacchis initiatus esset, coisse aut convenisse causa sacrorum velit. [p. 2006] neu quid talis rei divinae fecisse, Liv. 39, 14, 8:

    edixerunt ne quis quid fugae causa vendidisse neve emisse vellet,

    id. 39, 17, 3. —
    (β).
    In imitation of official edicts: (vilicus) ne quid emisse velit insciente domino, neu quid domino celasse velit, the overseer must not buy any thing, etc., Cato, R. R. 5, 4:

    interdico, ne extulisse extra aedis puerum usquam velis,

    Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 48:

    oscula praecipue nulla dedisse velis (= noli dare),

    Ov. Am. 1, 4, 38:

    ne quis humasse velit Ajacem, Atride, vetas? Cur?

    Hor. S. 2, 3, 187.—
    b.
    In affirmative sentences, implying command (in any mood or tense; mostly poet.): neminem nota strenui aut ignavi militis notasse volui, I have decided to mark no one, etc., Liv. 24, 16, 11: quia pepercisse vobis volunt, committere vos cur pereatis non patiuntur, because they have decided to spare you, etc., id. 32, 21, 33:

    sunt delicta tamen quibus ignovisse velimus (= volumus),

    which should be pardoned, Hor. A. P. 347.—
    c.
    To represent the will as referring to a completed action.
    (α).
    In optative sentences with vellem or velim, v. II. B. 5. b. a, and II. C. 1. b.—
    (β).
    In other sentences ( poet. and post-class.): ex omnibus praediis ex quibus non hac mente recedimus ut omisisse possessionem velimus, with the will to abandon (omittere would denote the purpose to give up at some future time), Dig. 43, 16, 1, § 25; so,

    an erit qui velle recuset Os populi meruisse?

    Pers. 1, 41:

    qui me volet incurvasse querela,

    id. 1, 91.
    B.
    With acc. and inf.
    1.
    To wish (v. A. 1. a.).
    a.
    With a different subject: hoc volo scire te: Perditus sum miser, I wish you to know, etc., Plaut. Curc. 1, 2, 46:

    deos volo consilia vostra vobis recte vortere,

    id. Trin. 5, 2, 31:

    emere oportet quem tibi oboedire velis,

    id. Pers. 2, 4, 2:

    scin' quid nunc te facere volo?

    Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 85:

    si perpetuam vis esse adfinitatem hanc,

    id. Hec. 2, 2, 10:

    consul ille egit eas res quarum me participem esse voluit,

    Cic. Prov. Cons. 17, 41:

    vim volumus exstingui: jus valeat necesse est,

    id. Sest. 42, 92:

    nec mihi hunc errorem extorqueri volo,

    id. Sen. 23, 85:

    hoc te scire volui,

    id. Att. 7, 18, 4:

    harum causarum fuit justissima quod Germanos suis quoque rebus timere voluit,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 16:

    ut equites qui salvam esse rempublicam vellent ex equis desilirent,

    Liv. 4, 38, 2:

    si me vivere vis recteque videre valentem,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 3:

    si vis me flere, dolendum est Primum ipsi tibi,

    id. A. P. 102.—With pass. inf. impers.:

    regnari tamen omnes volebant,

    that there should be a king, Liv. 1, 17, 3:

    mihi volo ignosci,

    I wish to be pardoned, Cic. Or. 1, 28, 130:

    volt sibi quisque credi,

    Liv. 22, 22, 14. —
    b.
    With the same subject.
    (α).
    With inf. act.:

    quae mihi est spes qua me vivere velim,

    what hope have I, that I should wish to live? Plaut. Rud. 1, 3, 33:

    volo me placere Philolachi,

    id. Most. 1, 3, 11; cf. id. Trin. 2, 2, 47; id. Rud. 2, 6, 1:

    judicem esse me, non doctorem volo,

    Cic. Or. 33, 117:

    vult, credo, se esse carum suis,

    id. Sen. 20, 73; so id. Off. 1, 31, 113; id. de Or. 1, 24, 112; 2, 23, 95. —
    (β).
    With inf. pass.:

    quod certiorem te vis fieri quo quisque in me animo sit,

    Cic. Att. 11, 13, 1; cf. id. Fam. 1, 9, 18:

    qui se ex his minus timidos existimari volebant,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 39; cf. id. B. C. 2, 29:

    religionis se causa... Bacchis initiari velle,

    Liv. 39, 10, 2:

    Agrippae se nepotem neque credi neque dici volebat,

    Suet. Calig. 22 fin. —
    2.
    Of the will of superiors, gods, etc. (cf. A. 1. b. supra), I want, it is my will:

    me absente neminem volo intromitti,

    Plaut. Aul. 1, 3, 21:

    viros nostros quibus tu voluisti esse nos matres familias,

    id. Stich. 1, 2, 41; id. Most. 1, 4, 2; id. Rud. 4, 5, 9; id. Trin. 1, 2, 1:

    pater illum alterum (filium) secum omni tempore volebat esse,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 15, 42:

    (deus) quinque reliquis motibus orbem esse voluit expertem,

    id. Univ. 10; cf. id. Sest. 69, 147; id. Verr. 2, 4, 25, § 57; 1, 5, 14:

    causa mittendi fuit quod iter per Alpes... patefieri volebat,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 1; cf. id. ib. 5, 9; id. B. C. 1, 4:

    quippe (senatus) foedum hominem a republica procul esse volebat,

    Sall. C. 19, 2:

    nec (di) patefieri (crimina) ut impunita essent, sed ut vindicarentur voluerunt,

    Liv. 39, 16, 11; cf. id. 1, 56, 3; 2, 28, 5; 25, 32, 6:

    senatus... Romano sanguini pudicitiam tutam esse voluit,

    Val. Max. 6, 1, 9; cf. id. 6, 9, 2.—So in the historians: quid fieri vellet (velit), after a verbum imperandi or declarandi, he gave his orders, explained his will:

    quid fieri velit praecipit,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 56:

    ibi quid fieri vellet imperabat,

    id. ib. 7, 16:

    quid fieri vellet ostendit,

    id. ib. 7, 27:

    quae fieri vellet edocuit,

    id. B. C. 3, 108; cf. id. B. G. 7, 45; id. B. C. 3, 78; 3, 89:

    quid fieri vellet edixit,

    Curt. 8, 10, 30; 4, 13, 24; Val. Max. 7, 4, 2.— Frequently majores voluerunt, it was the will of our ancestors, referring to ancient customs and institutions:

    sacra Cereris summa majores nostri religione confici caerimoniaque voluerunt,

    Cic. Balb. 24, 55: majores vestri ne vos quidem temere coire voluerunt, cf. id. ib. 17, 39; 23, 54; id. Agr. 2, 11, 26; id. Fl. 7, 15; id. Imp. Pomp. 13, 39; id. Div. 1, 45, 103; id. Font. 24, 30 (10, 20); id. Rosc. Am. 25, 70.—Of testamentary dispositions: cum Titius, heres meus, mortuus erit, volo hereditatem meam ad P. Mevium pertinere, Gai Inst. 2, 277. Except in the institution of the first heir: at illa (institutio) non est comprobata: Titum heredem esse volo, Gai Inst. 2, 117. —
    3.
    Of the intention of a writer, etc., to want, to mean, intend:

    Asinariam volt esse (nomen fabulae) si per vos licet,

    Plaut. As. prol. 12:

    Plautus hanc mihi gnatam esse voluit Inopiam,

    has wanted Poverty to be my daughter, made her my daughter, id. Trin. prol. 9:

    primumdum huic esse nomen Diphilus Cyrenas voluit,

    id. Rud. prol. 33:

    quae ipsi qui scripserunt voluerunt vulgo intellegi,

    meant to be understood by all, Cic. Or. 2, 14, 60:

    si non hoc intellegi volumus,

    id. Fat. 18, 41:

    quale intellegi vult Cicero cum dicit orationem suam coepisse canescere,

    Quint. 11, 1, 31; so id. 9, 4, 82; 9, 3, 9:

    quamquam illi (Prometheo) quoque ferreum anulum dedit antiquitas vinculumque id, non gestamen, intellegi voluit,

    Plin. 33, 1, 4, § 8.—
    4.
    To resolve:

    Siculi... me defensorem calamitatum suarum... esse voluerunt,

    Cic. Div. in Caecil. 4, 11:

    si a me causam hanc vos (judices) agi volueritis,

    if you resolve, id. ib. 8, 25:

    senatus te voluit mihi nummos, me tibi frumentum dare,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 85, § 196:

    qua (statua) abjecta, basim tamen in foro manere voluerunt,

    id. ib. 2, 2, 66, §

    160: liberam debere esse Galliam quam (senatus) suis legibus uti voluisset,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 45:

    tu Macedonas tibi voluisti genua ponere, venerarique te ut deum,

    Curt. 8 (7), 13.— Hence,
    5.
    To order, command: erus meus tibi me salutem multam voluit dicere, has ordered me, etc., Plaut. Ps. 4, 2, 25:

    montem quem a Labieno occupari voluerit,

    which he had ordered to be occupied, Caes. B. G. 1, 22:

    ibi futuros esse Helvetios ubi eos Caesar... esse voluisset,

    id. ib. 1, 13 (for velitis jubeatis with inf.-clause, v. II. B. 5. d.).—
    6.
    To consent, allow (cf. A. 1. I.):

    obtinuere ut (tribuni) tribuniciae potestatis vires salubres vellent reipublicae esse,

    they prevailed upon them to permit the tribunitian power to be wholesome to the republic, Liv. 2, 44, 5:

    Hiero tutores... puero reliquit quos precatus est moriens ut juvenum suis potissimum vestigiis insistere vellent,

    id. 24, 4, 5:

    petere ut eum... publicae etiam curae ac velut tutelae vellent esse (i. e. senatus),

    id. 42, 19, 5:

    orare tribunos ut uno animo cum consulibus bellum ab urbe ac moenibus propulsari vellent,

    id. 3, 69, 5:

    quam superesse causam Romanis cur non... incolumis Syracusas esse velint?

    id. 25, 28, 8:

    si alter ex heredibus voluerit rem a legatario possideri, alter non, ei qui noluit interdictum competet,

    Dig. 43, 3, 1, § 15.—So negatively = not to let, not to suffer:

    cum P. Attio agebant ne sua pertinacia omnium fortunas perturbari vellet,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 36.—
    7.
    To be of opinion that something should be, to require, demand:

    voluisti enim in suo genere unumquemque... esse Roscium,

    Cic. Or. 1, 61, 258: eos exercitus quos contra se multos jam annos aluerint velle dimitti, he demanded the disbanding of, etc., Caes. B. C. 1, 85:

    (Cicero) vult esse auctoritatem in verbis,

    Quint. 8, 3, 43:

    vult esse Celsus aliquam et superiorem compositionem,

    id. 9, 4, 137:

    si tantum irasci vis sapientem quantum scelerum indignitas exigit,

    Sen. Ira, 2, 9, 4. —
    8.
    To be of opinion that something is or was, = censere, dicere, but implying that the opinion is erroneous or doubtful, usu. in the third pers., sometimes in the second.
    (α).
    To imagine, consider:

    est genus hominum qui esse se primos omnium rerum volunt, Nec sunt,

    Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 17:

    semper auget adsentator id quod is cujus ad voluntatem dicitur vult esse magnum,

    Cic. Lael. 26, 98:

    si quis patricius, si quis—quod illi volunt invidiosius esse—Claudius diceret,

    Liv. 6, 40, 13.—
    (β).
    To be of opinion, to hold:

    vultis, opinor, nihil esse... in natura praeter ignem,

    Cic. N. D. 3, 14, 36:

    volunt illi omnes... eadem condicione nasci,

    id. Div. 2, 44, 93:

    vultis evenire omnia fato,

    id. ib. 2, 9, 24:

    alteri censent, etc., alteri volunt a rebus fatum omne relegari,

    id. Fat. 19, 45:

    vultis a dis immortalibus hominibus dispertiri somnia,

    id. N. D. 3, 39, 93; id. Tusc. 1, 10, 20; id. Fin. 3, 11, 36; id. Rep. 2, 26, 48:

    volunt quidam... iram in pectore moveri effervescente circa cor sanguine,

    Sen. Ira, 2, 19, 3.—
    (γ).
    To say, assert:

    si tam familiaris erat Clodiae quam tu esse vis,

    as you say he is, Cic. Cael. 21, 53:

    sit sane tanta quanta tu illam esse vis,

    id. Or. 1, 55, 23:

    ad pastum et ad procreandi voluptatem hoc divinum animal procreatum esse voluerunt: quo nihil mihi videtur esse absurdius,

    id. Fin. 2, 13, 40; 2, 17, 55; 2, 42, 131; 2, 46, 142; id. Fat. 18, 41.—With perf. inf.:

    Rhodi ego non fui: me vult fuisse,

    Cic. Planc. 34, 84.—
    (δ).
    To pretend, with perf. inf., both subjects denoting the same person:

    unde homines dum se falso terrore coacti Effugisse volunt, etc.,

    Lucr. 3, 69 (cf. A. 1. n. supra).—
    (ε).
    To mean, with perf. inf.:

    utrum scientem vultis contra foedera fecisse, an inscientem?

    Cic. Balb. 5, 13.— With pres. inf.:

    quam primum istud, quod esse vis?

    what do you mean by as soon as possible? Sen. Ep. 117, 24.—
    (ζ).
    Rarely in the first pers., implying that the opinion is open to discussion:

    ut et mihi, quae ego vellem non esse oratoris, concederes,

    what according to my opinion is not the orator's province, Cic. Or. 1, 17, 74.—
    9.
    In partic.
    a.
    With things as subjects.
    (α).
    Things personified:

    ne res publica quidem haec pro se suscipi volet,

    would have such things done for it, Cic. Off. 1, 45, 159:

    cui tacere grave sit, quod homini facillimum voluerit esse natura,

    which nature willed should be easiest for man, Curt. 4, 6, 6: fortuna Q. Metellum... nasci in urbe terrarum principe voluit, fate ordained that, etc., Val. Max. 7, 1, 1: nihil rerum ipsa natura voluit magnum effici cito, it is the law of nature that, etc., Quint. 10, 3, 4:

    quid non ingenio voluit natura licere?

    what license did nature refuse to genius? Mart. 8, 68, 9:

    me sine, quem semper voluit fortuna jacere,

    Prop. 1, 6, 25:

    hanc me militiam fata subire volunt,

    id. 1, 6, 30.—
    (β).
    Of laws, to provide:

    duodecim tabulae nocturnum furem... interfici impune voluerunt,

    Cic. Mil. 3, 9:

    lex duodecim tabularum tignum aedibus junctum... solvi prohibuit, pretiumque ejus dari voluit,

    Dig. 46, 3, 98, § 8 fin. (cf. Cic. Div. in Caecil. 6, 21, b. a, infra).—
    b.
    With perf. pass. inf., to represent a state or result wished for.
    (α).
    The inf. being in full, with esse expressed: si umquam quemquam di immortales voluere esse auxilio adjutum, tum me et Calidorum servatum volunt, if it ever was the will of the gods that any one should be assisted, etc., Plaut. Ps. 4, 1, 1: Corinthum patres vestri, totius Graeciae lumen, exstinctum esse voluerunt, it was their will that Corinth should be ( and remain) destroyed, Cic. Imp. Pomp. 5, 11:

    nostri... leges et jura tecta esse voluerunt,

    id. Or. 1, 59, 253:

    propter eam partem epistulae tuae per quam te et mores tuos purgatos et probatos esse voluisti,

    id. Att. 1, 17, 7; id. Fin. 4, 27, 76; id. de Or. 1, 51, 221:

    daturum se operam ne cujus suorum popularium mutatam secum fortunam esse vellent,

    Liv. 21, 45, 6: for velle redundant in this construction, v. II. A. 2. 3. infra.—With pass. inf. impers.:

    sociis maxime lex consultum esse vult,

    Cic. Div. in Caecil. 6, 21.—
    (β).
    With ellips. of esse (cf. Quint. 9, 3, 9): perdis me tuis dictis. Cu. Imo, servo et servatum volo, and mean that you should remain saved, Plaut. Curc. 2, 3, 56:

    aunt qui volum te conventam,

    who want to see you, id. Cist. 4, 2, 39:

    eidem homini, si quid recte cura tum velis, mandes,

    if you want to have anything done well, id. As. 1, 1, 106:

    sed etiam est paucis vos quod monitos voluerim,

    id. Capt. prol. 53: id nunc res indicium haeo [p. 2007] facit, quo pacto factum volueris, this shows now why you wished this to be done, Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 31 (cf. Plaut. Stich. 4, 2, 33; id. Aul. 3, 5, 30, II. B. 1, b, and II. B. 3. b. infra): domestica cura te levatum volo, I wish to see you relieved, etc., Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 9, 3:

    nulla sedes quo concurrant qui rem publicam defensam velint,

    id. Att. 8, 3, 4:

    rex celatum voluerat (i. e. donum),

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 28, § 64:

    Hannibal non Capuam neglectam, neque desertos volebat socios,

    Liv. 25, 20, 5; 2, 15, 2; 2, 44, 3; 3, 21, 4; 22, 7, 4;

    26, 31, 6: contemptum hominis quem destructum volebat,

    Quint. 8, 3, 21:

    si te non emptam vellet, emendus erat,

    Ov. Am. 1, 8, 34 (so with velle redundant, v. II. A. 1. d., and II. A. 3. infra).—Both subjects denoting the same person:

    velle Pompeium se Caesari purgatum,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 8.— Esp., with pass. inf. impers.: alicui consultum velle, to take care for or advocate somebody's interests:

    liberis consultum volumus propter ipsos,

    Cic. Fin. 3, 17, 57:

    obliviscere illum aliquando adversario tuo voluisse consultum,

    id. Att. 16, 16 C, 10:

    quibus tribuni plebis nunc consultum repente volunt,

    Liv. 5, 5, 3; so id. 25, 25, 17:

    quamquam senatus subventum voluit heredibus,

    Dig. 36, 1, 1, § 4; so with dep. part., used passively:

    volo amori ejus obsecutum,

    Plaut. As. 1, 1, 63.—
    c.
    With predic. adj., without copula.
    (α).
    The subjects being different (mostly aliquem salvum velle):

    si me vivum vis, pater, Ignosce,

    if you wish me to live, Ter. Heaut. 5, 5, 7:

    ille, si me alienus adfinem volet, Tacebit,

    id. Phorm. 4, 1, 16:

    ut tu illam salvam magis velis quam ego,

    id. Hec. 2, 2, 17; 3, 5, 14:

    quoniam ex tota provincia soli sunt qui te salvum velint,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 67, § 150:

    irent secum extemplo qui rempublicam salvam vellent,

    Liv. 22, 53, 7.—
    (β).
    Both subjects denoting the same person (virtually = object infinitive):

    in occulto jacebis quom te maxime clarum voles (= clarus esse voles),

    when you will most wish to be famous, Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 38:

    volo me patris mei similem,

    I wish to be like my father, id. As. 1, 1, 54: ut iste qui se vult dicacem et mehercule est, Appius, who means to be witty, etc., Cic. Or. 2, 60, 246:

    qui vero se populares volunt,

    who mean to be popular, id. Off. 2, 22, 78:

    ut integrum se salvumque velit,

    id. Fin. 2, 11, 33:

    ut (omne animal) se et salvum in suo genere incolumeque vellet,

    id. ib. 4, 8, 19. —
    d.
    With an inf.-clause understood.
    (α).
    Velle, to wish: utinam hinc abierit in malam crucem! Ad. Ita nos velle aequom est (ita = eum abire, etc.), Plaut. Poen. 4, 1, 5:

    stulta es, soror, magis quam volo (i.e. te esse),

    id. Pers. 4, 4, 78; id. Trin. 1, 2, 8; 2, 4, 175; id. Stich. 1, 1, 13; id. Ps. 1, 5, 55:

    senatum non quod sentiret, sed quod ego vellem decernere,

    Cic. Mil. 5, 12:

    neque enim facile est ut irascatur cui tu velis judex (= cui tu eum irasci velis),

    id. Or. 2, 45, 190; cf. id. Sest. 38, 82.—
    (β).
    Referring to the will of superiors, etc.:

    deos credo voluisse, nam ni vellent, non fieret,

    Plaut. Aul. 4, 10, 46: jamne abeo? St. Volo (sc. te abire), so I will, id. Cas. 2, 8, 57; cf. id. Mil. 4, 6, 12; id. Merc. 2, 3, 33.—
    (γ).
    To mean, intend (v. B. 3.):

    acutum etiam illud est cum ex alterius oratione aliud atque ille vult (sc. te excipere),

    Cic. Or. 2, 67, 273.—
    (δ).
    To require, demand (v B. 7.):

    veremur quidem vos, Romani, et, si ita vultis, etiam timemus,

    Liv. 39, 37, 17;

    and of things as subjects: cadentque vocabula, si volet usus (i. e. ea cadere),

    Hor. A. P. 71.—
    (ε).
    To be of opinion, will have (v. B. 8.):

    ergo ego, inimicus, si ita vultis, homini, amicus esse rei publicae debeo,

    Cic. Prov. Cons. 8, 19:

    nam illi regi tolerabili, aut, si voltis, etiam amabili, Cyro,

    id. Rep. 1, 28, 44; id. Fin. 2, 27, 89; 3, 4, 12; id. Cael. 21, 53; Liv. 21, 10, 7; Quint. 2, 17, 41.—
    (ζ).
    With ellips. of predic. inf. (v. A. 2. b.): cras de reliquiis nos volo (i. e. cenare), it is my intention that we dine, etc., Plaut. Stich. 3, 2, 40:

    volo Varronem (i. e. hos libros habere),

    Cic. Att. 13, 25, 3.
    C.
    With ut, ne, or ut ne.
    1.
    With ut.
    a.
    To wish:

    volo ut quod jubebo facias,

    Plaut. Bacch. 4, 8, 65:

    quia enim id maxime volo ut illi istac confugiant,

    id. Most. 5, 1, 49:

    ut mihi aedes aliquas conducat volo,

    id. Merc. 3, 2, 17: hoc prius volo meam rem agere. Th. Quid id est? Ph. Ut mihi hanc despondeas, id. Curc. 5, 2, 71: quid vis, nisi ut maneat Phanium? Ter. Phorm. 2, 2, 8:

    velim ut tibi amicus sit,

    Cic. Att. 10, 16, 1:

    quare id quoque velim... ut sit qui utamur,

    id. ib. 11, 11, 2:

    maxime vellem, judices, ut P. Sulla... modestiae fructum aliquem percipere potuisset,

    id. Sull. 1, 1:

    equidem vellem uti pedes haberent (res tuae),

    id. Fam. 7, 33, 2:

    his ut sit digna puella volo,

    Mart. 11, 27, 14.—Both subjects denoting the same person: volueram, inquit, ut quam plurimum tecum essem, Brut. ap. Cic. Att. 13, 38, 1.—
    b.
    It is the will of, to want, ordain (v. B. 2.):

    at ego deos credo voluisse ut apud te me in nervo enicem,

    Plaut. Aul. 4, 10, 17: numquid me vis? Le. Ut valeas, id. Cist. 1, 1, 120: numquid vis? Ps. Dormitum ut abeas, id. Ps. 2, 2, 70:

    volo ut mihi respondeas,

    Cic. Vatin. 6, 14; 7, 17; 7, 18; 9, 21;

    12, 29: nuntia Romanis, caelestes ita velle ut mea Roma caput orbis terrarum sit,

    Liv. 1, 16, 7.—
    c.
    To intend, it is the purpose, aim, etc., the two subjects being the same:

    id quaerunt, volunt haec ut infecta faciant,

    Plaut. Cas. 4, 4, 9.—
    d.
    With other verbs:

    quod peto et volo parentes meos ut commonstres mihi,

    Ter. Heaut. 5, 4, 4:

    quasi vero aut populus Romanus hoc voluerit, aut senatus tibi hoc mandaverit ut... privares,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 19, § 48;

    with opto,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 16, 48;

    with laboro,

    Liv. 42, 14, 3;

    with aequum censere,

    id. 39, 19, 7.—
    2.
    With ne:

    at ne videas velim,

    Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 23:

    quid nunc vis? ut opperiare hos sex dies saltem modo, ne illam vendas, neu me perdas, etc.,

    id. Ps. 1, 3, 102:

    credibile est hoc voluisse legumlatorem, ne auxilia liberorum innocentibus deessent,

    intended, Quint. 7, 1, 56.—
    3.
    With ut ne: quid nunc tibi vis? Mi. Ut quae te cupit, eam ne spernas, Plaut. Mil. 4, 2, 60.
    D.
    With subjunct. of dependent verb (mostly ante-class.; class. and freq. with velim and vellem; but in Cic. mostly epistolary and colloquial).
    1.
    To wish:

    ergo animum advortas volo,

    Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 23; 2, 3, 28; 2, 3, 70:

    volo amet me patrem,

    id. As. 1, 1, 63 dub.:

    hoc volo agatis,

    id. Cist. 1, 1, 83:

    ducas volo hodie uxorem,

    Ter. And. 2, 3, 14:

    quid vis faciam?

    Plaut. Merc. 1, 2, 49; Ter. Eun. 5, 8, 24; Plaut. Mil. 2, 3, 64; 2, 3, 65; 2, 6, 65; 3, 3, 3; id. Ps. 4, 1, 17; 4, 7, 19; id. Cas. 2, 3, 56; id. Capt. 1, 2, 12; id. Poen. 3, 2, 16; id. Pers. 2, 4, 23; id. Rud. 5, 2, 45; 5, 3, 58; id. Stich. 5, 2, 21; Ter. Heaut. 4, 6, 14:

    volo etiam exquiras quam diligentissime poteris quid Lentulus agat?

    Cic. Att. 8, 12, 6:

    Othonem vincas volo,

    id. ib. 13, 29, 2:

    eas litteras volo habeas,

    id. ib. 13, 32, 3:

    visne igitur videamus quidnam sit, etc.,

    id. Rep. 1, 10, 15: visne igitur descendatur ad Lirim? id. Fragm. ap. Macr. S. 6, 4:

    volo, inquis, sciat,

    Sen. Ben. 2, 10, 2.—
    2.
    To be of opinion that something should be, demand, require (v. B. 7.): volo enim se efferat in adulescentia fecunditas, I like to see, etc., Cic. Or. 2, 21, 88:

    volo hoc oratori contingat ut, etc.,

    id. Brut. 84, 290.—
    3.
    With subj.-clause understood:

    abi atque obsona, propera! sed lepide volo (i. e. obsones),

    Plaut. Cas. 2, 8, 55.
    E.
    With object nouns, etc.
    1.
    With acc. of a thing.
    a.
    With a noun, to want, wish for, like to have:

    voltisne olivas, aut pulmentum, aut capparim?

    Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 90:

    animo male est: aquam velim,

    id. Am. 5, 1, 6:

    quia videt me suam amicitiam velle,

    id. Aul. 2, 3, 68; so,

    gratiam tuam,

    id. Curc. 2, 3, 52; 2, 3, 56:

    aquam,

    id. ib. 2, 3, 34:

    discidium,

    Ter. And. 4, 2, 14: nullam ego rem umquam in vita mea Volui quin tu in ea re mihi advorsatrix fueris, I never had any wish in my life, etc., id. Heaut. 5, 3, 5: (dixit) velle Hispaniam, he wanted Spain, i. e. as a province, Cic. Att. 12, 7, 1:

    mihi frumento non opus est: nummos volo,

    I want the money, id. Verr. 2, 3, 85, § 196:

    non poterat scilicet negare se velle pacem,

    id. Att. 15, 1 a, 3; cf. id. ib. 13, 32, 2 (v. II. C. 4. infra):

    si amplius obsidum (= plures obsides) vellet, dare pollicentur,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 9 fin.:

    pacem etiam qui vincere possunt, volunt,

    Liv. 7, 40, 18:

    ferunt (eum)... honestum finem voluisse,

    Tac. A. 6, 26:

    cum Scipio veram vellet et sine exceptione victoriam,

    Flor. 1, 33 (2, 18), 12:

    mensae munera si voles secundae, Marcentes tibi porrigentur uvae,

    Mart. 5, 78, 11.—
    b.
    Neutr. adjj., denoting things, substantively used: utrum vis opta, dum licet. La. Neutrum volo, Plaut. Ps. 3, 6, 16:

    quorum isti neutrum volunt,

    acknowledge neither, Cic. Fat. 12, 28:

    voluimus quaedam, contendimus... Obtenta non sunt,

    we aspired to certain things, id. Balb. 27, 61:

    restat ut omnes unum velint,

    hold one opinion, id. Marcell. 10, 32:

    si plura velim,

    if I wished for more, Hor. C. 3, 16, 38:

    per quod probemus aliud legislatorem voluisse,

    that the law-giver intended something different, Quint. 7, 6, 8:

    ut putent, aliud quosdam dicere, aliud velle,

    that they say one thing and mean another, id. 9, 2, 85:

    utrum is qui scripsit... voluerit,

    which of the two was meant by the author, id. 7, 9, 15:

    ut nemo contra id quod vult dicit, ita potest melius aliquid velle quam dicit,

    mean better than he speaks, id. 9, 2, 89:

    quis enim pudor omnia velle?

    to desire every thing, Mart. 12, 94, 11.—
    c.
    With neutr. demonstr. expressed or understood, to want, intend, aim at, like, will:

    immo faenus: id primum volo,

    Plaut. Most. 3, 1, 64:

    proximum quod sit bono... id volo,

    id. Capt. 2, 2, 22:

    nisi ea quae tu vis volo,

    unless my purpose is the same as yours, id. Ep. 2, 2, 82:

    siquidem id sapere'st, velle te id quod non potest contingere,

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 83:

    hoc (i. e. otium cum dignitate) qui volunt omnes optimates putantur,

    who aim at this, Cic. Sest. 45, 98:

    privatum oportet in re publica ea velle quae tranquilla et honesta sint,

    id. Off. 1, 34, 124:

    quid est sapientia? Semper idem velle atque idem nolle,

    Sen. Ep. 20, 5:

    pudebit eadem velle quae volueras puer,

    id. ib. 27, 2:

    nec volo quod cruciat, nec volo quod satiat,

    Mart. 1, 57, 4.—With demonstr. in place of inf.-clause:

    hoc Ithacus velit, et magno mercentur Atridae (sc. poenas in me sumi),

    Verg. A. 2, 104:

    hoc velit Eurystheus, velit hoc germana Tonantis (sc. verum esse, Herculem, etc.),

    Ov. H. 9, 7; Hor. S. 2, 3, 88.—
    d.
    With neutr. of interrog. pron.: quid nunc vis? Am. Sceleste, at etiam quid velim, id tu me rogas? what do you want now? Plaut. Am. 4, 2, 5:

    eloquere quid velis,

    id. Cas. 2, 4, 2: heus tu! Si. Quid vis? id. Ps. 4, 7, 21; so Ter. Eun. 2, 1, 11; cf. Hor. S. 2, 3, 152:

    sed plane quid velit nescio,

    what his intentions are, Cic. Att. 15, 1 a, 5; id. de Or. 2, 20, 84:

    mittunt etiam ad dominos qui quaerant quid velint,

    to ask for their orders, id. Tusc. 2, 17, 41:

    quid? Si haec... ipsius amici judicarunt? Quid amplius vultis?

    what more do you require, will you have? id. Verr. 2, 3, 65, § 152:

    quid amplius vis?

    Hor. Epod. 17, 30:

    spectatur quid voluerit scriptor,

    we find out the author's intention, Quint. 7, 10, 1.—Sometimes quid vult = quid sibi vult (v. 4. b.), to mean, signify:

    capram illam suspicor jam invenisse... quid voluerit,

    what it signified, Plaut. Merc. 2, 1, 30:

    sed tamen intellego quid velit,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 31, 101:

    quid autem volunt ea di immortales significantes quae sine interpretibus non possimus intellegere? etc.,

    id. Div. 2, 25, 54.—Of things as subjects:

    hunc ensem mittit tibi... Et jubet ex merito scire quid iste velit,

    Ov. H. 11, 96.—
    e.
    With rel. pron.:

    quod volui, ut volui, impetravi... a Philocomasio,

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 5, 1:

    ut quod frons velit oculi sciant,

    that the eyes know what the forehead wants, id. Aul. 4, 1, 13:

    illi quae volo concedere,

    to yield to him my wishes, id. Cas. 2, 3, 49:

    si illud quod volumus dicitur,

    what we like, id. Truc. 1, 2, 95:

    multa eveniunt homini quae volt, quae nevolt,

    id. Trin. 2, 2, 84; id. Ep. 2, 2, 4:

    quamquam (litterae tuae) semper aliquid adferunt quod velim,

    Cic. Att. 11, 11, 1:

    quae vellem quaeque sentirem dicendi,

    id. Marcell. 1, 1:

    uti ea quae vellent impetrarent,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 31:

    satis animi ad id quod tam diu vellent,

    to carry out what they had desired so long, Liv. 4, 54, 5:

    sed quod volebant non... expediebant,

    their purpose, id. 24, 23, 9. —Idiomatically: quod volo = quod demonstrare volo, what I intend to prove:

    illud quod volumus expressum est, ut vaticinari furor vera soleat,

    Cic. Div. 1, 31, 67:

    bis sumpsit quod voluit,

    he has twice begged the question, id. ib. 2, 52, 107.—With indef. relations:

    cornucopia ubi inest quidquid volo,

    whatever I wish for, Plaut. Ps. 2, 3, 5:

    Caesar de Bruto solitus est dicere: magni refert hic quid velit, sed quidquid volt, valde volt,

    whatever he wills he wills strongly, Cic. Att. 14, 1, 2.—
    f.
    With indef. pronn.
    (α).
    Si quid vis, if you want any thing: illo praesente mecum agito si quid voles, [p. 2008] Plaut. Most. 5, 1, 72: Py. Adeat si quid volt. Pa. Si quid vis, adi, mulier, id. Mil. 4, 2, 47:

    eumque Alexander cum rogaret, si quid vellet, ut diceret,

    id. Or. 2, 66, 266; Caes. B. G. 1, 7 fin. —
    (β).
    Nisi quid vis, unless you wish to give some order, to make some remark, etc.:

    ego eo ad forum nisi quid vis,

    Plaut. As. 1, 1, 94:

    nunc de ratione videamus, nisi quid vis ad haec,

    Cic. Tusc. 2, 18, 42.—
    (γ).
    Numquid vis or ecquid vis? have you any orders to give? a formula used by inferiors before leaving their superiors; cf. Don. ad Ter. Ad. 2, 2, 39:

    visunt, quid agam, ecquid velim,

    Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 113:

    numquid vis aliud?

    Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 111; 1, 2, 106; id. Ad. 2, 2, 39; 3, 3, 78; id. Hec. 2, 2, 30:

    numquid vellem rogavit,

    Cic. Att. 6, 3, 6:

    frequentia rogantium num quid vellet,

    Liv. 6, 34, 7:

    rogavit num quid in Sardiniam vellet. Te puto saepe habere qui num quid Romam velis quaerant,

    Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 2, 1.—
    2.
    With acc. of the person: aliquem velle.
    (α).
    To want somebody, i. e. in order to see him, to speak with him (ante-class. and colloq.):

    Demenaetum volebam,

    I wanted, wished to see, Demenoetus, Plaut. As. 2, 3, 12:

    bona femina et malus masculus volunt te,

    id. Cist. 4, 2, 40:

    solus te solum volo,

    id. Capt. 3, 4, 70:

    quia non est intus quem ego volo,

    id. Mil. 4, 6, 40:

    hae oves volunt vos,

    id. Bacch. 5, 2, 24:

    quis me volt? Perii, pater est,

    Ter. And. 5, 3, 1:

    centuriones trium cohortium me velle postridie,

    Cic. Att. 10, 16, 4.—With paucis verbis or paucis, for a few words ( moments):

    volo te verbis pauculis,

    Plaut. Ep. 3, 4, 28:

    sed paucis verbis te volo, Palaestrio,

    id. Mil. 2, 4, 22:

    Sosia, Adesdum, paucis te volo,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 2.—
    (β).
    To love, like somebody, to be fond of somebody (anteclass. and poet.):

    hanc volo (= amo),

    Plaut. As. 5, 1, 18:

    sine me amare unum Argyrippum... quem volo,

    id. ib. 3, 2, 38:

    quom quae te volt, eamdem tu vis,

    id. Mil. 4, 2, 80:

    aut quae (vitia) corpori' sunt ejus siquam petis ac vis,

    Lucr. 4, 1152:

    quam volui nota fit arte mea,

    Ov. Am. 1, 10, 60: nolo virum, facili redimit qui sanguine famam: hunc volo, laudari qui sine morte potest, I like the one who, etc., Mart. 1, 8, 6.—
    (γ).
    To wish to have:

    roga, velitne an non uxorem,

    whether he wishes to have his wife or not, Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 43:

    ut sapiens velit gerere rem publicam, atque... uxorem adjungere, et velle ex ea liberos (anacoluth.),

    Cic. Fin. 3, 20, 68.—

    With two accusatives: (narrato) illam te amare et velle uxorem,

    that you wish to have her as your wife, Ter. Heaut. 4, 3, 25; cf. id. Phorm. 1, 2, 65.—
    3.
    With two accusatives, of the person and the thing: aliquem aliquid velle, to want something of somebody (cf.: aliquem aliquid rogare; mostly ante-class.;

    not in Cic.): numquid me vis?

    Plaut. Cist. 1, 1, 120:

    face certiorem me quid meus vir me velit,

    id. Cas. 2, 6, 1:

    num quidpiam me vis aliud?

    id. Truc. 2, 4, 81:

    nunc verba in pauca conferam quid te velim,

    id. As. 1, 1, 74:

    narrabit ultro quid sese velis,

    id. Ps. 2, 4, 60:

    quid me voluisti?

    id. Mil. 4, 2, 35:

    numquid aliud me vis?

    Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 101:

    quin tu uno verbo dic quid est quod me velis,

    id. And. 1, 1, 18; Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 85; id. Cist. 2, 3, 49; id. As. 2, 3, 12; id. Merc. 5, 2, 27; id. Pers. 4, 6, 11; Ter. Heaut. 4, 8, 31; id. Phorm. 2, 4, 18; id. Eun. 2, 3, 47; id. Hec. 3, 4, 15:

    si quid ille se velit, illum ad se venire oportere,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 34:

    cum mirabundus quidnam (Taurea) sese vellet, resedisset Flaccus, Me quoque, inquit, etc.,

    Liv. 26, 15, 11; also, I want to speak with somebody (v. 2. a. a):

    paucis, Euclio, est quod te volo,

    Plaut. Aul. 2, 2, 22:

    est quod te volo secreto,

    id. Bacch. 5, 2, 33.—
    4.
    With acc. of thing and dat. of the person: aliquid alicui velle, to wish something to somebody (= cupio aliquid alicui; v. cupio;

    rare): quamquam vobis volo quae voltis, mulieres,

    Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 1:

    si ex me illa liberos vellet sibi,

    Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 33:

    praesidium velle se senectuti suae,

    id. ib. 1, 2, 44:

    nihil est mali quod illa non initio filio voluerit, optaverit,

    Cic. Clu. 66, 188:

    rem Romanam huc provectam ut externis quoque gentibus quietem velit,

    Tac. A. 12, 11:

    cui ego omnia meritissimo volo et debeo,

    to whom I give and owe my best wishes, Quint. 9, 2, 35.—Esp., in the phrase quid vis (vult) with reflex. dat. of interest, lit. what do you want for yourself?
    a.
    Quid tibi vis = quid vis, the dat. being redundant (rare):

    quid aliud tibi vis?

    what else do you want? Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 90.—With quisque:

    haud ita vitam agerent ut nunc plerumque videmus Quid sibi quisque velit nescire,

    be ignorant as to their own aims and purposes, Lucr. 3, 1058.—
    b.
    What do you mean? what do you drive at? what is your scope, object, drift (rare in post-Aug. writers; Don. ad Ter. Eun. prol. 45, declares it an archaism).
    (α).
    In 1 st pers. (rare):

    nunc quid processerim huc, et quid mihi voluerim dicam,

    and what I meant thereby, what was the purpose of my coming, Plaut. As. prol. 6:

    quid mihi volui? quid mihi nunc prodest bona voluntas?

    Sen. Ben. 4, 21, 6.—
    (β).
    In 2 d pers.:

    quid nunc tibi vis, mulier, memora,

    what is the drift of your talk? Plaut. Mil. 4, 2, 60: sed quid nunc tibi vis? what do you want to come at (i.e. by your preamble)? id. Poen. 1, 1, 24: quid tu tibi vis? Ego non tangam meam? what do you mean? i. e. what is your purpose? Ter. Eun. 4, 7, 28:

    quid tibi vis? quid cum illa rei tibi est?

    id. ib. 4, 7, 34:

    quid est quod sic gestis? quid sibi hic vestitus quaerit? Quid est quod laetus sis? quid tibi vis?

    what do you mean by all this? id. ib. 3, 5, 11:

    quid est, inepta? quid vis tibi? quid rides?

    id. ib. 5, 6, 6:

    quid vis tibi? Quid quaeris?

    id. Heaut. 1, 1, 9: Ph. Fabulae! Ch. Quid vis tibi? id. Phorm. 5, 8, 53:

    roganti ut se in Asiam praefectum duceret, Quid tibi vis, inquit, insane,

    Cic. Or. 2, 67, 269; so in 2 d pers. plur.:

    pro deum fidem, quid vobis vultis?

    Liv. 3, 67, 7.—
    (γ).
    In 3 d pers.:

    quid igitur sibi volt pater? cur simulat?

    Ter. And. 2, 3, 1:

    quid hic volt veterator sibi?

    id. ib. 2, 6, 26:

    proinde desinant aliquando me isdem inflare verbis: quid sibi iste vult?... Cur ornat eum a quo desertus est?

    Cic. Dom. 11, 29:

    quid sibi vellet (Caesar)? cur in suas possessiones veniret?

    Caes. B. G. 1, 44 med.:

    conicere in eum oculos, mirantes quid sibi vellet (i. e. by courting the plebeians),

    Liv. 3, 35, 5:

    qui quaererent quid sibi vellent qui armati Aventinum obsedissent,

    id. 3, 50, 15:

    quid sibi voluit providentia quae Aridaeum regno imposuit?

    Sen. Ben. 4, 31, 1: volt, non volt dare Galla mihi, nec dicere possum quod volt et non volt, quid sibi Galla velit, Mart: 3, 90, 2.—
    (δ).
    Transf. of things as subjects, what means, what signifies? quid volt sibi, Syre, haec oratio? Ter. Heaut. 4, 1, 2:

    ut pernoscatis quid sibi Eunuchus velit,

    id. Eun. prol. 45:

    quid ergo illae sibi statuae equestres inauratae volunt?

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 61, § 150:

    quid haec sibi horum civium Romanorum dona voluerunt?

    id. ib. 2, 3, 80, §

    186: avaritia senilis quid sibi velit, non intellego,

    what is the meaning of the phrase, id. Sen. 18, 66:

    quid ergo illa sibi vult pars altera orationis qua Romanos a me cultos ait?

    Liv. 40, 12, 14:

    tacitae quid vult sibi noctis imago?

    Ov. M. 9, 473.—
    5.
    Bene or male alicui velle, to wish one well or ill, to like or dislike one (ante-class. and poet.): Ph. Bene volt tibi. St. Nequam est illud verbum bene volt, nisi qui bene facit, Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 37 sq.:

    jam diu ego huic bene et hic mihi volumus,

    id. Ps. 1, 3, 4:

    ut tibi, dum vivam, bene velim plus quam mihi,

    id. Cas. 2, 8, 30:

    egone illi ut non bene vellem?

    id. Truc. 2, 4, 90; cf. id. ib. 2, 4, 95; id. Merc. 2, 1, 21; id. Ps. 4, 3, 7; id. Poen. 3, 3, 9:

    nisi quod tibi bene ex animo volo,

    Ter. Heaut. 5, 2, 6:

    quo tibi male volt maleque faciet,

    Plaut. Pers. 5, 2, 44:

    atque isti etiam parum male volo,

    id. Truc. 5, 7; cf. id. As. 5, 1, 13:

    utinam sic sient qui mihi male volunt,

    Ter. Eun. 4, 3, 13:

    non sibi male vult,

    he does not dislike himself, Petr. 38; so, melius or optime alicui velle, to like one better or best:

    nec est quisquam mihi aeque melius quoi vellem,

    Plaut. Capt. 3, 5, 42; id. Merc. 5, 2, 57:

    illi ego ex omnibus optime volo,

    id. Most. 1, 4, 24.—And bene velle = velle: bene volueris in precatione augurali Messalla augur ait, significare volueris, Fest. s. v. bene sponsis, p. 351.—
    6.
    With abl.: alicujus causa velle, to like one for his own sake, i. e. personally, a Ciceronian phrase, probably inst. of omnia alicujus causa velle; lit. to wish every thing (i.e. good) in somebody's behalf.
    (α).
    With omnia expressed: etsi mihi videor intellexisse cum tecum de re M. Annaeii locutus sum, te ipsius causa vehementer omnia velle, tamen, etc.... ut non dubitem quin magnus cumulus accedat commenda tionis meae, Cic. Fam. 13, 55, 1:

    repente coepit dicere, se omnia Verris causa velle,

    that he had the most friendly disposition towards Verres, id. Verr. 2, 2, 26, § 64:

    accedit eo quod Varro magnopere ejus causa vult omnia,

    id. Fam. 13, 22, 1.—
    (β).
    Without omnia:

    per eos qui nostra causa volunt, valentque apud illum,

    Cic. Att. 11, 8, 1:

    sed et Phameae causa volebam,

    id. ib. 13, 49, 1:

    etsi te ipsius Attici causa velle intellexeram,

    id. ib. 16, 16, A, 6:

    valde enim ejus causa volo,

    id. Fam. 16, 17, 2 fin.:

    illud non perficis quo minus tua causa velim,

    id. ib. 3, 7, 6;

    12, 7, 1: si me velle tua causa putas,

    id. ib. 7, 17, 2:

    regis causa si qui sunt qui velint,

    id. ib. 1, 1, 1:

    credo tua causa velle Lentulum,

    id. Q. Fr. 1, 4, 5; id. Div. in Caecil. 6, 21; cf. id. Imp. Pomp. (v. C. 1. b. supra), where the phrase has its literal meaning; cf. also: alicujus causa (omnia) cupere; v. cupio.—
    7.
    With acc. and subjunct. per ecthesin (ante-class.): nunc ego illum meum virum veniat velim (by mixture of constructions: meum virum velim; and:

    meus vir veniat velim),

    Plaut. Cas. 3, 2, 29:

    nunc ego Simonidem mi obviam veniat velim,

    id. Ps. 4, 5, 10:

    nimis hercle ego illum corvum ad me veniat velim,

    id. Aul. 4, 6, 4:

    saltem aliquem velim qui mihi ex his locis viam monstret,

    id. Rud. 1, 3, 35:

    patrem atque matrem viverent vellem tibi,

    id. Poen. 5, 2, 106; cf. id. Merc. 2, 1, 30 (v. E. 1. d. supra).
    F.
    Velle used absolutely, variously rendered to will, have a will, wish, consent, assent:

    quod vos, malum... me sic ludificamini? Nolo volo, volo nolo rursum,

    I nill I will, I will I nill again, Ter. Phorm. 5, 8, 57: novi ingenium mulierum: Nolunt ubi velis, ubi nolis cupiunt ultro, they will not where you will, etc., id. Eun. 4, 7, 43:

    quis est cui velle non liceat?

    who is not free to wish? Cic. Att. 7, 11. 2:

    in magnis et voluisse sat est,

    Prop. 2, 10 (3, 1), 6:

    tarde velle nolentis est,

    slow ness in consenting betrays the desire to refuse, Sen. Ben. 2, 5, 4:

    quae (animalia) nullam injuriam nobis faciunt, quia velle non possunt, id. Ira, 2, 26, 4: ejus est nolle qui potest velle,

    the power to assent implies the power to dissent, Dig. 50, 17, 3.—So velle substantively:

    sed ego hoc ipsum velle miserius duco quam in crucem tolli,

    that very wishing, Cic. Att. 7, 11, 2: inest enim velle in carendo, the word carere implies the notion of a wish, id. Tusc. 1, 36, 88:

    velle ac posse in aequo positum erat,

    his will and power were balanced, Val. Max. 6, 9, ext. 5:

    velle tuum nolo, Didyme, nolle volo,

    Mart. 5, 83, 2:

    velle suum cuique est,

    each has his own likings, Pers. 5, 53.
    II.
    In partic.
    A.
    Redundant, when the will to do is identified with the act itself.
    1.
    In imperative sentences.
    a.
    In independent sentences introduced by noli velle, where noli has lost the idea of volition:

    nolite, judices, hunc velle maturius exstingui vulnere vestro quam suo fato,

    do not resolve, Cic. Cael. 32, 79:

    nolite igitur id velle quod fieri non potest,

    id. Phil. 7, 8, 25: qui timor bonis omnibus injectus sit... nolite a me commoneri velle, do not wish, expect, to be reminded by me, etc., id. Mur. 25, 50: nolite hunc illi acerbum nuntium velle perferri, let it not be your decision that, etc., id. Balb. 28, 64: cujus auspicia pro vobis experti nolite adversus vos velle experiri, do not desire, etc., Liv. 7, 40, 16:

    noli adversum eos me velle ducere, etc.,

    Nep. Att. 4, 2.—
    b.
    Ne velis or ne velit fecisse = ne feceris, or ne facito (v. I. A. 3. a. supra).—So ne velis with pres. inf.:

    neve, revertendi liber, abesse velis (= neve abfueris),

    Ov. H. 1, 80.—
    c.
    In affirmative imperative sentences (velim esse = esto;

    rare): tu tantum fida sorori Esse velis (= fida esto or sis),

    Ov. M. 2, 745; and in 3 d pers.:

    di procul a cunctis... Hujus notitiam gentis habere velint (= habeant),

    id. P. 1, 7, 8:

    credere modo qui discet velit (= credat qui discet),

    Quint. 8, prooem. 12. —
    d.
    In clauses dependent on verbs of commanding and wishing:

    aut quia significant divam praedicere ut armis Ac virtute velint patriam defendere terram (= ut defendant),

    Lucr. 2, 641: precor quaesoque ne ante oculos patris facere et pati omnia infanda velis (= facias et patiaris). Liv. 23, 9, 2:

    monentes ne experiri vellet imperium cujus vis, etc.,

    id. 2, 59, 4; 39, 13, 2:

    et mea... opto Vulnera qui fecit facta levare velit,

    Ov. Tr. 5, 2, 18: nos contra (oravimus) [p. 2009]... ne vertere secum Cuncta pater fatoque urguenti incumbere vellet, Verg. A. 2, 653. —With pass. perf. inf. (v. I. B. 9. b. b):

    legati Sullam orant ut filii innocentis fortunas conservatas velit (virtually = fortunas conservet),

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 9, 25:

    a te peto ut utilitatem sociorum per te quam maxime defensam et auctam velis (= defendas et augeas),

    id. Fam. 13, 9, 3.—So after utinam or ut:

    utinam illi qui prius eum viderint me apud eum velint adjutum tantum quantum ego vellem si quid possem (= utinam illi me adjuvent quantum ego adjuvarem, etc.),

    id. Att. 11, 7, 7:

    cautius ut saevo velles te credere Marti (= utinam te credidisses),

    Verg. A. 11, 153:

    edictum praemittit ad quam diem magistratus... sibi esse praesto Cordubae vellet (= sibi praesto essent),

    Caes. B. C. 1, 19 (cf. also I. B. 9. b. b, and I. B. 2. fin. supra).—
    2.
    In conditional clauses, si facere velim = si faciam, often rendered by the potential or future auxiliaries would or will:

    non tu scis, Bacchae bacchanti si velis advorsarier, ex insana insaniorem facies? (= si advorseris),

    Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 80:

    si meum Imperium exsequi voluisset, interemptam oportuit (= si executus esset),

    Ter. Heaut. 4, 1, 22:

    si id confiteri velim, tamen istum condemnetis necesse est (= si id confitear),

    if I would acknowledge, Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 18, § 45:

    si quis velit ita dicere... nihil dicat (= si quis dicat),

    id. Fat. 14, 32:

    dies deficiat si velim numerare, etc.,

    id. N. D. 3, 32, 81;

    so,

    id. Tusc. 5, 35, 102; id. Verr. 2, 2, 21, § 52:

    qua in sententia si constare voluissent, suam auctoritatem... recuperassent,

    id. Fam. 1, 9, 14; id. Verr. 2, 1, 11, § 31; id. Lael. 20, 75:

    conicere potestis, si recordari volueritis quanta, etc.,

    if you will remember, id. Verr. 2, 4, 58, § 129; so id. Or. 1, 44, 197; id. Brut. 1, 2, 5:

    quod si audire voletis externa, maximas res publicas ab adulescentibus labefactatas reperietis,

    id. Sen. 6, 20; so id. Or. 1, 60, 256; 2, 23, 95:

    ejus me compotem voti vos facere potestis, si meminisse vultis, non vos in Samnio, etc.,

    Liv. 7, 40, 5; 23, 13, 6; 23, 15, 4: cum olera Diogeni lavanti Aristippus dixisset: si Dionysium adulare velles, ista non esses;

    Imo, inquit, si tu ista esse velles, non adulares Dionysium,

    Val. Max. 4, 3, ext. 4:

    ut si his (legibus) perpetuo uti voluissent, sempiternum habituri fuerint imperium,

    id. 5, 3, ext. 3:

    quid enim si mirari velit, non in silvestribus dumis poma pendere,

    Sen. Ira, 2, 10, 6; cf. Curt. 5, 1, 1; 3, 5, 6; Ov. H. 17 (18), 43.—With perf. inf. pass.:

    nisi ea (opera) certi auctores monumentis suis testata esse voluissent,

    Val. Max. 3, 2, 24.—
    3.
    In declarative sentences.
    a.
    Volo in 1 st pers. with perf. pass. inf. or part. (volo oratum esse or oratum = oro; v. I. B. 9. b. a and b):

    vos omnes opere magno esse oratos volo benigne ut operam detis, etc.,

    Plaut. Cas. prol. 21:

    justam rem et facilem esse oratam a vobis volo,

    id. Am. prol. 33:

    illud tamen te esse admonitum volo, etc.,

    Cic. Cael. 3, 8:

    sed etiam est paucis vos quod monitos voluerim,

    Plaut. Capt. prol. 53:

    illud te, Tulli, monitum velim etc.,

    Liv. 1, 23, 8:

    quamobrem omnes eos oratos volo Ne, etc.,

    Ter. Heaut. prol. 26; so, factum volo = faciam: serva tibi sodalem, et mihi filium. Mne. Factum volo, I will, Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 91: pariter nunc opera me adjuves ac, etc. Nau. Factum volo, Ter. Phorm. 5, 3, 4; so Plaut. Pers. 2, 5, 10.—In 3 d pers.:

    esse salutatum vult te mea littera primum,

    Ov. P. 2, 7, 1.—
    b.
    With pres. inf.:

    propterea te vocari ad cenam volo (= voco te),

    Plaut. Capt. 1, 2, 72:

    sed nunc rogare hoc ego vicissim te volo: quid fuit, etc. (= nunc te rogo),

    id. Trin. 1, 2, 136.—
    c.
    With perf. act. inf.:

    pace tua dixisse velim (= pace tua dixerim),

    Ov. P. 3, 1, 9.—
    d.
    In other connections, when the will or purpose is made more prominent than the action:

    eorum alter, qui Antiochus vocatur, iter per Siciliam facere voluit (= fecit),

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 27, § 61:

    si suscipere eam (religionem) nolletis, tamen in eo qui violasset sancire vos velle oporteret (= sancire vos oporteret),

    id. ib. 2, 4, 51, §

    114: ut insequentibus diebus nemo eorum forum aut publicum adspicere vellet (= adspiceret),

    Liv. 9, 7, 11:

    talentis mille percussorem in me emere voluisti (= emisti),

    Curt. 3, 5, 6: quin etiam senatus gratias ei agentem quod redire voluisset ante portas eduxit (= quod redisset), Val. Max. 3, 4, 4:

    utri prius gratulemur, qui hoc dicere voluit, an cui audire contigit? (= qui hoc dixit),

    id. 4, 7, ext. 2:

    sic tua non paucae carpere facta volent (= carpent),

    Ov. P. 3, 1, 64.
    B.
    Velim, as potential subjunctive (mostly in 1 st pers. sing., as subjunctive of modest statement), = volo, I wish, I should like.
    1.
    With verb in the second person.
    a.
    With pres. subj., so most frequently in Cic.
    (α).
    As a modest imperative of the dependent verb: velim facias = fac, I wish you would do it, please do it:

    ego quae in rem tuam sint, ea velim facias,

    Ter. Phorm. 2, 4, 9:

    eas (litteras) in eundem fasciculum velim addas,

    Cic. Att. 12, 53:

    eum salvere jubeas velim,

    id. ib. 7, 7, 7:

    velim me facias certiorem, etc.,

    id. ib. 1, 19, 9:

    tu velim saepe ad nos scribas,

    id. ib. 1, 12, 4:

    velim mihi ignoscas,

    id. Fam. 13, 75, 1:

    tu velim animum a me parumper avertas,

    id. Lael. 1, 5; cf. id. Att. 1, 11, 3; 7, 3, 11; 8, 12, 5; id. Fam. 15, 3, 2 et saep.:

    haec pro causa mea dicta accipiatis velim,

    Liv. 42, 34, 13: velim, inquit, hoc mihi probes, Aug. ap. Suet. Aug. 51:

    Musa velim memores, etc.,

    Hor. S. 1, 5, 53.—
    (β).
    Expressing a wish without a command (v. vellem):

    vera dicas velim,

    I wish you told the truth, Plaut. Cas. 2, 3, 18:

    quam velim Bruto persuadeas ut Asturae sit,

    Cic. Att. 14, 15, 4:

    ipse velim poenas experiare meas,

    Ov. Tr. 3, 11, 74;

    so in asseverations: ita velim me promerentem ames, dum vivas, mi pater, ut... id mihi vehementer dolet,

    Ter. Ad. 4, 5, 47.—
    b.
    With infinitive clause.
    (α).
    With the force of a modest imperative:

    sed qui istuc credam ita esse, mihi dici velim (i. e. a te),

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 6, 15:

    extremum illud est quod mihi abs te responderi velim,

    Cic. Vat. 17, 41 (may be a dependent subjunctive):

    itaque vos ego, milites, non eo solum animo.... pugnare velim, etc.,

    Liv. 21, 41, 10.—
    (β).
    As a mere wish:

    velim te arbitrari, frater, etc.,

    Plaut. Aul. 2, 1, 1:

    primum te arbitrari id quod res est velim,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 5, 9.—With perf. act.:

    hanc te quoque ad ceteras tuas eximias virtutes, Masinissa, adjecisse velim,

    Liv. 30, 14, 6.—With perf. pass., Liv. 1, 23, 8 (v. II. A. 3. a. supra).—
    c.
    With ut (rare):

    de tuis velim ut eo sis animo, quo debes esse,

    Cic. Fam. 4, 14, 4. —
    d.
    With ne (rare), Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 23 (v. I. C. 2. supra).—
    2.
    With dependent verb in the third person, expressing a wish.
    a.
    With pres. subj.:

    ita se defatigent velim Ut, etc.,

    Ter. Ad. 4, 1, 3:

    de Cicerone quae mihi scribis, jucunda mihi sunt: velim sint prospera,

    Cic. Att. 14, 11, 2:

    velim seu Himilco, seu Mago respondeat,

    Liv. 23, 12, 15:

    sint haec vera velim,

    Verg. Cir. 306:

    nulla me velim syllaba effugiat,

    Quint. 11, 2, 45.—With final clause:

    tu velim mihi ad urbem praesto sis, ut tuis consiliis utar,

    Cic. Att. 9, 16, 3; cf. id. ib. 11, 11, 2 (v. I. C. 2. supra).—With ellips. of pres. subj.:

    velim mehercule Asturae Brutus (i. e. sit),

    Cic. Att. 14, 11, 1.—
    b.
    With perf. subj. (a wish referring to the past):

    nimis velim improbissumo homini malas edentaverint,

    Plaut. Rud. 3, 2, 48.—
    c.
    With inf.-clause:

    ne ego nunc mihi modium mille esse argenti velim!

    Plaut. Stich. 4, 2, 9: di me perdant! Me. Quodcunque optes, velim tibi contingere, id. Cist. 2, 1, 30:

    velim eum tibi placere quam maxime,

    Cic. Brut. 71, 249: idque primum ita esse velim;

    deinde etiam, si non sit, mihi persuaderi tamen velim,

    id. Tusc. 1, 11, 24:

    quod faxitis, deos velim fortunare,

    Liv. 6, 41, 12.—With perf. pass. inf. (v. I. B. 9. b. b, supra):

    edepol te hodie lapide percussum velim,

    Plaut. Stich. 4, 2, 33:

    moribus praefectum mulierum hunc factum velim,

    id. Aul. 3, 5, 30.—With inf.-clause understood:

    nimium plus quam velim nostrorum ingenia sunt mobilia,

    Liv. 2, 37, 4.—
    3.
    With verb in the first person.
    a.
    With inf. pres. (so most freq.):

    atque hoc velim probare omnibus, etc.,

    Cic. Prov. Cons. 20, 47:

    velim scire ecquid de te recordere,

    id. Tusc. 1, 6, 13:

    quare te, ut polliceris, videre plane velim,

    id. Att. 11, 9, 3:

    nec vero velim... a calce ad carceres revocari,

    id. Sen. 23, 83:

    sed multitudo ea quid animorum... habeat scire velim,

    Liv. 23, 12, 7:

    interrogare tamen velim, an Isocrates Attice dixerit,

    Quint. 12, 10, 22.—With perf. inf. act., Ov. P. 3, 1, 9 (v. II. A. 3. c.).—
    b.
    With acc. and inf.:

    quod velis, modo id velim me scire,

    Plaut. Cas. 2, 4, 8.—So with perf. pass. inf.:

    ego praeterquam quod nihil haustum ex vano velim, Fabium... potissimum auctorem habui,

    Liv. 22, 7, 4.—
    c.
    With subj. pres.:

    eo velim tam facili uti possim et tam bono in me quam Curione,

    Cic. Att. 10, 8, 10 B. and K. ex conj. Mull. (Lachm., Hoffm. posse; al. possem).—
    4.
    Velim in the principal sentence of conditional clauses, I would, I should be willing:

    aetatem velim servire, Libanum ut (= si) conveniam modo,

    Plaut. As. 2, 2, 8:

    velim, si fieri possit,

    id. Truc. 2, 4, 12:

    si quid tibi compendi facere possim, factum edepol velim (redundant),

    id. ib. 2, 4, 26:

    si possim, velim,

    id. Stich. 4, 2, 9:

    nec velim (imitari orationes Thucydidis) si possim,

    Cic. Brut. 83, 287:

    si liceat, nulli cognitus esse velim,

    Ov. Tr. 5, 12, 42.—
    5.
    The other persons of velim in potential use (rare).
    a.
    Velis.
    (α).
    Imperatively = cupito:

    quoniam non potest fieri quod vis, Id velis quod possit,

    Ter. And. 2, 1, 6:

    atque aliquos tamen esse velis tibi, alumna, penates,

    Verg. Cir. 331.—
    (β).
    Declaratively with indef. subj.: quom inopia'st, cupias; quando ejus copia'st, tum non velis, then you (i.e. people, they) do not want it, Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 45.—
    (γ).
    Redundant, as a form of the imperative of the dependent verb, Ov. Am. 1, 4, 38 (v. I. A. 3. a. b); id. H. 1, 80 (v. II. A. 1. b.); id. M. 2, 746 (v. II. A. 1. c.).—
    b.
    Velit.
    (α).
    Modestly for vult:

    te super aetherias licentius auras Haud pater ille velit, etc.,

    Verg. A. 7, 558: nemo enim minui velit id in quo maximus fuit, would like that to be diminished in which, etc., Quint. 12, 11, 6; cf. Verg. A. 2, 104, and Ov. H. 9, 7 (v. I. E. 1. c. supra).— So, poet., instead of vellet with perf. inf.:

    ut fiat, quid non illa dedisse velit?

    Ov. Am. 2, 17, 30.—
    (β).
    = imperative of third person:

    arma velit, poscatque simul rapiatque juventus,

    Verg. A. 7, 340.—Redundantly, giving to the dependent verb the force of an imperative, Quint. 8, prooem. 12 (v. II. A. 1. c. supra; v. also I. A. 3. a. supra).—
    c.
    Velimus.
    (α).
    In the optative sense of velim:

    sed scire velimus quod tibi nomen siet,

    Plaut. Pers. 4, 6, 18.—
    (β).
    With imperative sense (= let us, we should, etc.), Quint. 6, 3, 28 (v. I. A. 2. d. supra).—
    d.
    Velitis = velim velitis (i. e. jubeatis, jubete):

    novos consules ita cum Samnite gerere bellum velitis ut omnia ante nos bella gesta sunt,

    Liv. 9, 8, 10.—So especially in velitis jubeatis, a formula in submitting a law to the votes of the people in the comitia centuriata or tributa, let it be resolved and ordered by you:

    rogatus in haec verba populus: velitis jubeatisne haec sic fieri, si respublica populi Romani Quiritium, etc.,

    Liv. 22, 10, 2:

    velitis jubeatis, Quirites... uti de ea re Ser. Sulpicius praetor urbanus ad senatum referat, etc.,

    id. 38, 54, 3.—And parodied by Cic.:

    velitis jubeatis ut quod Cicero versum fecerit,

    Cic. Pis. 29, 72.—So in oblique discourse, vellent juberent:

    rogationem promulgavit, vellent juberent Philippo... bellum indici,

    Liv. 31, 6, 1:

    vellent juberentne se regnare,

    id. 1, 46, 1; cf.

    in the resolution of the people: plebis sic jussit: quod senatus... censeat, id volumus jubemusque,

    id. 26, 33, 14.—
    e.
    Velint, optative and redundant, Cic. Att. 11, 7, 7 (v. II. A. 1. d.); Ov. P. 1, 7, 8 (v. II. A. 1. c.).
    C.
    Vellem, as potential subjunctive, I wish, should like, should have liked, representing the wish as contrary to fact, while velim refers to a wish which may be realized:

    de Menedemo vellem verum fuisset, de regina velim verum sit,

    Cic. Att. 15, 4, 4. It is not used with imperative force; cf.:

    quod scribis, putare te... vellem scriberes, cur ita putares... tu tamen velim scribas,

    Cic. Att. 11, 24, 5.—Often quam vellem, how I wish, i. e. I wish very much; and in the same sense: nimium vellem, v. infra.
    1.
    With verb in first person.
    a.
    With inf. pres., I wish, would like, referring to present or future actions:

    videre equidem vos vellem, cum huic aurum darem,

    Plaut. Poen. 3, 3, 68:

    vellem equidem idem posse gloriari quod Cyrus,

    Cic. Sen. 10, 32:

    vellem equidem vobis placere, Quirites, sed, etc.,

    Liv. 3, 68, 9:

    quam fieri vellem meus libellus!

    Mart. 8, 72, 9.—With cuperem and optarem:

    nunc ego Triptolemi cuperem conscendere currus... Nunc ego Medeae vellem frenare dracones... Nunc ego jactandas optarem sumere pennas, etc.,

    Ov. Tr. 3, 8, 1 sqq.— [p. 2010] Rarely, I should have liked:

    tum equidem istuc os tuum inpudens videre nimium vellem!

    Ter. Eun. 3, 5, 49.—And in conditional sense:

    maerorem minui: dolorem nec potui, nec, si possem, vellem (i. e. minuere),

    Cic. Att. 12, 28, 2:

    certe ego, si sineres, titulum tibi reddere vellem,

    Ov. Tr. 4, 5, 13:

    sic nec amari quidem vellem (i. e. if I were in his place),

    Sen. Ira, 1, 20, 4.—
    b.
    With perf. inf., I wish I had:

    abiit, vah! Rogasse vellem,

    I wish I had asked him, Ter. Heaut. 5, 2, 25:

    maxime vellem semper tecum fuisse,

    Cic. Att. 8, 11, D, 5:

    quam vellem petisse ab eo quod audio Philippum impetrasse,

    id. ib. 10, 4, 10:

    non equidem vellem, quoniam nocitura fuerunt, Pieridum sacris imposuisse manum,

    Ov. Tr. 4, 1, 27:

    ante equidem summa de re statuisse, Latini, Et vellem, et fuerat melius,

    Verg. A. 11, 303. —
    c.
    With inf.-clause, the predicate being a perf. part. (v. I. B. 9. b. b, supra):

    virum me natam vellem,

    would I had been born a man! Ter. Phorm. 5, 3, 9.—
    d.
    With subj. imperf. (rare):

    quam vellem, Panaetium nostrum nobiscum haberemus,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 10, 15.—
    2.
    The subject of the dependent verb in the second person.
    a.
    With subj. imperf. (the regular construction):

    hodie igitur me videbit, ac vellem tum tu adesses,

    I wish you could be present, Cic. Att. 13, 7, 2:

    quam vellem de his etiam oratoribus tibi dicere luberet,

    I wish you would please, id. Brut. 71, 248.—
    b.
    With subj. pluperf., I wish you had:

    vellem Idibus Martiis me ad cenam invitasses,

    Cic. Fam. 12, 4, 1:

    quam vellem te ad Stoicos inclinavisses,

    id. Fin. 3, 3, 10:

    vellem suscepisses juvenem regendum,

    id. Att. 10, 6, 2:

    quam vellem Bruto studium tuum navare potuisses,

    id. ib. 15, 4, 5.—
    c.
    With ne and pluperf. subj.:

    tu vellem ne veritus esses ne parum libenter legerem tuas litteras,

    Cic. Fam. 7, 33, 2.—
    d.
    With ellipsis of verb: vera cantas, vana vellem (i. e. cantares). Plaut. Most. 3, 4, 41.—
    3.
    With verb in third person.
    a.
    With imperf. subj. (the regular construction):

    patrem atque matrem viverent vellem tibi (per ecthesin, v. I. E. b.),

    Plaut. Poen. 5, 2, 106:

    vellem adesset Antonius, modo sine advocatis,

    Cic. Phil. 1, 7, 16:

    vellem nobis hoc idem vere dicere liceret,

    id. Off. 3, 1, 1:

    vellem adesse posset Panaetius,

    id. Tusc. 1, 33, 81:

    vellem hoc esset laborare,

    id. Or. 2, 71, 287.—
    b.
    With pluperf. subj.:

    vellem aliqui ex vobis robustioribus hunc male dicendi locum suscepissent,

    Cic. Cael. 3, 7:

    vellem dictum esset ab eodem etiam de Dione,

    id. ib. 10, 23; so id. ib. 31, 74; id. Brut. 44, 163:

    quam vellem Dareus aliquid ex hac indole hausisset!

    Curt. 3, 32 (12), 26.—
    c.
    With inf.-clause.
    (α).
    With inf. pres., I wish he were:

    quam non abesse ab hujus judicio L. Vulsionem vellem!

    Cic. Clu. 70, 198:

    nunc mihi... Vellem, Maeonide, pectus inesse tuum,

    Ov. F. 2, 120.—
    (β).
    With perf. inf. or part., I wish he had, had been:

    quam vellem Menedemum invitatum!

    Ter. Heaut. 1, 2, 11:

    epistulas, quas quidem vellem mihi numquam redditas,

    Cic. Att. 11, 22, 1.—

    With ellipsis of predicate: illud quoque vellem antea (i. e. factum, or factum esse),

    Cic. Att. 11, 23, 3.—
    d.
    With ut, Cic. Sull. 1, 1; id. Fam. 7, 33, 2 (v. I. C. 1. a. supra).—
    4.
    With acc. of a neuter pronoun or of a noun:

    aliquando sentiam us nihil nobis nisi, id quod minime vellem, spiritum reliquum esse,

    Cic. Att. 9, 19, 2: tris eos libros maxime nunc vellem: apti essent ad id quod cogito, I would like to have (cf. I. E. 1. a.), id. ib. 13, 22, 2.—
    5.
    In the other persons of vellem (mostly poet.).
    a.
    Velles.
    (α).
    In optative sentences redundant, Verg. A. 11, 153 (v. II. A. 1. d.).—
    (β).
    Of an indefinite subject:

    velles eum (Senecam) suo ingenio dixisse, alieno judicio,

    Quint. 10, 1, 130.—
    b.
    Vellet.
    (α).
    In the potential sense of vellem: vellet abesse quidem;

    sed adest. Velletque videre, Non etiam sentire canum fera facta suorum,

    Ov. M. 3, 247.—
    (β).
    Conditionally:

    quis vellet tanti nuntius esse mali (i. e. if in this situation)?

    Ov. H. 12, 146.—
    c.
    Vellent.
    (α).
    In the potential sense of vellem:

    quam vellent aethere in alto Nunc of pauperiem et duros perferre labores!

    Verg. A. 6, 436.—
    (β).
    Conditionally: nec superi vellent hoc licuisse sibi, would wish, i. e. if in this situation, Mart. 4, 44, 8.
    D.
    Volam and voluero.
    1.
    In gen.: respiciendus erit sermo stipulationis, utrumne talis sit: quem voluero, an quem volam. Nam si talis fuerit quem voluero, cum semel elegerit, mutare voluntatem non poterit;

    si vero... quem volam, donec judicium dictet, mutandi potestatem habebit,

    Dig. 45, 1, 112.—
    2.
    Volam in principal sentences.
    (α).
    = Engl. future, I shall wish, etc.:

    et commeminisse hoc ego volam te,

    I shall require you to recollect this, Plaut. Curc. 4, 2, 7: cum omnia habueris, tunc habere et sapientiam voles? will you also wish to have wisdom when? etc., Sen. Ep. 17, 8.—
    (β).
    Denoting present probability: et scilicet jam me hoc voles patrem exorare, ut, etc., you doubtless wish me, etc., Ter. Heaut. 4, 3, 27.—
    3.
    In clauses dependent on predicates implying a future, generally rendered by an English present:

    quid si sors aliter quam voles evenerit?

    otherwise than as you wish, Plaut. Cas. 2, 5, 35:

    tum te, si voles, cum patriae quod debes solveris, satis diu vixisse dicito,

    then if you choose, if you will, Cic. Marcell. 9, 27:

    decedes cum voles,

    id. Att. 6, 3, 2:

    qui magis effugies eos qui volent fingere?

    those who are bent upon inventing, who will invent, falsehoods, id. ib. 8, 2, 2; cf. id. ib. 1, 1, 4; id. Verr. 2, 4, 25, § 55; id. Prov. Cons. 9, 24:

    quod voles gratum esse, rarum effice,

    Sen. Ben. 1, 14, 1; cf. id. Brev. Vit. 7, 9: si di volent, the gods permitting, August. ap. Suet. Calig. 8:

    invenies, vere si reperire voles,

    Ov. P. 3, 1, 34; cf. Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 78; Tib. 1, 4, 45.—So, voluero:

    quem (locum) si qui vitare voluerit, sex milium circuitu in oppidum pervenit,

    who wishes to avoid this spot, Caes. B. C. 2, 24.
    E.
    Si vis, parenthetically.
    1.
    If you please (cf. sis, supra init.):

    paulum opperirier, Si vis,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 2, 52:

    audi, si vis, nunc jam,

    id. Ad. 2, 1, 30:

    dic, si vis, de quo disputari velis,

    Cic. Tusc. 2, 5, 13.—
    2.
    If you wish, choose, insist upon it:

    hanc quoque jucunditatem, si vis, transfer in animum,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 4, 14:

    addam, si vis, animi, etc.,

    id. ib. 2, 27, 89:

    concedam hoc ipsum, si vis, etc.,

    id. Div. 2, 15, 34.
    F.
    Quam, with any person of the pres. indic. or subj., or imperf. subj. or future, = quamvis, in a concessive sense, virtually, however, however much.
    1.
    3 d pers. sing.:

    quod illa, quam velit sit potens, numquam impetravisset (= quamvis sit potens),

    however powerful she may be, Cic. Cael. 26, 63:

    C. Gracchus dixit, sibi in somnis Ti. fratrem visum esse dicere, quam vellet cunctaretur, tamen eodem sibi leto... esse pereundum,

    id. Div. 1, 26, 56:

    quam volet jocetur,

    id. N. D. 2, 17, 46.—
    2.
    1 st pers. plur.:

    quam volumus licet ipsi nos amemus, tamen, etc.,

    Cic. Har. Resp. 9, 19.—
    3.
    2 d pers. plur.: exspectate facinus quam vultis improbum, vincam tamen, etc., expect a crime, however wicked ( ever so wicked), etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 5, § 11;

    but: hac actione quam voletis multi dicent,

    as many as you choose, id. ib. 2, 2, 42, § 102.—
    4.
    3 d pers. plur.:

    quam volent illi cedant, tamen a re publica revocabuntur,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 44, 113:

    quam volent in conviviis faceti, dicaces, etc., sint, alia fori vis est, alia triclinii,

    id. Cael. 28, 67;

    but: et ceteri quam volent magnas pecunias capere possint,

    as much money as they choose, id. Verr. 2, 2, 58, § 142.
    G.
    Volo = malo, to prefer, with a comparative clause (rare):

    quodsi in ceteris quoque studiis a multis eligere homines commodissimum quodque, quam sese uni alicui certo vellent addicere, = si se eligere mallent quam se uni addicere,

    Cic. Inv. 2, 2, 5:

    malae rei quam nullius duces esse volunt,

    Liv. 3, 68, 11:

    famaene credi velis quanta urbs a te capta sit, quam posteris quoque eam spectando esse?

    id. 25, 29, 6.
    H.
    With magis and maxime.
    1.
    Magis velle: ut tu illam salvam magis velles quam ego, you wish more than I, etc., Ter. Hec. 2, 2, 17.—
    2.
    With maxime, to wish above all, more than any thing or any one else, to be most agreeable to one, to like best, to prefer (among more than two alternatives):

    quia id maxime volo ut illi istoc confugiant,

    wish above all, Plaut. Most. 5, 1, 49; so id. Trin. 3, 2, 38:

    maxime vellem, judices, ut P. Sulla, etc.,

    Cic. Sull. 1, 1:

    caritate nos capiunt reges, consilio optimates, libertate populi, ut in comparando difficile ad eligendum sit, quid maxime velis,

    which you prefer, like best, id. Rep. 1, 35, 55; so, quemadmodum ego maxime vellem, id. Att. 13, 1, 1:

    tris eos libros maxime nunc vellem,

    above all others, id. ib. 13, 32, 2:

    alia excusanti juveni, alia recipienti futura, ita ut maxime vellet senatus responderi placuit,

    as it was most agreeable to him, Liv. 39, 47:

    si di tibi permisissent quo modo maxime velles experiri animum meum,

    in the manner most convenient to yourself, Curt. 3, 6, 12.
    K.
    In disjunctive co - ordination.
    1.
    With sive... sive:

    tu nunc, sive ego volo, seu nolo, sola me ut vivam facis,

    whether I choose or not, Plaut. Cist. 3, 14:

    itaque Campanos sive velint, sive nolint, quieturos,

    Liv. 8, 2, 13.—
    2.
    Without connectives.
    a.
    Vis tu... vis:

    congredi cum hoste liceat... vis tu mari, vis terra, vis acie, vis urbibus expugnandis experiri virtutem?

    Liv. 25, 6, 22.—
    b.
    Velim nolim.
    (α).
    Interrogatively, = utrum velim nec ne:

    velit nolit scire, difficile est,

    it is difficult to know whether he intends it or not, Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 8, 4.—
    (β).
    = seu velim seu nolim:

    ut mihi, velim nolim, sit certa quaedam tuenda sententia,

    whether I will or not, Cic. N. D. 1, 7, 17:

    velim nolim, in cognomine Scipionum haeream necesse est,

    Val. Max. 3, 7, 3:

    mors interim adest, cui velis nolis vacandum est,

    Sen. Brev. Vit. 8, 5:

    hunc ita fundatum necesse est, velit nolit, sequatur hilaritas continua,

    id. Vit. Beat. 4, 4:

    velint nolint, respondendum est... beate vivere bonum non esse,

    id. Ep. 117, 4:

    praeterea futuri principes, velint nolint, sciant, etc.,

    Plin. Pan. 20 fin. Part. and P. a.: vŏlens, entis.
    A.
    As a part. proper, retaining the meaning and construction of velle, with the force of a relative or adverbial clause.
    1.
    Agreeing with some member of the sentence ( poet. and in post-class. prose;

    rare): neque illum... multa volentem Dicere praeterea vidit (= qui multa voluit dicere),

    Verg. G. 4, 501; id. A. 2, 790:

    nec me vis ulla volentem Avertet (i. e. si adhaerere foederi volo),

    id. ib. 12, 203: decemviri, minuere volentes hujuscemodi violentiam... putaverunt, etc., intending ( who intended) to diminish such a violence, etc., Gell. 20, 1, 34:

    Milo, experiri etiamtunc volens, an ullae sibi reliquae vires adessent... rescindere quercum conatus est,

    id. 15, 16, 3:

    scio quosdam testatores, efficere volentes ne servi sui umquam ad libertatem venirent, etc., hactenus scribere solitos,

    Dig. 40, 4, 61:

    si te volentem ad prohibendum venire, deterruerit aliquis, etc.,

    ib. 43, 24, 1, § 10.—
    2.
    Abl. absol. (not ante-Aug.):

    ne cujus militis scripti nomen nisi ipso volente deleretur,

    except with his consent, Liv. 7, 41, 4; so,

    Teum ex medio cursu classem repente avertit, aut volentibus iis usurus commeatu parato hostibus, aut ipsos pro hostibus habiturus,

    with their consent, id. 37, 27, 3:

    ponuntque ferocia Poeni Corda, volente deo,

    since the god willed it, Verg. A. 1, 303: Thrasippo supplicium a se voluntaria morte exigere volente, while he was about to inflict punishment on himself, etc., Val. Max. 5, 1, ext. 2: scire volentibus immortalibus dis an Romana virtus imperium orbis mereretur, it being the will of the gods to know, etc., Flor. 1, 13, 3 (1, 7, 3): qui sciente aut volente eo ad quem res pertinet, possessionem nanciscitur, with the knowledge and consent of the person who, etc., Dig. 41, 2, 6. —
    B.
    As adj., willing, voluntary, and hence, favorably disposed (opp. invitus).
    1.
    Attributively.
    a.
    In the phrase cum dis volentibus, lit. with the willing or favoring gods, i. e. with the will, permission, or favor of the gods: dono ducite doque volentibu' cum magnis dis, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 12, 38 (Ann. v. 208 Vahl.):

    sequere hac, mea gnata, me cum dis volentibus,

    Plaut. Pers. 3, 1, 4:

    cum dis volentibus quodque bene eveniat mando tibi Mani uti illaec suovetaurilia, etc.,

    Cato, R. R. 141 (142).— And without cum, abl. absol.:

    virtute ac dis volentibus magni estis et opulenti,

    Sall. J. 14, 19.—
    b.
    Volenti animo.
    (α).
    = cupide, eagerly:

    Romae plebes litteris quae de Metello ac Mario missae erant, volenti animo de ambobus acceperant,

    Sall. J. 73, 3. —
    (β).
    On purpose, intentionally:

    consilio hanc omnes animisque volentibus urbem Adferimur,

    Verg. A. 7, 216.—
    2.
    Predicatively.
    a.
    Agreeing with the subject-nom. or subject - acc.
    (α).
    Voluntarily, willingly, [p. 2011] gladly (class.):

    (hi) divini generis appellentur... vobisque jure et lege volentes pareant,

    Cic. Univ. 11 fin.:

    quas victi ab hostibus poenas metuerant, eas ipsi volentes pendere,

    Sall. J. 76, 6:

    quia volentes in amicitiam non veniebant,

    Liv. 21, 39, 4:

    si volentes ac non coacti mansissent in amicitia,

    id. 24, 37, 7:

    quocunque loco seu volens seu invitus constitisti,

    id. 7, 40, 13:

    itaque se numquam volentem parte qua posset rerum consilio gerendarum cessurum,

    id. 22, 27, 9:

    (virtus), quidquid evenerit, feret, non patiens tantum, sed etiam volens,

    Sen. Vit. Beat. 15, 5:

    non est referre gratiam quod volens acceperis nolenti reddere,

    id. Ben. 4, 40, 4:

    volens vos Turnus adoro,

    Verg. A. 10, 677; 3, 457; 6, 146;

    12, 833: date vina volentes,

    id. ib. 8, 275: ipsa autem macie tenuant armenta volentes ( on purpose), id. G. 3, 129.—And referring to subjects denoting things: quos rami fructus, quos ipsa volentia rura Sponte tulere sua, carpsit ( spontaneously and willingly), Verg. G. 2, 500.—
    (β).
    Favorably; with propitius, favorably and kindly, referring to the gods:

    precantes Jovem ut volens propitius praebeat sacra arma pro patria,

    Liv. 24, 21, 10:

    precantibus ut volens propitiaque urbem Romanam iniret,

    id. 29, 14, 13:

    in ea arce (Victoriam) sacratam, volentem propitiamque, firmam ac stabilem fore populo Romano,

    id. 22, 37, 12; 1, 16, 3; 7, 26, 3; 24, 38, 8; Inscr. Orell. 2489 sq.—Parodied by Plautus:

    agite, bibite, festivae fores! fite mihi volentes propitiae,

    Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 89.— Abl. absol.:

    omnia diis propitiis volentibusque ea faciemus,

    with the favor and help of the gods, Liv. 39, 16, 11 Weissenb. ad loc.:

    si (Jovem) invocem ut dexter ac volens assit,

    Quint. 4, prooem. 5.—
    b.
    Agreeing with other terms of the sentence (rare): volenti consuli causa in Pamphyliam devertendi oblata est, a welcome cause was offered to the consul, etc., Liv. 38, 15, 3:

    quod nobis volentibus facile continget,

    if we wish, Quint. 6, 2, 30:

    is Ariobarzanem volentibus Armeniis praefecit,

    to their satisfaction, Tac. A. 2, 4:

    gemis... hominem, Urse, tuum, cui dulce volenti servitium... erat,

    to whom his servitude was sweet, since he liked it, Stat. S. 2, 6, 15:

    me mea virtus, etc., fatis egere volentem,

    Verg. A. 8, 133:

    saepe ille volentem castigabat erum,

    administered kindly received rebukes, Stat. S. 2, 6, 50.—
    c.
    In the phrase aliquid mihi volenti est or putatur, etc., something is welcome, acceptable to me, pleases me (= volens habeo or accipio aliquid; cf. the Gr. Humin tauta boulomenois estin, and, mihi aliquid cupienti est; v. cupio;

    rare but class.): uti militibus exaequatus cum imperatore labos volentibus esset,

    that the equalization of labor was acceptable to the soldier, Sall. J. 100, 4:

    quia neque plebei militia volenti putabatur,

    id. ib. 84, 3 Dietsch:

    grande periculum maritumis civitatibus esse, et quibusdam volentibus novas res fore,

    that to some a change of the government would be welcome, Liv. 21, 50, 10:

    quibus bellum volentibus erat, probare exemplum,

    Tac. Agr. 18.— Impers. with subject - inf.: ceterisque remanere et in verba Vespasiani adigi volentibus fuit, to the rest it was acceptable to remain, etc., Tac. H. 3, 43.—With subject-inf. understood:

    si volentibus vobis erit, in medium profero quae... legisse memini,

    Macr. S. 7, 13, 11:

    si volentibus vobis erit, diem fabulis et epulis exigamus,

    id. ib. 1, 7; 2, 3 fin.; 6, 6 init. —
    3.
    As subst. (mostly post-Aug.).
    a.
    vŏlens, entis, m., = is qui vult, in the different meanings, and often with the construction of the verb.
    (α).
    One who wishes:

    nunc cis Hiberum castra Romana esse, arcem tutam perfugiumque novas volentibus res,

    Liv. 22, 22, 11:

    consulere se volentibus vacuas aures accommodavit,

    Val. Max. 5, 8, 3:

    quid opus libertate si volentibus luxu perire non licet,

    id. 2, 9, 5:

    discere meliora volentibus promptum est,

    i. e. it depends on our own will to learn better things, Quint. 11, 11, 12:

    nec sum in hoc sollicitus, dum res ipsa volentibus discere appareat,

    to the students, id. 8, 4, 15:

    mori volentibus vis adhibita vivendi,

    Suet. Tib. 61.—
    (β).
    One who intends, is about:

    juris ignorantia non prodest acquirere volentibus,

    i. e. in the acquisition of property, Dig. 22, 6, 7:

    si quis volentem incipere uti frui prohibuit,

    one who is about to enter upon a usufruct, ib. 43, 16, 3, § 14. —
    (γ).
    One who is willing:

    non refert quid sit quod datur, nisi a volente volenti datur,

    unless it is both willingly given and received, Sen. Ben. 2, 18, 8:

    ducunt volentem fata, nolentem trahunt,

    those willing to follow, id. Ep. 107, 11.—
    (δ).
    One who consents:

    tutiusque rati volentibus quam coactis imperitare,

    to rule men with their consent, Sall. J. 102, 6:

    quippe rempublicam si a volentibus nequeat ab invitis jus expetituram,

    peaceably if they could, forcibly if they must, Liv. 3, 40, 4:

    si quis aliam rem pro alia volenti solverit,

    if one pays with the consent of the receiver, Dig. 46, 3, 46:

    nulla injuria est quae in volentem fiat,

    ib. 47, 10, 1, § 5.—
    (ε).
    One who does a thing voluntarily:

    pecuniam etiam a volentibus acceperant,

    the contributions of money were voluntary, Vell. 2, 62, 3:

    parce, puer, stimulis... (solis equi) Sponte sua properant. Labor est inhibere volentis (i. e. properare),

    Ov. M. 2, 128.—
    (ζ).
    Volens = bene volens: munificus nemo habebatur nisi pariter volens, unless he was just as kindly disposed, sc. as he was liberal, Sall. J. 103, 6.—Often referring to a previously mentioned noun:

    hunc cape consiliis socium et conjunge volentem,

    and unite with him, since he wishes it, Verg. A. 5, 712; so may be taken Ov. M. 2, 128 (v. e).—
    b.
    In the neutr. plur. (volentia) rare, always with dat., things pleasing, acceptable:

    Pompeius multis suspitionibus volentia plebi facturus habebatur,

    that he would do what pleased the common people, Sall. H. 4, 31 Dietsch:

    haec atque talia plebi volentia fuere,

    Tac. A. 15, 36 Draeg. ad loc. al.:

    iique Muciano volentia rescripsere,

    id. H. 3, 52.—Hence, adv.: vŏlenter, willingly, App. M. 6, p. 178, 4.
    2.
    vŏlo, āvi, ātum ( part. gen. plur. volantūm, Verg. A. 6, 728; Lucr. 2, 1083), 1, v. n. [Sanscr. val-, to turn one's self, etc.; cf.: vŏlucer, vēlox, and vol- in velivolus], to fly.
    I.
    Lit.: ex alto... laeva volavit avis, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 48, 107 (Ann. v. 95 Vahl.):

    aves,

    Lucr. 6, 742:

    accipitres,

    id. 4, 1010:

    corvi,

    id. 2, 822:

    altam supra volat ardea nubem,

    Verg. G. 1, 364:

    volat ille per aëra magnum Remigio alarum,

    id. A. 1, 300:

    columbae venere volantes,

    id. ib. 6, 191; Prop. 2, 30 (3, 28), 30; Juv. 8, 251:

    apes,

    Ov. A. A. 1, 96; cf. Plin. 10, 38, 54, § 112:

    volasse eum (Antonium), non iter fecisse diceres,

    Cic. Phil. 10, 5, 11.—Prov.:

    sine pennis volare haud facile est,

    Plaut. Poen. 4, 2, 49.—
    2.
    P. a. as subst.: vŏlantes, ĭum, comm., the birds ( poet.), Lucr. 2, 1083; Verg. A. 6, 239; 6, 728.—
    II.
    Transf., to fly, i. e. to move swiftly like one flying, to fleet, speed, hasten along:

    i sane... vola curriculo,

    Plaut. Pers. 2, 2, 17; cf.:

    per summa levis volat aequora curru,

    Verg. A. 5, 819:

    medios volat ecce per hostes Vectus equo spumante Saces,

    id. ib. 12, 650:

    illa (Argo) volat,

    Ov. H. 6, 66:

    currus,

    Verg. G. 3, 181:

    axis,

    id. ib. 3, 107:

    nubes,

    Lucr. 5, 254:

    fulmina,

    id. 2, 213:

    tempestates,

    id. 6, 612:

    telum,

    id. 1, 971; cf. Sall. J. 60, 2; Verg. A. 9, 698; Liv. 26, 44, 7 al.:

    litterae Capuam ad Pompeium volare dicebantur,

    Cic. Att. 2, 19, 3:

    volat aetas,

    id. Tusc. 1, 31, 76:

    hora,

    Sen. Hippol. 1141:

    fama,

    Verg. A. 3, 121:

    et semel emissum volat irrevocabile verbum,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 71.— Poet., with inf.:

    ast Erebi virgo ditem volat aethere Memphim Praecipere et Phariā venientem pellere terrā,

    Val. Fl. 4, 407.
    3.
    vŏlo, ōnis, m. [1. volo], a volunteer, first applied to the slaves who, after the battle at Cannæ, were enrolled upon their own expressed desire to serve (cf. Liv. 22, 57, 11; Val. Max. 7, 6, 1):

    volones dicti sunt milites, qui post Cannensem cladem usque ad octo milia, cum essent servi, voluntarie se ad militiam obtulere,

    Paul. Diac. p. 370:

    volones, quia sponte hoc voluerunt, appellati,

    Macr. S. 1, 11, 30:

    vetus miles tironi, liber voloni sese exaequari sineret,

    Liv. 23, 35, 6; 23, 32, 1; Capitol. Anton. Phil. 21, 6; Macr. S. 1, 11, 30.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > volo

  • 109 go

    A vi (3e pers sg prés goes ; prét went ; pp gone)
    1 (move, travel) aller (from de ; to à, en) ; to go to London/Paris aller à Londres/Paris ; to go to Wales/to Ireland/to California aller au Pays de Galles/en Irlande/en Californie ; to go to town/to the country aller en ville/à la campagne ; they went home ils sont rentrés chez eux ; she's gone to Paris elle est allée à Paris ; to go up/down/across monter/descendre/traverser ; I went into the room je suis entré dans la pièce ; to go by bus/train/plane voyager en bus/train/avion ; we went there by bus nous y sommes allés en bus ; to go by ou past [person, vehicle] passer ; that car's going very fast! cette voiture roule très vite! ; there he goes again! ( that's him again) le revoilà! ; fig ( he's starting again) le voilà qui recommence!, c'est reparti! ; who goes there? Mil qui va là? ; where do we go from here? fig et maintenant qu'est-ce qu'on fait? ;
    2 (on specific errand, activity) aller ; to go shopping aller faire des courses ; to go swimming (in sea, river) aller se baigner ; ( in pool) aller à la piscine ; to go for a walk aller se promener ; to go on a journey/on holiday partir en voyage/en vacances ; to go for a drink aller prendre un verre ; he's gone to get some wine il est allé chercher du vin ; go and answer the phone va répondre au téléphone ; go and tell them that… va leur dire que… ; go after him! poursuivez-le! ;
    3 ( attend) aller ; to go to school/ church aller à l'école/l'église ; to go to work aller or se rendre au travail ; to go to the doctor's/dentist's aller chez le médecin/dentiste ;
    4 ( used as auxiliary with present participle) she went running up the stairs elle a monté l'escalier en courant ; she went complaining to the principal elle est allée se plaindre au directeur ;
    5 ( depart) partir ; I must go, I must be going il faut que je parte or que je m'en aille ; the train goes at six o'clock le train part à six heures ; a train goes every hour il y a un train toutes les heures ; to go on holiday partir en vacances ; be gone! va-t'en!, allez-vous en! ;
    6 euph ( die) mourir, disparaître ; when I am gone quand je ne serai plus là ; the doctors say she could go at any time d'après les médecins elle risque de mourir d'un instant à l'autre ;
    7 ( disappear) partir ; half the money goes on school fees la moitié de l'argent part en frais de scolarité ; the money/cake has all gone il ne reste plus d'argent/de gâteau ; I left my bike outside and now it's gone j'ai laissé mon vélo dehors et il n'est plus là or il a disparu ; there goes my chance of winning! c'en est fait de mes chances de gagner! ;
    8 (be sent, transmitted) it can't go by post on ne peut pas l'envoyer par la poste ; these proposals will go before parliament ces propositions seront soumises au parlement ;
    9 ( become) to go red rougir ; to go white blanchir ; his hair ou he is going grey il commençe à avoir les cheveux blancs ; to go mad devenir fou/folle ; to go bankrupt faire faillite ;
    10 ( change over to new system) to go Labour/Conservative Pol [country, constituency] voter travailliste/conservateur ; to go metric adopter le système métrique ; ⇒ private, public ;
    11 (be, remain) the people went hungry les gens n'avaient rien à manger ; we went for two days without food nous avons passé deux jours sans rien manger ; to go unnoticed passer inaperçu ; to go unpunished rester impuni ; the question went unanswered la question est restée sans réponse ; to go naked se promener tout nu ; he was allowed to go free il a été libéré or remis en liberté ;
    12 (weaken, become impaired) his memory/mind is going il perd la mémoire/l'esprit ; his hearing is going il devient sourd ; my voice is going je n'ai plus de voix ; the battery is going la batterie est presque à plat ; the engine is going le moteur a des ratés ;
    13 ( of time) ( elapse) s'écouler ; three hours went by before… trois heures se sont écoulées avant que… (+ subj) ; there are only three days to go before Christmas il ne reste plus que trois jours avant Noël ; how's the time going? quelle heure est-il? ; it's just gone seven o'clock il est un peu plus de sept heures ;
    14 ( be got rid of) he's totally inefficient, he'll have to go! il est complètement incapable, il va falloir qu'on se débarrasse de lui! ; that new lampshade is hideous, it'll have to go! ce nouvel abat-jour est affreux, il va falloir qu'on s'en débarrasse! ; the car will have to go il va falloir vendre la voiture ; either she goes or I do! c'est elle ou moi! ; six down and four to go! six de faits, et encore quatre à faire! ;
    15 (operate, function) [vehicle, machine, clock] marcher, fonctionner ; to set [sth] going mettre [qch] en marche ; to get going [engine, machine] se mettre en marche ; fig [business] démarrer ; to get the fire going allumer le feu ; to keep going [person, business, machine] tenir le coup ○, se maintenir ; we have several projects going at the moment nous avons plusieurs projets en route en ce moment ; ⇒ keep ;
    16 ( start) let's get going! allons-y!, allez, on commençe! ; we'll have to get going on that translation il va falloir qu'on se mette à faire cette traduction ; to get things going mettre les choses en train ; ready, steady, go! à vos marques, prêts, partez! ; here goes!, here we go! c'est parti! ; once he gets going, he never stops une fois lancé, il n'arrête pas ;
    17 ( lead) aller, conduire, mener (to à) ; that corridor goes to the kitchen le couloir va or conduit à la cuisine ; the road goes down to the sea/goes up the mountain la route descend vers la mer/monte au sommet de la montagne ; this road goes past the cemetery ce chemin passe à côté du cimetière ;
    18 ( extend in depth or scope) the roots of the plant go very deep les racines de la plante s'enfoncent très profondément ; the historical reasons for this conflict go very deep les raisons historiques de ce conflit remontent très loin ; these habits go very deep ces habitudes sont profondément ancrées or enracinées ; as far as that goes pour ce qui est de cela ; it's true as far as it goes c'est vrai dans un sens or dans une certaine mesure ; she'll go far! elle ira loin! ; this time he's gone too far! cette fois il est allé trop loin! ; a hundred pounds doesn't go far these days on ne va pas loin avec cent livres sterling de nos jours ; one leg of lamb doesn't go very far among twelve people un gigot d'agneau n'est pas suffisant pour douze personnes ; this goes a long way towards explaining his attitude ceci explique en grande partie son attitude ; you can make £5 go a long way on peut faire beaucoup de choses avec 5 livres sterling ;
    19 (belong, be placed) aller ; where do these plates go? où vont ces assiettes? ; that table goes beside the bed cette table va à côté du lit ; the suitcases will have to go in the back il va falloir mettre les valises derrière ;
    20 ( fit) gen rentrer ; it won't go into the box ça ne rentre pas dans la boîte ; five into four won't go quatre n'est pas divisible par cinq ; three into six goes twice six divisé par trois, ça fait deux ;
    21 (be expressed, sung etc in particular way) I can't remember how the poem goes je n'arrive pas à me rappeler le poème ; how does the song go? quel est l'air de la chanson? ; the song goes something like this la chanson ressemble à peu près à ça ; as the saying goes comme dit le proverbe ; the story goes that le bruit court que, on dit que ; her theory goes something like this… sa théorie consiste à peu près à dire que… ;
    22 ( be accepted) what he says goes c'est lui qui fait la loi ; it goes without saying that il va sans dire que ; that goes without saying cela va sans dire ; anything goes tout est permis ;
    23 ( be about to) to be going to do aller faire ; it's going to snow il va neiger ; I was just going to phone you j'étais justement sur le point de t'appeler, j'allais justement t'appeler ; I'm going to phone him right now je vais l'appeler tout de suite ; I'm not going to be treated like that! je ne vais pas me laisser faire comme ça! ; we were going to go to Italy, but we changed our plans nous devions aller en Italie, mais nous avons changé d'idée ;
    24 ( happen) the party went very well la soirée s'est très bien passée ; so far the campaign is going well jusqu'à maintenant la campagne a bien marché ; how did the evening go? comment s'est passée la soirée? ; the way things are going, I don't think we'll ever get finished vu la façon dont les choses se passent or si ça continue comme ça, je pense qu'on n'aura jamais fini ; how's it going ○ ?, how are things going? comment ça va ○ ? ; how goes it? hum comment ça va ○ ?, comment va ◑ ? ;
    25 ( be on average) it's old, as Australian towns go c'est une ville assez vieille pour une ville australienne ; it wasn't a bad party, as parties go c'était une soirée plutôt réussie par rapport à la moyenne ;
    26 ( be sold) the house went for over £100,000 la maison a été vendue à plus de 100 000 livres ; we won't let the house go for less than £100,000 nous ne voulons pas vendre la maison à moins de 100 000 livres ; those rugs are going cheap ces tapis ne sont pas chers ; the house will go to the highest bidder la maison sera vendue au plus offrant ; ‘going, going, gone!’ ( at auction) ‘une fois, deux fois, trois fois, adjugé!’ ;
    27 ( be on offer) I'll have some coffee, if there's any going je prendrai bien un café, s'il y en a ; are there any drinks going? est-ce qu'il y a quelque chose à boire? ; I'll have whatever's going je prendrai ce qu'il y a ; it's the best machine going c'est la meilleure machine sur le marché ; there's a job going at their London office il y a un poste libre dans leur bureau de Londres ;
    28 ( contribute) the money will go towards a new roof l'argent servira à payer un nouveau toit ; the elements that go to make a great film les éléments qui font un bon film ; everything that goes to make a good teacher toutes les qualités d'un bon enseignant ;
    29 ( be given) [award, prize] aller (to à) ; [estate, inheritance, title] passer (to à) ; the money will go to charity les bénéfices iront aux bonnes œuvres ; most of the credit should go to the author la plus grande partie du mérite revient à l'auteur ; the job went to a local man le poste a été donné à un homme de la région ;
    30 ( emphatic use) she's gone and told everybody! elle est allée le dire à tout le monde! ; why did he go and spoil it? pourquoi est-il allé tout gâcher ? ; you've gone and ruined everything! tu t'es débrouillé pour tout gâcher! ; he went and won the competition! il s'est débrouillé pour gagner le concours! ; you've really gone and done it now! tu peux être fier de toi! iron ; then he had to go and lose his wallet comme s'il ne manquait plus que ça, il a perdu son portefeuille ;
    31 ( of money) (be spent, used up) all his money goes on drink tout son argent passe dans l'alcool ; most of his salary goes on rent la plus grande partie de son salaire passe dans le loyer ; I don't know where all my money goes (to)! je ne sais pas ce que je fais de mon argent! ;
    32 (make sound, perform action or movement) gen faire ; [bell, alarm] sonner ; the cat went ‘miaow’ le chat a fait ‘miaou’ ; wait until the bell goes attends que la cloche sonne ( subj) ; she went like this with her fingers elle a fait comme ça avec ses doigts ; so he goes ‘what about my money ○ ?’ et puis il dit or il fait, ‘et mon argent?’ ;
    33 (resort to, have recourse to) to go to war [country] entrer en guerre ; [soldier] partir à la guerre ; to go to law GB ou to the law US aller en justice ;
    34 (break, collapse etc) [roof] s'effondrer ; [cable, rope] se rompre, céder ; ( fuse) [light bulb] griller ;
    35 (bid, bet) aller ; I'll go as high as £100 j'irai jusqu'à 100 livres sterling ; I went up to £100 je suis allé jusqu'à 100 livres sterling ;
    36 ( take one's turn) you go next c'est ton tour après, c'est à toi après ; you go first après vous ;
    37 ( be in harmony) those two colours don't go together ces deux couleurs ne vont pas ensemble ; the curtains don't go with the carpet les rideaux ne vont pas avec le tapis ; white wine goes better with fish than red wine le vin blanc va mieux avec le poisson que le rouge ;
    38 ○ euph ( relieve oneself) aller aux toilettes ;
    39 US ( in takeaway) to go à emporter ; two hamburgers to go! deux hamburgers à emporter!
    1 ( travel) we had gone ten miles before we realized that… nous avions déjà fait dix kilomètres quand nous nous sommes rendu compte que… ; are you going my way? tu vas dans la même direction que moi? ; to go one's own way fig suivre son chemin ;
    2 ○ (bet, bid) I go two diamonds ( in cards) j'annonce deux carreaux ; he went £20 il a mis or parié 20 livres sterling.
    C n (pl goes)
    1 GB ( person's turn) tour m ; ( try) essai m ; it's your go ( in game) c'est ton tour, c'est à toi ; whose go is it? gen à qui le tour? ; ( in game) à qui de jouer? ; you've had two goes ( in game) tu as eu deux tours ; ( two attempts at mending sth) tu as déjà essayé deux fois ; to have a go at sth essayer de faire qch ; have another go! essaie encore une fois or un coup! ; she had several goes at the exam elle a repassé l'examen plusieurs fois ; I had to have several goes before passing j'ai dû m'y reprendre à plusieurs fois avant de réussir ;
    2 ○ ( energy) dynamisme m ; to be full of go, to be all go être très dynamique, avoir beaucoup d'allant ; he has no go in him il manque de dynamisme ;
    3 ○ GB ( bout) ( of illness) attaque f ;
    D adj all systems are go! Aerosp tout est paré pour le lancement!
    to have a go at sb s'en prendre à qn ; to make a go of sth réussir qch ; she's always on the go elle n'arrête jamais ; he's all go ○ ! il n'arrête pas! ; it's all the go ○ ! ça fait fureur! ; we have several different projects on the go at the moment nous avons plusieurs projets différents en chantier or en cours en ce moment ; (it's) no go! pas question! ; from the word go dès le départ ; that was a near go ○ ! on l'a échappé belle! ; in one go d'un seul coup ; to go one better than sb renchérir sur qn ; that's how it goes!, that's the way it goes! ainsi va le monde!, c'est la vie! ; there you go ○ ! voilà!
    ■ go about:
    1 = go around ;
    2 Naut virer de bord ; prepare to go about! parer à virer! ;
    ▶ go about [sth]
    1 ( undertake) s'attaquer à [task] ; how do you go about writing a novel? comment est-ce que vous vous y prenez pour écrire un roman? ; he knows how to go about it il sait s'y prendre ;
    2 ( be busy with) to go about one's business vaquer à ses occupations ; she went about her work mechanically elle faisait son travail machinalement.
    ■ go across:
    ▶ go across traverser ; he's gone across to the shop/neighbour's il est allé au magasin en face/chez les voisins en face ;
    ▶ go across [sth] traverser [street, river, bridge etc].
    ■ go after:
    ▶ go after [sth/sb]
    1 ( chase) poursuivre [person] ;
    2 fig ( try hard to get) he really went after that job il a fait tout son possible pour avoir ce travail.
    ▶ go against [sb/sth]
    1 ( prove unfavourable to) the vote/verdict/decision went against them le vote/le verdict/la décision leur a été défavorable or n'a pas été en leur faveur ; the war is going against them la guerre tourne à leur désavantage ;
    2 ( conflict with) être contraire à [rules, principles] ; to go against the trend aller à l'encontre de or être contraire à la tendance ; to go against the party line Pol ne pas être dans la ligne du parti ;
    3 (resist, oppose) s'opposer à, aller à l'inverse de [person, sb's wishes].
    1 ( go in front) go ahead, I'll follow you on partez devant, je vous suis ;
    2 fig ( proceed) go! ( in conversation) continue! ; go ahead and shoot! vas-y, tire! ; they are going ahead with the project ils ont décidé de mettre le projet en route ; we can go ahead without them nous pouvons continuer sans eux ; next week's strike is to go ahead la grève de la semaine prochaine va avoir lieu.
    1 ( move along) [person, vehicle] aller, avancer ; to make sth up as one goes along fig inventer qch au fur et à mesure ;
    2 ( attend) aller ; she went along as a witch elle y est allée déguisée en sorcière ; I went along as a witness j'y suis allé or je me suis présenté comme témoin.
    ▶ go along with [sb/sth] être d'accord avec, accepter [plans, wishes] ; I can't go along with that je ne peux pas accepter ça ; I'll go along with you there je suis d'accord avec vous sur ce point.
    ■ go around:
    1 (move, travel about) se promener, circuler ; to go around naked/barefoot se promener tout nu/pieds nus ; she goes around on a bicycle elle circule à bicyclette ; they go around everywhere together ils vont partout ensemble ;
    2 ( circulate) [rumour] courir ; there's a rumour going around that le bruit court que ; there's a virus going around il y a un virus qui traîne ; there isn't enough money to go around il n'y a pas assez d'argent pour tout le monde ;
    ▶ go around [sth] faire le tour de [house, shops, area] ; to go around the world faire le tour du monde ; they went around the country looking for him ils l'ont cherché dans tout le pays.
    ■ go at:
    ▶ go at [sb] ( attack) attaquer, tomber sur ;
    ▶ go at [sth] s'attaquer à, s'atteler à [task, activity].
    ■ go away [person] partir ; to go away on holiday GB ou vacation US partir en vacances ; go away and leave me alone! va-t-en et laisse-moi tranquille! ; go away and think about it réfléchissez-y ; don't go away thinking that ne va pas croire que ; this cold/headache just won't go away! je n'arrive pas à me débarrasser de ce rhume/mal de tête! ; the problems aren't just going to go away! les problèmes ne vont pas disparaître tout seuls!
    ■ go back
    1 ( return) retourner ; ( turn back) rebrousser chemin, faire demi-tour ; ( resume work) reprendre le travail ; (resume classes, studies) reprendre les cours ; as it was raining, they decided to go back comme il pleuvait, ils ont décidé de faire demi-tour or de rebrousser chemin ; they went back home ils sont rentrés chez eux ; let's go back to France rentrons en France ; to go back to the beginning recommencer ; to go back to sleep se rendormir ; to go back to work/writing se remettre au travail/à écrire ; go back! the path isn't safe reculez! le chemin est dangereux ; once you've committed yourself, there's no going back une fois que vous vous êtes engagé, vous ne pouvez plus reculer ;
    2 ( in time) remonter ; to go back in time remonter dans le temps ; to understand the problem we need to go back 20 years pour comprendre le problème il faut remonter 20 ans en arrière ; this tradition goes back a century cette tradition est vieille d'un siècle ; we go back a long way ça fait longtemps qu'on se connaît ;
    3 ( revert) revenir (to à) ; to go back to teaching revenir à l'enseignement ; to go back to being a student reprendre des études ; let's go back to what we were discussing yesterday revenons à ce que dont nous parlions hier.
    ▶ go back on [sth] revenir sur [promise, decision].
    ■ go before:
    ▶ go before ( go in front) aller au devant ; fig ( in time) se passer avant ; all that had gone before tout ce qui s'était passé avant ;
    ▶ go before [sb/sth] [person] comparaître devant [court, judge] ; the bill went before parliament le projet de loi a été soumis au parlement.
    ■ go below gen, Naut descendre.
    ■ go by:
    ▶ go by [person] passer ; [time] passer, s'écouler ; as time goes by avec le temps ; don't let such opportunities go by il ne faut pas laisser passer de telles occasions ;
    ▶ go by [sth]
    1 ( judge by) juger d'après ; to go by appearances juger d'après or sur les apparences ; going by her looks, I'd say she was about 30 à la voir, je lui donne 30 ans ; you mustn't go by what you read in the papers il ne faut pas croire tout ce que disent les journaux ; if the trailer is anything to go by, it should be a good film à en juger par la bande-annonce, ça doit être un bon film ; if the father is anything to go by, I wouldn't like to meet the son! quand on voit le père, on n'a pas envie de rencontrer le fils! ;
    2 ( proceed by) to go by the rules suivre or observer le règlement ; promotion goes by seniority la promotion se fait à l'ancienneté or en fonction de l'ancienneté.
    ■ go down:
    ▶ go down
    1 ( descend) gen descendre ; [diver] effectuer une plongée ; to go down to the cellar descendre à la cave ; to go down to the beach aller à la plage ; to go down to the pub aller au pub ; they've gone down to Brighton for a few days ils sont allés passer quelques jours à Brighton ; ‘going down!’ ( in elevator) ‘on descend!’ ; to go down on one's knees se mettre à genoux ;
    2 ( fall) [person, aircraft] tomber ; ( sink) [ship] couler, sombrer ; [person] couler, disparaître sous les flots ; most of the passengers went down with the ship la plupart des passagers ont coulé avec le navire ; the plane went down in flames l'avion s'est écrasé en flammes ; the plane went down over Normandy/the Channel l'avion s'est écrasé en Normandie/est tombé dans la Manche ; to go down for the third time [drowning person] disparaître sous les flots et se noyer ;
    3 [sun] se coucher ;
    4 ( be received) to go down well/badly être bien/mal reçu ; this remark didn't go down at all well cette remarque n'a pas été appréciée du tout ; his jokes went down well/didn't go down well with the audience le public a apprécié/n'a pas beaucoup apprécié ses plaisanteries ; another cup of coffee would go down nicely! une autre tasse de café serait la bienvenue! ;
    5 ( be swallowed) it went down the wrong way c'est passé de travers ;
    6 ( become lower) [water level, temperature] baisser ; [tide] descendre ; [price, standard] baisser ; ( abate) [storm, wind] se calmer ; [fire] s'éteindre ; the river has/the floods have gone down le niveau de la rivière/des inondations a baissé ; foodstuffs are going down (in price) les produits alimentaires deviennent moins chers ;
    7 ( become deflated) [swelling] désenfler ; [tyre, balloon] se dégonfler ;
    8 GB Univ ( break up for holiday) terminer les cours ; ( leave university permanently) quitter l'université ; when do you go down? quand est-ce que vous êtes en vacances? ;
    9 gen, Sport (fail, be defeated) perdre ; ( be downgraded) redescendre ; Corby went down 6-1 to Oxford Corby a perdu 6-1 contre Oxford ; the team has gone down to the second division l'équipe est redescendue en deuxième division ;
    10 ( be remembered) he will go down as a great statesman on se souviendra de lui comme d'un grand homme d'État ;
    11 ( be recorded) être noté ; it all goes down in her diary elle note tout dans son journal ;
    12 ( continue) the book goes down to 1939 le livre va jusqu'en 1939 ; if you go down to the second last line you will see that si vous regardez à l'avant-dernière ligne, vous verrez que ;
    13 ( be stricken) to go down with flu/malaria attraper la grippe/la malaria ;
    14 ○ GB ( be sent to prison) être envoyé en prison ;
    15 Comput [computer, system] tomber en panne ;
    ▶ go down [sth]
    1 lit descendre [hill] ; descendre dans [mine] ;
    2 ( be downgraded) to go down a class Sch redescendre d'une classe.
    ▶ go down on [sth] ( set) [sun] se coucher sur ; when the sun went down on the Roman Empire fig quand l'empire romain commençait à décliner ;
    ▶ go down on [sb] ● ( have oral sex with) tailler une pipe à ● [man] ; faire minette à ● [woman].
    ■ go for:
    ▶ go for [sb/sth]
    1 ○ (favour, have liking for) craquer ○ pour [person, physical type] ; aimer [style of music, literature etc] ; he really goes for blondes il craque ○ pour or il adore les blondes ; I don't go much for modern art je ne suis pas emballé ○ par l'art moderne, je n'aime pas tellement l'art moderne ;
    2 ( apply to) être valable pour, s'appliquer à ; that goes for all of you! c'est valable pour tout le monde! ; the same goes for him c'est valable pour lui aussi!, ça s'applique à lui aussi! ;
    ▶ go for [sb]
    1 ( attack) ( physically) attaquer, tomber sur ; ( verbally) attaquer, s'en prendre à [person] ; the two youths went for him les deux jeunes l'ont attaqué or lui ont sauté dessus ; to go for sb's throat [animal] attaquer qn à la gorge ; she really went for him! (in argument, row) elle l'a vraiment incendié!, elle s'en est prise violemment à lui! ;
    2 he has a lot going for him il a beaucoup de choses pour lui ;
    ▶ go for [sth]
    1 ( attempt to achieve) essayer d'obtenir [honour, victory] ; she's going for the gold medal/world record elle vise la médaille d'or/le record mondial ; go for it ○ ! vas-y, fonce ○ ! ; the company is going for a new image l'entreprise cherche à se donner une nouvelle image ; the team is going for a win against Italy l'équipe compte bien gagner contre l'Italie ;
    2 ( choose) choisir, prendre ; I'll go for the blue one je prendrai le bleu.
    ■ go forth sout [person] ( go out) sortir ; ( go forward) aller, avancer ; go forth and multiply allez et multipliez-vous.
    ■ go forward(s) avancer.
    ■ go in
    1 ( enter) entrer ; ( go back in) rentrer ;
    2 Mil [army, troops] attaquer ; the troops went in at dawn les troupes ont attaqué à l'aube ;
    3 ( disappear) [sun, moon] se cacher.
    ■ go in for:
    ▶ go in for [sth]
    1 ( be keen on) aimer [sport, hobby etc] ; I don't go in for sports much je n'aime pas tellement le sport ; he goes in for opera in a big way il adore l'opéra, c'est un fou d'opéra ○ ; we don't go in for that sort of thing nous n'aimons pas ce genre de chose ; they don't go in much for foreign languages at Ben's school ils ne s'intéressent pas beaucoup aux langues étrangères dans l'école de Ben ;
    2 ( take up) to go in for teaching entrer dans l'enseignement ; to go in for politics se lancer dans la politique ;
    3 ( take part in) s'inscrire à [exam, competition].
    ■ go into:
    ▶ go into [sth]
    1 ( enter) entrer dans ; fig ( take up) se lancer dans ; to go into hospital entrer à l'hôpital ; to go into parliament entrer au parlement ; to go into politics/business se lancer dans la politique/les affaires ;
    2 (examine, investigate) étudier ; we need to go into the question of funding il faut que nous étudiions la question du financement ;
    3 (explain, describe) I won't go into why I did it je n'expliquerai pas pourquoi je l'ai fait ; let's not go into that now laissons cela de côté pour l'instant ;
    4 ( launch into) se lancer dans ; she went into a long explanation of what had happened elle s'est lancée dans une longue explication de ce qui s'était passé ;
    5 ( be expended) a lot of work/money went into this project beaucoup de travail/d'argent a été investi dans ce projet ; a lot of effort went into organizing the party l'organisation de la soirée a demandé beaucoup de travail ;
    6 ( hit) [car, driver] rentrer dans, heurter ; the car went into a lamp post la voiture est rentrée dans or a heurté un réverbère.
    ▶ go in with [sb] se joindre à [person, ally, organization] ; he went in with us to buy the present il s'est mis avec nous pour acheter le cadeau.
    ■ go off:
    ▶ go off
    1 (explode, fire) [bomb] exploser ; the gun didn't go off le coup n'est pas parti ;
    2 [alarm clock] sonner ; [fire alarm] se déclencher ;
    3 ( depart) partir, s'en aller ; he went off to work il est parti au travail ; she went off to find a spade elle est allée chercher une pelle ; they went off together ils sont partis ensemble ;
    4 GB ( go bad) [milk, cream] tourner ; [meat] s'avarier ; [butter] rancir ; ( deteriorate) [performer, athlete etc] perdre sa forme ; [work] se dégrader ; ( lose one's attractiveness) [person] être moins beau/belle qu'avant ; he used to be very handsome, but he's gone off a bit il était très beau, mais il est moins bien maintenant ; the first part of the film was good, but after that it went off la première partie du film était bien, mais après ça s'est dégradé ;
    5 ○ ( fall asleep) s'endormir ;
    6 ( cease to operate) [lights, heating] s'éteindre ;
    7 (happen, take place) [evening, organized event] se passer ; the concert went off very well le concert s'est très bien passé ;
    8 Theat quitter la scène ;
    ▶ go off [sb/sth] GB I used to like him but I've gone off him je l'aimais bien avant, mais je ne l'aime plus tellement ; I've gone off opera/whisky je n'aime plus tellement l'opéra/le whisky ; I think she's gone off the idea je crois qu'elle a renoncé à l'idée.
    ▶ go off with [sb/sth] partir avec [person, money] ; she went off with all his money elle est partie avec tout son argent ; who's gone off with my pen? qui a pris mon stylo?
    ■ go on:
    ▶ go on
    1 (happen, take place) se passer ; what's going on? qu'est-ce qui se passe? ; there's a party going on upstairs il y a une fête en haut ; how long has this been going on? depuis combien de temps est-ce que ça dure? ; a lot of stealing goes on il y a beaucoup de vols ; a lot of drinking goes on at Christmas time les gens boivent beaucoup à Noël ;
    2 ( continue on one's way) poursuivre son chemin ;
    3 ( continue) continuer ; go on with your work continuez votre travail, continuez de travailler ; go on looking continuez à or de chercher ; she went on speaking elle a continué de parler ; go on, we're all listening! continue, nous t'écoutons tous! ; ‘and another thing,’ she went on, ‘you're always late’ ‘et autre chose,’ a-t-elle ajouté, ‘vous êtes toujours en retard’ ; if he goes on like this, he'll get into trouble! s'il continue comme ça, il va s'attirer des ennuis ; we can't go on like this! nous ne pouvons pas continuer comme ça! ; life must go on la vie continue ; the meeting went on into the afternoon la réunion s'est prolongée jusque dans l'après-midi ; you can't go on being a pen pusher all your life! tu ne peux pas rester gratte-papier toute ta vie! ; the list goes on and on la liste est infinie or interminable ; that's enough to be going on with ça suffit pour le moment ; have you got enough work to be going on with? est-ce que tu as assez de travail pour le moment? ; here's £20 to be going on with voici 20 livres pour te dépanner ; go on (with you) ○ ! allons donc! ;
    4 ( of time) ( elapse) as time went on, they… avec le temps, ils… ; as the evening went on, he became more animated au fur et à mesure que la soirée avançait, il devenait plus animé ;
    5 ( keep talking) to go on about sth ne pas arrêter de parler de qch, parler de qch à n'en plus finir ; he was going on about the war il parlait de la guerre à n'en plus finir ; don't go on about it! arrête de parler de ça!, change de disque! ; she went on and on about it elle en a fait toute une histoire ; he does tend to go on a bit! il a tendance à radoter ○ ! ; the way she goes on, you'd think she was an expert on the subject! à l'entendre, on croirait qu'elle est experte en la matière! ;
    6 ( proceed) passer ; let's go on to the next item passons au point suivant ; he went on to say that/describe how puis il a dit que/décrit comment ;
    7 ( go into operation) [heating, lights] s'allumer ;
    8 Theat entrer en scène ; what time do you go on? à quelle heure est-ce que vous entrez en scène? ;
    9 ( approach) it's going on three o'clock il est presque trois heures ; she's four going on five elle va sur ses cinq ans ; he's thirty going on three hum il a trente ans mais il pourrait bien en avoir trois ;
    10 ( fit) these gloves won't go on ces gants ne m'iront pas ; the lid won't go on properly le couvercle ne ferme pas bien ;
    ▶ go on [sth] se fonder sur [piece of evidence, information] ; that's all we've got to go on tout ce que nous savons avec certitude ; we've got nothing else to go on nous n'avons pas d'autre point de départ ; the police haven't got much evidence to go on la police n'a pas beaucoup de preuves à l'appui.
    ■ go on at:
    ▶ go on at [sb] s'en prendre à [person] ; he's always going on at me for writing badly il s'en prend toujours à moi à cause de ma mauvaise écriture ; they're always going on at us about deadlines ils sont toujours sur notre dos pour des histoires de délais.
    ■ go out
    1 (leave, depart) sortir ; she went out of the room elle a quitté la pièce, elle est sortie de la pièce ; to go out walking aller se promener ; to go out for a drink aller prendre un verre ; they go out a lot ils sortent beaucoup ; she likes going out elle aime sortir ; she had to go out to work at 14 il a fallu qu'elle aille travailler à 14 ans ;
    2 ( travel long distance) partir (to à, pour) ; she's gone out to Australia/Africa elle est partie pour l'Australie/l'Afrique ;
    3 ( have relationship) to go out with sb sortir avec qn ; they've been going out together for six weeks ils sortent ensemble depuis six semaines ;
    4 [tide] descendre ; the tide is going out la marée descend, la mer se retire ;
    5 Ind ( go on strike) se mettre en grève ;
    6 ( become unfashionable) passer de mode ; ( no longer be used) ne plus être utilisé ; mini-skirts went out in the 1970s les mini-jupes ont passé de mode dans les années 70 ; gas went out and electricity came in l'électricité a remplacé le gaz ;
    7 ( be extinguished) [fire, light] s'éteindre ;
    8 ( be sent) [invitation, summons] être envoyé ; ( be published) [journal, magazine] être publié ; Radio, TV ( be broadcast) être diffusé ;
    9 ( be announced) word went out that he was coming back le bruit a couru qu'il revenait ; the news went out from Washington that Washington a annoncé que ;
    10 ( be eliminated) gen, Sport être éliminé ; she went out in the early stages of the competition elle a été éliminée au début de la compétition ;
    11 (expressing compassion, sympathy) my heart goes out to them je les plains de tout mon cœur, je suis de tout cœur avec eux ; our thoughts go out to absent friends nos pensées vont vers nos amis absents ;
    12 ( disappear) all the spirit seemed to have gone out of her elle semblait avoir perdu tout son entrain ; the romance seemed to have gone out of their relationship leur relation semblait avoir perdu tout son charme ;
    13 ( end) [year, month] se terminer ;
    14 ( in cards) terminer.
    ■ go over:
    ▶ go over
    1 ( cross over) aller ; she went over to him/to the window elle est allée vers lui/vers la fenêtre, elle s'est approchée de lui/de la fenêtre ; to go over to Ireland/to America aller en Irlande/aux États-Unis ; we are now going over to Washington for more news Radio, TV nous passons maintenant l'antenne à Washington pour plus d'informations ;
    2 ( be received) how did his speech go over? comment est-ce que son discours a été reçu? ; his speech went over well son discours a été bien reçu ; to go over big ○ avoir un grand succès ;
    3 ( switch over) he went over to Labour from the Conservatives il est passé du parti des conservateurs au parti des travaillistes ; to go over to the other side fig passer dans l'autre camp ; we've gone over to gas (central heating) nous sommes passés au chauffage central au gaz ; to go over to Islam se convertir à l'Islam ;
    ▶ go over [sth]
    1 ( review) passer [qch] en revue [details] ; she went over the events of the day in her mind elle a passé en revue les événements de la journée ; we've gone over the details again and again nous avons déjà passé les détails en revue mille fois ; to go over one's lines ( actor) répéter son texte ; there's no point in going over old ground il n'y a aucune raison de revenir là-dessus ;
    2 (check, inspect) vérifier [accounts, figures] ; revoir [facts, piece of work] ; I want to go over this article once more before I hand it in je veux relire cet article une dernière fois avant de le remettre ; to go over a house faire le tour d'une maison ;
    3 ( clean) he went over the room with a duster il a donné un coup de chiffon dans la pièce ; after cleaning, go over the surface with a dry cloth après l'avoir nettoyée, essuyez la surface avec un chiffon sec or passez un chiffon sec sur la surface ;
    4 to go over a sketch in ink repasser un dessin à l'encre ;
    5 ( exceed) dépasser ; don't go over £100 ne dépassez pas 100 livres sterling.
    ■ go round GB:
    1 ( turn) [wheel, propeller etc] tourner ; the wheels went round and round les roues n'ont pas arrêté de tourner ; my head's going round j'ai la tête qui tourne ;
    2 ( call round) to go round to see sb aller voir qn ; he's gone round to Anna's il est allé chez Anna ;
    3 ( suffice) there isn't enough food/money to go round il n'y a pas assez de nourriture/d'argent pour tout le monde ; there was barely enough to go round il y en avait à peine assez pour tout le monde ;
    4 ( circulate) there's a rumour going round that le bruit court que ;
    5 ( make detour) faire un détour ; we had to go round the long way ou the long way round il a fallu qu'on prenne un chemin plus long ; I had to go round by the bridge il a fallu que je passe par or que je fasse un détour par le pont ;
    ▶ go round [sth] ( visit) faire le tour de [shops, house, museum].
    1 ( come in) entrer ; if you'll just go (on) through, I'll tell them you're here si vous voulez bien entrer, je vais leur dire que vous êtes arrivé ;
    2 ( be approved) [law, agreement] passer ; the law failed to go through la loi n'est pas passée ; the divorce hasn't gone through yet le divorce n'a pas encore été prononcé ;
    3 ( be successfully completed) [business deal] être conclu ;
    ▶ go through [sth]
    1 ( undergo) endurer, subir [experience, ordeal] ; ( pass through) passer par [stage, phase] ; in spite of all he's gone through malgré tout ce qu'il a enduré ; we've all gone through it nous sommes tous passés par là ; she's gone through a lot elle a beaucoup souffert ; he went through the day in a kind of daze toute la journée il a été dans un état second ; the country has gone through two civil wars le pays a connu deux guerres civiles ; to go through a crisis traverser une crise ; as you go through life au fur et à mesure que tu vieillis, en vieillissant ; you have to go through the switchboard/right authorities il faut passer par le standard/les autorités compétentes ; it went through my mind that l'idée m'a traversé l'esprit que ;
    2 (check, inspect) examiner, étudier ; ( rapidly) parcourir [documents, files, list] ; to go through one's mail parcourir son courrier ; let's go through the points one by one étudions or examinons les problèmes un par un ;
    3 ( search) fouiller [person's belongings, baggage] ; to go through sb's pockets/drawers fouiller dans les poches/tiroirs de qn ; at customs they went through all my things à la douane ils ont fouillé toutes mes affaires ;
    4 (perform, rehearse) répéter [scene] ; expliquer [procedure] ; let's go through the whole scene once more répétons or reprenons toute la scène une dernière fois ; there are still a certain number of formalities to be gone through il y a encore un certain nombre de formalités à remplir ; I went through the whole procedure with him je lui ai expliqué comment il fallait procéder en détail ;
    5 (consume, use up) dépenser [money] ; we went through three bottles of wine nous avons bu or descendu ○ trois bouteilles de vin ; I've gone through the elbows of my jacket j'ai usé ma veste aux coudes.
    ▶ go through with [sth] réaliser, mettre [qch] à exécution [plan] ; in the end they decided to go through with the wedding finalement ils ont décidé de se marier ; I can't go through with it je ne peux pas le faire ; you'll have to go through with it now il va falloir que tu le fasses maintenant.
    1 ( harmonize) [colours, pieces of furniture etc] aller ensemble ; these colours don't go together ces couleurs ne vont pas ensemble ;
    2 ( entail each other) aller de pair ; poverty and crime often go together la pauvreté et le crime vont souvent de pair ;
    3 ○ †( have relationship) [couple] sortir ensemble.
    1 [boat, ship] couler, sombrer ; [drowning person] couler, disparaître sous les flots ;
    2 fig ( succumb) [person] succomber ; ( go bankrupt) [business, company] faire faillite.
    ■ go up:
    ▶ go up
    1 ( ascend) monter ; to go up to bed monter se coucher ; they've gone up to London ils sont allés or montés à Londres ; they've gone up to Scotland ils sont allés en Écosse ; ‘going up!’ ( in elevator) ‘on monte!’ ;
    2 ( rise) [price, temperature] monter ; Theat [curtain] se lever (on sur) ; petrol has gone up (in price) (le prix de) l'essence a augmenté ; unemployment is going up le chômage augmente or est en hausse ; our membership has gone up le nombre de nos adhérents a augmenté ; a cry went up from the crowd un cri est monté or s'est élevé de la foule ;
    3 ( be erected) [building] être construit ; [poster] être affiché ; new office blocks are going up all over the place on construit de nouveaux immeubles un peu partout ;
    4 (be destroyed, blown up) [building] sauter, exploser ;
    5 GB Univ ( start university) entrer à l'université ; ( start term) reprendre les cours ;
    6 ( be upgraded) the team has gone up to the first division l'équipe est passée en première division ;
    7 ( continue) the book/series goes up to 1990 le livre/la série va jusqu'en 1990 ;
    ▶ go up [sth]
    1 ( mount) monter, gravir [hill, mountain] ;
    2 to go up a class Sch passer dans une classe supérieure.
    ■ go with:
    ▶ go with [sth]
    1 (match, suit) aller avec ; your shirt goes with your blue eyes ta chemise va bien avec tes yeux bleus ; white wine goes better with fish than red wine le vin blanc va mieux avec le poisson que le rouge ;
    2 ( accompany) aller de pair avec ; the car goes with the job la voiture va de pair avec la situation ; the responsibilities that go with parenthood les responsabilités qui vont de pair avec le fait d'être parent ;
    ▶ go with [sb] ( date) sortir avec ; ( have sex with) coucher avec [person].
    ▶ go without s'en passer ; you'll just have to go without! il va falloir que tu t'en passes!, il va falloir que tu fasses sans! ;
    ▶ go without [sth] se passer de [food, luxuries].

    Big English-French dictionary > go

  • 110 einfahren

    (unreg., trennb.)
    I v/i (ist eingefahren): einfahren (in + Akk) mit Auto: drive in(to); (ankommen) arrive (in, at); Zug: auch come in(to), pull in(to); Achtung, auf Gleis vier fährt ein: der verspätete Zug nach... Attention - the train now arriving at platform (Am. track) four is the delayed train to...
    II v/t (hat)
    1. (Auto) run in
    2. TECH. (Antenne, Fahrgestell etc.) retract
    3. (Zaun etc.) drive into; (umfahren) auch knock down
    4. (Ernte) bring in, harvest
    5. WIRTS. (Gewinne etc.) make, bring in; (Verluste) make, suffer
    III v/refl (hat)
    1. (sich an ein Auto etc. gewöhnen) get used to a car etc., break a car etc. in
    2. (sich einspielen) start to run smoothly; (zur Gewohnheit werden) become a habit ( bei with); es hat sich bei uns so eingefahren, dass... auch we just got into the habit of (+ Ger.) eingefahren
    * * *
    (Ernte) to get in; to bring in;
    (Zug) to pull in
    * * *
    ein|fah|ren sep
    1. vi aux sein
    (Zug, Schiff) to come in ( in +acc -to HUNT Fuchs, Dachs etc) to go to earth

    in die Grube/den Schacht éínfahren (Min) — to go down( to the face)

    auf Bahnsteig 2 fährt der Zug aus München ein — the train from Munich is arriving at or coming in at platform 2

    2. vt
    1) (= kaputt fahren) Mauer, Zaun to knock down
    2) Ernte to bring in
    3) Fahrgestell, Periskop to retract
    4) (= ans Fahren etc gewöhnen) to break in; Wagen to run in (Brit), to break in (US)

    "wird eingefahren" — "running in" (Brit), "being broken in" (US)

    5) Verluste to make; Gewinne auch to bring in
    3. vr
    to get used to driving

    ich muss mich erst mit dem neuen Auto éínfahren — I have to get used to (driving) the new car

    das hat sich so eingefahren (fig) — it has just become a habit

    See:
    → auch eingefahren
    * * *
    1) ((of a car etc) to move into the middle of the road from the side.) draw out
    2) (to get (a new engine etc) working properly.) run in
    * * *
    ein|fah·ren
    I. vi Hilfsverb: sein
    ▪ [in etw akk] \einfahren to come [or pull] in[to sth]
    auf einem Gleis \einfahren to arrive at [or come into] a platform
    in einen Hafen \einfahren to sail into a harbour [or AM -or
    2. BERGB (hinunterfahren) to go down
    in eine Grube/einen Schacht \einfahren to go down a pit/shaft
    II. vt Hilfsverb: haben
    ▪ etw \einfahren
    1. (kaputtfahren) to [drive into and] knock down sth sep
    2. (einziehen) Antenne, Objektiv etc. to retract sth
    3. (einbringen) to make sth
    einen Gewinn/Verlust \einfahren to make a profit/loss
    4. AGR (einbringen) to bring in sth
    das Heu/Korn \einfahren to bring in [or harvest] the corn/hay
    * * *
    1.
    unregelmäßiges intransitives Verb; mit sein come in; < train> come or pull in

    in den Bahnhof einfahren — come or pull into the station

    2.
    unregelmäßiges transitives Verb
    2) (beschädigen) knock down < wall>; smash in < mudguard>
    3) (Kfz-W.) run in < car>
    4) (Technik) retract <undercarriage, antenna, aerial, etc.>; s. auch eingefahren
    * * *
    einfahren (irr, trennb)
    A. v/i (ist eingefahren):
    in +akk) mit Auto: drive in(to); (ankommen) arrive (in, at); Zug: auch come in(to), pull in(to);
    Achtung, auf Gleis vier fährt ein: der verspätete Zug nach … Attention - the train now arriving at platform (US track) four is the delayed train to …
    B. v/t (hat)
    1. (Auto) run in
    2. TECH (Antenne, Fahrgestell etc) retract
    3. (Zaun etc) drive into; (umfahren) auch knock down
    4. (Ernte) bring in, harvest
    5. WIRTSCH (Gewinne etc) make, bring in; (Verluste) make, suffer
    C. v/r (hat)
    1. (sich an ein Auto etc gewöhnen) get used to a car etc, break a car etc in
    2. (sich einspielen) start to run smoothly; (zur Gewohnheit werden) become a habit (
    bei with);
    es hat sich bei uns so eingefahren, dass … auch we just got into the habit of (+ger) → eingefahren
    * * *
    1.
    unregelmäßiges intransitives Verb; mit sein come in; < train> come or pull in

    in den Bahnhof einfahren — come or pull into the station

    2.
    unregelmäßiges transitives Verb
    2) (beschädigen) knock down < wall>; smash in < mudguard>
    3) (Kfz-W.) run in < car>
    4) (Technik) retract <undercarriage, antenna, aerial, etc.>; s. auch eingefahren
    * * *
    (eines Systems) n.
    running-in (of a system) n.

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > einfahren

  • 111 enseñar

    v.
    1 to teach, to show, to lecture on.
    Ella le enseña a Ricardo She teaches Richard.
    Le enseñó a todos la verdad He showed the whole world the truth.
    Ella enseña en su tiempo libre She teaches in her spare time.
    Enseñó los dientes He showed his teeth.
    Ella enseña inglés She teaches English.
    2 to teach, to instruct, to educate, to train.
    Ella le enseña a Ricardo She teaches Richard.
    3 to show, to show to.
    Le enseñó a todos la verdad He showed the whole world the truth.
    4 to teach.
    Ella enseña en su tiempo libre She teaches in her spare time.
    5 to show, to exhibit.
    Enseñó los dientes He showed his teeth.
    6 to point out, to preach.
    Enseñó el camino He pointed out the way.
    * * *
    1 (en escuela etc) to teach, train, instruct
    2 (educar) to educate
    3 (mostrar, dejar ver) to show
    4 (señalar) to point out
    \
    enseñar los dientes figurado to bare one's teeth
    * * *
    verb
    2) show
    * * *
    1. VT
    1) (Educ) to teach, educate
    2) (=mostrar) to show; (=señalar) to point out

    nos enseñó el museo — he showed us over o around the museum

    3) (=entrenar) to train
    2.
    VI to teach, be a teacher
    3.
    See:
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) < asignatura> to teach

    enseñarle a alguien a + inf — to teach somebody to + inf

    b) ( dar escarmiento) to teach
    2) ( mostrar) to show
    2.
    enseñarse v pron (Méx fam)

    enseñarse a + inf — ( aprender) to learn to + inf; ( acostumbrarse) to get used to -ing

    * * *
    = instruct, show, teach, train, hold up, educate, walk + Nombre + through.
    Ex. Some of the above limitations of title indexes can be overcome by exercising a measure of control over the index terminology, and by inputting and instructing the computer to print a number of pre-determined links or references between keywords.
    Ex. This shows a record in an abstracts based bibliographic data base.
    Ex. The aim of this course is to teach some of the practical skills required in subject indexing.
    Ex. The larger abstracting organisations train their own abstractors.
    Ex. Banning's decision to hold up Madison and Jefferson as models without discussing in some depth the practical ways in which they politicked shortchanges the reader.
    Ex. The staff undertake searches and enquiries for the user and educate the user by various ways, from informal discussion to fully prepared lectures.
    Ex. This unit of study walks early elementary students through the basics of counting and using the smallest U.S. coin denominations (penny, nickel, and dime).
    ----
    * enseñado a pedir el baño = toilet-trained.
    * enseñado a usar el orinal = potty-trained.
    * enseñado a usar la caja de arena = house-trained.
    * enseñar de nuevo = retrain [re-train].
    * enseñar el culo = moon, do + a moony.
    * enseñar los dientes = show + Posesivo + teeth, bare + Posesivo + teeth.
    * enseñar una lección = give + a lesson, teach + lesson.
    * enseñar un edificio a Alguien = show + Nombre + round.
    * experiencia + enseñar = experience + teach.
    * historia + enseñar = history + teach, lesson from history.
    * volver a enseñar = retrain [re-train].
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) < asignatura> to teach

    enseñarle a alguien a + inf — to teach somebody to + inf

    b) ( dar escarmiento) to teach
    2) ( mostrar) to show
    2.
    enseñarse v pron (Méx fam)

    enseñarse a + inf — ( aprender) to learn to + inf; ( acostumbrarse) to get used to -ing

    * * *
    = instruct, show, teach, train, hold up, educate, walk + Nombre + through.

    Ex: Some of the above limitations of title indexes can be overcome by exercising a measure of control over the index terminology, and by inputting and instructing the computer to print a number of pre-determined links or references between keywords.

    Ex: This shows a record in an abstracts based bibliographic data base.
    Ex: The aim of this course is to teach some of the practical skills required in subject indexing.
    Ex: The larger abstracting organisations train their own abstractors.
    Ex: Banning's decision to hold up Madison and Jefferson as models without discussing in some depth the practical ways in which they politicked shortchanges the reader.
    Ex: The staff undertake searches and enquiries for the user and educate the user by various ways, from informal discussion to fully prepared lectures.
    Ex: This unit of study walks early elementary students through the basics of counting and using the smallest U.S. coin denominations (penny, nickel, and dime).
    * enseñado a pedir el baño = toilet-trained.
    * enseñado a usar el orinal = potty-trained.
    * enseñado a usar la caja de arena = house-trained.
    * enseñar de nuevo = retrain [re-train].
    * enseñar el culo = moon, do + a moony.
    * enseñar los dientes = show + Posesivo + teeth, bare + Posesivo + teeth.
    * enseñar una lección = give + a lesson, teach + lesson.
    * enseñar un edificio a Alguien = show + Nombre + round.
    * experiencia + enseñar = experience + teach.
    * historia + enseñar = history + teach, lesson from history.
    * volver a enseñar = retrain [re-train].

    * * *
    enseñar [A1 ]
    vt
    A
    1 ‹asignatura› to teach enseñarle a algn A + INF to teach sb to + INF
    me enseñó a nadar she taught me to swim
    ¿me enseñas cómo se hace? will you show me how it's done o how to do it?, will you teach me how to do it?
    les enseñan a buscar drogas they train them to search for drugs
    eso te enseñará a comportarte como es debido that'll teach you to behave properly
    B (mostrar) to show
    tienes que enseñarme las fotos/tu nuevo piso you must show me the photos/your new apartment
    me enseñó el camino she showed me the way
    vas enseñando la combinación your slip's showing
    ( Méx fam) enseñarse A + INF (aprender) to learn to + INF; (acostumbrarse) to get used TO -ING
    * * *

     

    enseñar ( conjugate enseñar) verbo transitivo
    1
    a) ‹asignatura/niño› to teach;

    ‹ animal› to train;
    enseñarle a algn a hacer algo to teach sb to do sth

    2 ( mostrar) ‹camino/procedimiento› to show
    enseñarse verbo pronominal (Méx fam) enseñarse a hacer algo ( aprender) to learn to do sth;
    ( acostumbrarse) to get used to doing sth
    enseñar verbo transitivo
    1 to teach: enséñame a manejar la cámara, teach me how to use the camera ➣ Ver nota en teach 2 (dejar ver) to show: enséñame el camino, show me the way
    ' enseñar' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    aleccionar
    - alfabetizar
    - demostrar
    - educar
    - iluminar
    - ilustrar
    - método
    - presentar
    English:
    chest
    - instruct
    - intent
    - rope
    - show
    - teach
    - toilet-train
    - toilet-training
    - train
    - flash
    - mean
    - take
    * * *
    ♦ vt
    1. [instruir] to teach;
    enseña inglés en una academia de idiomas he teaches English in a language school;
    enseñar a alguien a hacer algo to teach sb to do sth;
    está enseñando a su hijo a Esp [m5] conducir o Am [m5] manejar she's teaching her son to drive;
    mi padre me enseñó a hacerlo o [m5] cómo hacerlo my father taught me how to do it
    2. [aleccionar] to teach;
    enseñar a alguien a hacer algo to teach sb to do sth;
    la derrota les enseñó a ser más humildes the defeat taught them some humility
    3. [mostrar] to show;
    enséñame tu vestido nuevo show me your new dress;
    enséñanos lo que has aprendido show us what you've learned;
    al estirarse, enseñaba el ombligo when he stretched you could see his belly button;
    va enseñando los hombros provocativamente her shoulders are provocatively uncovered
    * * *
    v/t
    1 ( dar clases) teach;
    enseñar a leer a alguien teach s.o. to read
    2 ( mostrar) show
    * * *
    1) : to teach
    2) mostrar: to show, to display
    * * *
    1. (instruir) to teach [pt. & pp. taught]
    2. (mostrar) to show [pt. showed; pp. shown]

    Spanish-English dictionary > enseñar

  • 112 BIOS

    ['baios] n. shkurtesë nga b asic i nput o utput s ystem ( BIOS) sistemi themelor për hyrje-dalje ( informatikë)
    What is BIOS?
    BIOS is an acronym for Basic Input/Output System. It is the boot firmware program on a PC, and controls the computer from the time you start it up until the operating system takes over. When you turn on a PC, the BIOS first conducts a basic hardware check, called a Power-On Self Test (POST), to determine whether all of the attachments are present and working. Then it loads the operating system into your computer's random access memory, or RAM.
    The BIOS also manages data flow between the computer's operating system and attached devices such as the hard disk, video card, keyboard, mouse, and printer.
    The BIOS stores the date, the time, and your system configuration information in a battery-powered, non-volatile memory chip, called a CMOS (Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor) after its manufacturing process.
    Although the BIOS is standardized and should rarely require updating, some older BIOS chips may not accommodate new hardware devices. Before the early 1990s, you couldn't update the BIOS without removing and replacing its ROM chip. Contemporary BIOS resides on memory chips such as flash chips or EEPROM (Electrically Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory), so that you can update the BIOS yourself if necessary.
    For detailed information about BIOS updates, visit:
    What is firmware?
    Firmware consists of programs installed semi-permanently into memory, using various types of programmable ROM chips, such as PROMS, EPROMs, EEPROMs, and flash chips.
    Firmware is non-volatile, and will remain in memory after you turn the system off.
    Often, the term firmware is used to refer specifically to boot firmware, which controls a computer from the time that it is turned on until the primary operating system has taken over. Boot firmware's main function is to initialize the hardware and then to boot (load and execute) the primary operating system. On PCs, the boot firmware is usually referred to as the BIOS.
    What is the difference between memory and disk storage?
    Memory and disk storage both refer to internal storage space in a computer.
    The term memory usually means RAM (Random Access Memory). To refer to hard drive storage, the terms disk space or storage are usually used.
    Typically, computers have much less memory than disk space, because RAM is much more expensive per megabyte than a hard disk. Today, a typical desktop computer might come with 512MB of RAM, and a 40 gigabyte hard disk.
    Virtual memory is disk space that has been designated to act like RAM.
    Computers also contain a small amount of ROM, or read-only memory, containing permanent or semi-permanent (firmware) instructions for checking hardware and starting up the computer. On a PC, this is called the BIOS.
    What is RAM?
    RAM stands for Random Access Memory. RAM provides space for your computer to read and write data to be accessed by the CPU (central processing unit). When people refer to a computer's memory, they usually mean its RAM.
    New computers typically come with at least 256 megabytes (MB) of RAM installed, and can be upgraded to 512MB or even a gigabyte or more.
    If you add more RAM to your computer, you reduce the number of times your CPU must read data from your hard disk. This usually allows your computer to work considerably faster, as RAM is many times faster than a hard disk.
    RAM is volatile, so data stored in RAM stays there only as long as your computer is running. As soon as you turn the computer off, the data stored in RAM disappears.
    When you turn your computer on again, your computer's boot firmware (called BIOS on a PC) uses instructions stored semi-permanently in ROM chips to read your operating system and related files from the disk and load them back into RAM.
    Note: On a PC, different parts of RAM may be more or less easily accessible to programs. For example, cache RAM is made up of very high-speed RAM chips which sit between the CPU and main RAM, storing (i.e., caching) memory accesses by the CPU. Cache RAM helps to alleviate the gap between the speed of a CPU's megahertz rating and the ability of RAM to respond and deliver data. It reduces how often the CPU must wait for data from main memory.
    What is ROM?
    ROM is an acronym for Read-Only Memory. It refers to computer memory chips containing permanent or semi-permanent data. Unlike RAM, ROM is non-volatile; even after you turn off your computer, the contents of ROM will remain.
    Almost every computer comes with a small amount of ROM containing the boot firmware. This consists of a few kilobytes of code that tell the computer what to do when it starts up, e.g., running hardware diagnostics and loading the operating system into RAM. On a PC, the boot firmware is called the BIOS.
    Originally, ROM was actually read-only. To update the programs in ROM, you had to remove and physically replace your ROM chips. Contemporary versions of ROM allow some limited rewriting, so you can usually upgrade firmware such as the BIOS by using installation software. Rewritable ROM chips include PROMs (programmable read-only memory), EPROMs (erasable read-only memory), EEPROMs (electrically erasable programmable read-only memory), and a common variation of EEPROMs called flash memory.
    What is an ACPI BIOS?
    ACPI is an acronym that stands for Advanced Configuration and Power Interface, a power management specification developed by Intel, Microsoft, and Toshiba. ACPI support is built into Windows 98 and later operating systems. ACPI is designed to allow the operating system to control the amount of power provided to each device or peripheral attached to the computer system. This provides much more stable and efficient power management and makes it possible for the operating system to turn off selected devices, such as a monitor or CD-ROM drive, when they are not in use.
    ACPI should help eliminate computer lockup on entering power saving or sleep mode. This will allow for improved power management, especially in portable computer systems where reducing power consumption is critical for extending battery life. ACPI also allows for the computer to be turned on and off by external devices, so that the touch of a mouse or the press of a key will "wake up" the computer. This new feature of ACPI, called OnNow, allows a computer to enter a sleep mode that uses very little power.
    In addition to providing power management, ACPI also evolves the existing Plug and Play BIOS (PnP BIOS) to make adding and configuring new hardware devices easier. This includes support for legacy non-PnP devices and improved support for combining older devices with ACPI hardware, allowing both to work in a more efficient manner in the same computer system. The end result of this is to make the BIOS more PnP compatible.
    What is CMOS?
    CMOS, short for Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor, is a low-power, low-heat semiconductor technology used in contemporary microchips, especially useful for battery-powered devices. The specific technology is explained in detail at:
    http://searchsmb.techtarget.com/sDefinition/0,,sid44_gci213860,00.html
    Most commonly, though, the term CMOS is used to refer to small battery-powered configuration chips on system boards of personal computers, where the BIOS stores the date, the time, and system configuration details.
    How do I enter the Setup program in my BIOS?
    Warning: Your BIOS Setup program is very powerful. An incorrect setting could cause your computer not to boot properly. You should make sure you understand what a setting does before you change it.
    You can usually run Setup by pressing a special function key or key combination soon after turning on the computer, during its power-on self test (POST), before the operating system loads (or before the operating system's splash screen shows). During POST, the BIOS usually displays a prompt such as:
    Press F2 to enter Setup
    Many newer computers display a brief screen, usually black and white, with the computer manufacturer's logo during POST.
    Entering the designated keystroke will take you into the BIOS Setup. Common keystrokes to enter the BIOS Setup are F1, F2, F10, and Del.
    On some computers, such as some Gateway or Compaq computers, graphics appear during the POST, and the BIOS information is hidden. You must press Esc to make these graphics disappear. Your monitor will then display the correct keystroke to enter.
    Note: If you press the key too early or too often, the BIOS may display an error message. To avoid this, wait about five seconds after turning the power on, and then press the key once or twice.
    What's the difference between BIOS and CMOS?
    Many people use the terms BIOS (basic input/output system) and CMOS (complementary metal oxide semiconductor) to refer to the same thing. Though they are related, they are distinct and separate components of a computer. The BIOS is the program that starts a computer up, and the CMOS is where the BIOS stores the date, time, and system configuration details it needs to start the computer.
    The BIOS is a small program that controls the computer from the time it powers on until the time the operating system takes over. The BIOS is firmware, which means it cannot store variable data.
    CMOS is a type of memory technology, but most people use the term to refer to the chip that stores variable data for startup. A computer's BIOS will initialize and control components like the floppy and hard drive controllers and the computer's hardware clock, but the specific parameters for startup and initializing components are stored in the CMOS.

    English-Albanian dictionary > BIOS

  • 113 ante

    antĕ (old form anti, whence antidea, antideo, antidhac; v. antea, anteeo, and antehac) [Gr. anti, over against, facing, anta, antên; Sanscr. anti = over against; Germ. ant- in Ant-wort = Goth. anda-vaurdi, an answer, anda-nahti, the night before], prep. and adv. (acc. to Max. Victor. p. 1953, as prep. with the grave accent; as adv. with the acute on the last syl.).
    I.
    Prep. with acc., before (syn.: prae, pro).
    A.
    In space, or trop. in regard to estimation, judgment, or rank (usu. only of objects at rest. while prae is used of those in motion; cf. Herz. ad Caes. B. G. 1, 21; v. exceptions infra).
    1.
    In space:

    quem ante aedīs video,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 136:

    ante ostium Me audivit stare,

    Ter. And. 3, 1, 16; so Vulg. Lev. 1, 5:

    Ornatas paulo ante fores,

    Juv. 6, 227; so Vulg. Num. 3, 26:

    ante meum limen,

    Juv. 11, 190:

    ante suum fundum,

    Cic. Mil. 10:

    ut ante suos hortulos postridie piscarentur,

    id. Off. 3, 14, 58:

    ante sepulcrales infelix adstitit aras,

    Ov. M. 8, 480; so Verg. A. 1, 344; 3, 545; Juv. 10, 268:

    ante altaria,

    id. 8, 155; so Vulg. Deut. 26, 4; ib. Matt. 5, 24. —Of persons:

    ante hosce deos erant arulae,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 3:

    quīs ante ora patrum contigit oppetere,

    Verg. A. 1, 95; id. G. 4, 477:

    ipsius unam (navem) ante oculos pontus in puppim ferit,

    id. A. 1, 114; 2, 531; 2, 773:

    ante se statuit funditores,

    Liv. 42, 58:

    Flos Asiae ante ipsum,

    Juv. 5, 56; Vulg. Matt. 17, 2:

    si luditur alea pernox Ante Numantinos,

    Juv. 8, 11.— Trop.:

    ante oculos collocata,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 43, 192:

    ante oculos errat domus,

    Ov. Tr. 3, 4, 57: [p. 128] causam ante eum diceret, before him as judge, Cic. Verr. 1, 3, 9:

    donec stet ante judicium,

    Vulg. Josh. 20, 6; ib. Marc. 13, 9.—And in eccl. Lat., after the Heb. and Hel. Gr., before, in the sight of, in the judgment of:

    ante Dominum vilior fiam,

    Vulg. 2 Reg. 6, 21 sq.:

    non te justifices ante Deum,

    ib. Eccli. 7, 5:

    justi ambo ante Deum,

    ib. Luc. 1, 6;

    and fully: fecit Asa rectum ante conspectum Domini,

    ib. 3 Reg. 15, 11; ib. Apoc. 12, 10.—Hence, homines ante pedes (in later Lat.), servants; cf. the annotators upon Juv. 7, 143.—With verbs of motion:

    ante me ito,

    Plaut. As. 3, 3, 70:

    equitatum omnem ante se mittit,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 21:

    ante ceteras cohortes extra aciem procurrere,

    id. B. C. 1, 55:

    praecurrit ante omnes,

    id. ib. 2, 34; so Nep. Dat. 3, 2; Liv. 7, 41; 45, 40 al.; Vulg. Lev. 27, 11; ib. 1 Reg. 12, 2.—
    2.
    Trop. of preference in judgment, or regulations in respect to rank, before (this is properly the signification of prae, q. v.; hence more rare than that, and never used by Cic.): quem ante me diligo, before myself, more than myself, Balbus ap. Cic. Att. 8, 15.—So ante aliquem esse, to surpass, excel any one:

    facundiā Graecos, gloriā belli Gallos ante Romanos fuisse,

    Sall. C. 53, 3, ubi v. Corte and Kritz:

    tum me vero et ante Alexandrum et ante Pyrrhum et ante omnes alios imperatores esse,

    superior to, Liv. 35, 14:

    necessitas ante rationem est,

    necessity knows no law, Curt. 7, 7, 10.—Hence very freq. (but mostly poet. and post-class.),
    a.
    Ante alios, ante omnes, ante ceteros, etc., before others, before all, etc., to designate a comparative relation;

    also sometimes, for the sake of emphasis, with comparatives and superlatives: tibi, Neptune, ante alios deos gratias ago,

    Plaut. Trin. 4, 1, 5; so Ov. M. 10, 120:

    scito illum ante omnīs minumi mortalem preti,

    Plaut. As. 5, 2, 8:

    tua ante omnes experientia,

    Tac. A. 2, 76; 1, 27; Liv. 1, 9:

    Junoni ante omnīs candentis vaccae media inter cornua (pateram) fundit,

    Verg. A. 4, 59:

    Ipse est ante omnes,

    Vulg. Col. 1, 17:

    O felix una ante alias Priameïa virgo,

    Verg. A. 3, 321:

    ante omnes furor est insignis equarum,

    id. G. 3, 266:

    scelere ante alios immanior omnīs,

    id. A. 1, 347; Liv. 5, 42:

    ante alios pulcherrimus omnīs Turnus,

    Verg. A. 7, 55; so Nep. Att. 3, 3; Liv. 1, 15; cf. Rudd. II. p. 82; II. p. 101; II. p. 305.—
    b.
    Ante omnia.
    (α).
    Before all things, first of all:

    alvus ante omnia ducitur,

    Cels. 7, 30:

    oportet autem ante omnia os nudare,

    id. 8, 2:

    Ante omnia instituit, ut etc.,

    Suet. Ner. 32; id. Calig. 21:

    Ante omnia autem, fratres, etc.,

    Vulg. Jac. 5, 12; ib. 1 Petr. 4, 8.—
    (β).
    Comparatively, above all, especially, chiefty:

    publica maestitia eo ante omnia insignis, quia matronae annum, ut parentem, eum luxerunt,

    Liv. 2, 7; 7, 4:

    quae natura multis et ante omnia ursis,

    Plin. 8, 35, 53, § 125:

    dulces ante omnia Musae,

    the Muses pleasing above all things, Verg. G. 2, 475; id. E. 2, 72:

    deformem et taetrum ante omnia vultum,

    Juv. 10, 191.—
    (γ).
    In entering upon the discussion of several particulars, or in adducing arguments, first of all, in the first place (similar to ac primum quidem, kai prôton men oun; cf. Spald. ad Quint. 4, 2, 4):

    ante omnia quid sit rhetorice,

    Quint. 2, 15, 1:

    ante omnia igitur imitatio per se ipsa non sufficit,

    id. 10, 2, 4; so id. 1, 2, 9; 4, 2, 40; 4, 2, 52; 5, 13, 6; 9, 1, 23.—
    B.
    Of time.
    1.
    Before: ANTE MERIDIEM CAVSAM CONICITO, Fragm. XII. Tab. ap. Auct. ad Her. 2, 13; cf.

    Dirks. Transl. 177 sq.: ante lucem a portu me praemisisti domum,

    Plaut. Am. 2, 1, 55; so Cic. de Or. 2, 64, 259; id. Inv. 2, 4, 15; Suet. Galb. 22; Vulg. Luc. 24, 22:

    ante diem caupo sciet,

    Juv. 9, 108:

    ante brumam,

    Ter. Phorm. 4, 4, 28:

    ante noctem,

    Hor. S. 1, 4, 51:

    pereundum erit ante lucernas,

    Juv. 10, 339:

    ante haec omnia,

    Vulg. Luc. 21, 12.— The designation of time is often expressed paraphrastically.
    a.
    By a person who lived at the time:

    jam ante Socratem,

    before the time of, Cic. Ac. 1, 12, 44:

    qui honos togato habitus ante me est nemini,

    before me, before my time, id. Cat. 4, 3:

    ante Jovem nulli subigebant arva coloni,

    Verg. G. 1, 125:

    vixere fortes ante Agamemnona Multi,

    Hor. C. 4, 9, 25:

    ante Helenam,

    id. S. 1, 3, 107:

    ante se,

    Tac. H. 1, 50:

    quod ante eum nemo,

    Suet. Caes. 26 al. —
    b.
    By other objects pertaining to a particular time: ante hoc factum, Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 64:

    ante has meas litteras,

    i. e. before the receipt of this letter, Cic. Fam. 13, 17:

    per hunc castissimum ante regiam injuriam sanguinem juro,

    Liv. 1, 59:

    ante mare et terras, et quod tegit omnia, caelum,

    Ov. M. 1, 5:

    ante sidus fervidum,

    Hor. Epod. 1, 27:

    ante cibum,

    id. S. 1, 10, 61, and Juv. 6, 428:

    Hoc discunt omnes ante alpha et beta,

    before their A B C, id. 14, 209:

    cur ante tubam tremor occupat artus?

    Verg. A. 11, 424:

    Tecum prius ergo voluta Haec ante tubas,

    Juv. 1, 169.—Also by the designation of the office of a person:

    ante aedilitatem meam,

    Cic. Att. 12, 17:

    ante sceptrum Dictaei regis,

    Verg. G. 2, 536:

    ante imperium ducis,

    Flor. 4, 2, 66:

    relictis multis filiis et in regno et ante regnum susceptis,

    Just. 2, 10.—And by the designation of office in app. to the person:

    mortuus est ante istum praetorem,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 45, 115:

    docuerant fabulas ante hos consules,

    id. Brut. 18, 73:

    cum ante illum imperatorem clipeis uterentur,

    Nep. Iphicr. 1, 3:

    quos ante se imperatorem nemo ausus sit aspicere,

    id. Epam. 8, 3.—A part. perf. or fut. pass. is freq. added to such substantives for the sake of explanation:

    ante hanc urbem conditam,

    before the founding of this city, Cic. Tusc. 5, 3, 7 (opp. post urbem conditam):

    non multo ante urbem captam,

    id. Div. 1, 45:

    ante Epaminondam natum,

    Nep. Epam. 10, 4:

    ante te cognitum multis orantibus opem tuli,

    Sall. J. 110, 2:

    ante decemviros creatos,

    Liv. 3, 53 al. —
    2.
    Hence particular phrases.
    a.
    Ante tempus,
    (α).
    Before the right time:

    ante tempus excitatis suis,

    Liv. 31, 36.—
    (β).
    Before the appointed, proper, or lawful time:

    factus est consul bis, primum ante tempus,

    Cic. Lael. 3:

    honores et ante tempus et quosdam novi generis cepit,

    Suet. Aug. 26:

    venisti ante tempus torquere nos?

    Vulg. Matt. 8, 29 (cf. annus, II. D.).—
    b.
    Ante diem, poet.,
    (α).
    Before the time:

    Caesaribus virtus contigit ante diem,

    Ov. A. A. 1, 184:

    ante diem vultu gressuque superbo Vicerat aequales,

    Stat. S. 2, 1, 108.—
    (β).
    Before the time destined by fate:

    filius ante diem patrios inquirit in annos,

    Ov. M. 1, 148:

    hic dolor ante diem Pandiona misit ad umbras,

    id. ib. 6, 675; id. A. A. 3, 739:

    sed misera ante diem subitoque accensa furore, etc.,

    Verg. A. 4, 697 (cf. Soph. Antig. 461: ei de tou chronou prosthen thanoumai). —
    c.
    Ante hunc diem, with a negative:

    istunc hominem numquam audivi ante hunc diem,

    never before this day, never until now, Plaut. Ep. 3, 4, 60; 4, 2, 7:

    neque umquam ante hunc diem,

    Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 19; 5, 4, 23:

    Novum crimen et ante hunc diem inauditum ad te Q. Tubero detulit,

    Cic. Lig. 1, 1 (cf. Plaut. Trin. 5, 2, 17: neque eum ante usquam conspexi prius). —
    3.
    Ante diem (abbrev. a. d.) with an ordinal number gives the date, not of the foregoing, but of the present day; e. g. ante diem quintum (a. d. V.) Kalendas Apriles, the fifth day before the calends of April. Orig. the ante belonged to Kalendas, and they said either, ante die quinto Kalendas (i. e. die quinto ante Kalendas), or ante diem quintum Kalendas; the latter phraseology became the prevailing one, and ante diem, being considered as one word, the prepp. in and ex could be prefixed; cf. Manut. ad Cic. Fam. 3, 12; Duker ad Liv. 27, 23; Rudd. II. p. 291; Madv. Gr. Suppl. I.; Drak. ad Liv. 45, 2, 12: me ante diem XIII. Kalendas Januarias principem revocandae libertatis fuisse, the thirteenth before the calends of January, i. e. the 20 th of Dec., Cic. Phil. 14, 7, 20: ante diem XII. Kalendas Novembres, the 21 st of Oct.: ante diem VI. Kalendas Novembres, the 27 th of Oct., id. Cat. 1, 3: ante diem VIII. Kalendas Decembres, the 24 th of Nov., id. Phil. 3, 8: a. d. IV. Id. Mart. (ante diem quartum Idus Martias), i. e. the 12 th of March, Liv. 40, 59: ante diem III. Non. Jan. M. Cicero natus est, i. e. on the 3 d of Jan., Gell. 15, 28 al.:

    in ante diem quartum Kal. Dec. distulit,

    Cic. Phil. 3, 8: caedem te optimatium contulisse in ante diem V. Kal. Nov., to the 28 th of Oct., id. Cat. 1, 3:

    ex ante diem VII. Id. Febr.,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 28, 1: nuntii venerant ex ante diem Non. Jun. usque ad prid. Kal. Sept., from the 3 d of June, Cic. Att. 3, 17:

    supplicatio indicta est ante diem V. Id. Oct. cum eo die in quinque dies,

    Liv. 45, 2, 12.—
    4.
    Sometimes to designate the whole time until the passing moment:

    ante id tempus et mari et terrā duces erant Lace daemonii,

    Nep. Arist. 2, 3:

    qui honos huic uni ante id tempus contigit,

    id. Timoth. 2, 3:

    invictus ante eam diem fuerat,

    Curt. 5, 3, 22.—
    5.
    Ante annos, before the destined time:

    Ante suos annos occidit,

    Ov. Am. 2, 2, 46:

    Ante annos animumque gerens curamque virilem,

    beyond his years, Verg. A. 9, 311 (cf.:

    suos annos praeterire,

    Sil. 4, 428; and:

    annos transcendere factis,

    id. 2, 348). —
    6.
    Ante hoc, for antea, antehac, belongs to the later Latin:

    ante hoc incognita,

    Luc. 6, 116:

    ante hoc domūs pars videntur,

    Tac. G. 13.
    II.
    Adv., of space and time (the latter most freq.).
    A.
    Of space, before, in front, forwards: post me erat Aegina, ante Megara, Sulp. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5, 9:

    fluvius ab tergo, ante circaque velut ripa praeceps oram ejus omnem cingebat,

    Liv. 27, 18; 22, 5:

    coronatus stabit et ante calix,

    Tib. 2, 5, 98:

    plena oculis et ante et retro,

    Vulg. Apoc. 4, 6.—Of motion (cf. supra, I. A. 1.):

    si aut manibus ingrediatur quis aut non ante, sed retro,

    Cic. Fin. 5, 12, 35:

    pallida Tisiphone morbos agit ante metumque,

    Verg. G. 3, 552.—
    B.
    1.. Of time, before, previously (always in reference to another past time, while ante as prep. is used in reference to the present).
    a.
    With verbs:

    nonne oportuit Praescīsse me ante,

    Ter. And. 1, 5, 4:

    id te oro, ut ante eamus,

    id. ib. 3, 3, 24;

    very freq. in Cic.: quod utinam illi ante accidisset,

    Cic. Phil. 11, 14:

    quae ante acta sunt,

    id. Verr. 1, 109:

    sicut ante fecimus,

    Vulg. Jos. 8, 5; ib. Jud. 16, 20:

    fructus omnis ante actae vitae,

    Cic. Marcell. 3; so Ov. M. 12, 115, and Tac. A. 6, 16:

    apud vos ante feci mentionem,

    Cic. Agr. 3, 4:

    faciam hoc non novum, sed ab eis ante factum,

    id. Verr. 1, 55; Verg. E. 9, 63; Juv. 3, 243; 15, 320:

    illud de quo ante dixi,

    Cic. Sex. Rosc. 116:

    quos ante dixi,

    id. Off. 2, 14, 50:

    ut ante dixi,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 16; id. Mil. 45:

    quem ad modum ante dixi,

    id. Sex. Rosc. 91:

    additis, quae ante deliquerant,

    Tac. A. 6, 9:

    filium ante sublatum brevi amisit,

    id. Agr. 6; id. G. 10; id. A. 11, 7; id. H. 2, 43.—And often accomp. by jam:

    acceperam jam ante Caesaris litteras, ut etc.,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 49; id. Marcell. 12; id. Verr. 2, 23.—Rarely accomp. by saepe.:

    ut saepe ante fecerant,

    Cic. Balb. 40; id. Rab. Post. 13.—
    b.
    Rarely with adjj.:

    non filius ante pudicus,

    Juv. 3, 111:

    quos acciverat, incertum, experiens an et ante gnavos,

    Tac. A. 14, 7.—
    c.
    Often with substt. in the abl. or acc. for a more accurate designation of time (cf. also abhinc with the abl. and acc.; in these cases ante was considered by the ancient critics as a prep., which could also govern the abl.; cf. Charis. p. 209 P.; Serv. ad Verg. E. 1, 30. The position of ante is sometimes before and sometimes after the subst., and sometimes between the numeral and the subst.):

    illos septem et multis ante saeculis Lycurgum accepimus fuisse sapientes,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 3, 7:

    etsi perpaucis ante diebus (i. e. before the departure of Theophilus, of whom mention is afterwards made) dederam Q. Mucio litteras ad te,

    id. Fam. 4, 9:

    paucis diebus ante,

    id. Phil. 2, 40:

    viginti annis ante,

    id. Lael. 12, 42:

    voverat eam annis undecim ante,

    Liv. 40, 52, 4 (cf. id. 40, 51:

    quae bello Ligustico ante annis octo vovisset): optimum erit ante annum scrobes facere,

    a year before, Col. 4, 2; Plin. Ep. 8, 23, 7:

    Tyron urbem ante annum Trojanae cladis condiderunt,

    a year before the fall of Troy, Just. 18, 3, 5:

    ante quadriennium amissus es,

    four years previously, Tac. Agr. 45:

    aliquot ante annos,

    Suet. Caes. 12; v. id. ib. 81 al.—
    d.
    With the advv. multo, paulo, aliquanto, tanto, quanto, and rarely permultum:

    multo ante prospexi tempestatem futuram,

    Cic. Fam. 4, 3, 3:

    haud multo ante adventum,

    Tac. Agr. 18.—And in the order ante multo:

    ante multo a te didicerimus,

    Cic. Sen. 2, 6:

    Venisti paulo ante in senatum,

    id. Cat. 1, 7, 16; id. Marcell. 7; id. Mil. 7; Tac. G. 41; id. H. 3, 68; Suet. Caes. 21; Vulg. Sap. 15, 8; ib. 2 Macc. 3, 30;

    6, 29 et saep.—And in the order ante paulo: quae ante paulo perbreviter attigi,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 4:

    profectus est aliquanto ante furorem Catilinae,

    id. Sull. 20, 56 bis; id. Verr. 1, 149.—And in the order ante aliquanto: ante aliquanto quam tu natus es, Cic. Fam. [p. 129] 10, 4; id. Vatin. 25; id. Verr. 2, 46:

    tanto ante praedixeras,

    id. Phil. 2, 33:

    quod si Cleomenes non tanto ante fugisset,

    id. Verr. 2, 5, 34; 5, 78, 89; id. Cat. 3, 17; id. de Or. 1, 7, 26; so Quint. 2, 4, 28:

    quanto ante providerit,

    Cic. Sest. 8:

    permultum ante certior factus eram litteris,

    id. Fam. 3, 11; cf. Prisc. p. 1191 P.—
    2.
    Followed by quam (written also as one word, antequam; the form prius quam was more freq. in archaic Latin), sooner than; before.
    a.
    With ind. pres.:

    ante quam doceo id factum non esse, libet mihi,

    Cic. Quinct. 48:

    ante quam ad sententiam redeo, de me pauca dicam,

    id. Cat. 4, 20; id. Mil. 7; id. Deiot. 7; id. Clu. 6.—
    b.
    With ind. perf.:

    memini Catonem anno ante quam est mortuus mecum disserere,

    Cic. Lael. 3, 11:

    anno ipso ante quam natus est Ennius,

    id. Brut. 18, 72:

    ante aliquanto quam tu natus es,

    id. Fam. 10, 3:

    neque ante dimisit eum quam fidem dedit,

    Liv. 39, 10:

    ante quam ille est factus inimicus,

    Cic. Phil. 12, 9.—
    c.
    Rarely with fut. perf.:

    ante provinciam sibi decretam audiet quam potuerit tempus ei rei datum suspicari,

    Cic. Phil. 11, 24:

    neque defatigabor ante quam... percepero,

    id. de Or. 3, 36, 145.—
    d.
    With subj. pres.:

    ante quam veniat in Pontum, litteras ad Cn. Pompeium mittet,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 53:

    hac lege ante omnia veniunt, quam gleba una ematur,

    id. ib. 2, 71; id. Sest. 15; id. Phil. 1, 1; Verg. E. 1, 60 sqq.; Vulg. Gen. 11, 4; ib. 4 Reg. 2, 9; ib. Matt. 6, 8.—
    e.
    With subj. imperf.:

    Romae et ad urbem, ante quam proficisceretur, quaerere coepit,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 167:

    qui (sol) ante quam se abderet, fugientem vidit Antonium,

    id. Phil. 14, 27; 8, 1; id. Verr. 4, 147; Vulg. Gen. 2, 5; 13, 10; ib. Matt. 1, 18; ib. Joan. 8, 58.—
    f.
    With subj. perf.:

    ante vero quam sit ea res adlata, laetitiā frui satis est,

    Cic. Phil. 14, 1:

    domesticum malum opprimit ante quam prospicere potueris,

    id. Verr. 1, 39; id. Sull. 44; id. Planc. 40:

    nec ante vincere desierint quam Rubro mari inclusis quod vincerent defuerit,

    Liv. 42, 52:

    nec ante (barbam capillumque) dempserit quam vindicāsset,

    Suet. Caes. 67.—
    g.
    With subj. pluperf.:

    se ante quam eam uxorem duxisset domum, sperāsse etc.,

    Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 71:

    qui ante quam de meo adventu audire potuissent, in Macedoniam perrexi,

    Cic. Planc. 98:

    ut consul ante fieret, quam ullum alium magistratum capere licuisset,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 62; id. Quinct. 9; id. Verr. 2, 55; 2, 171.—
    h.
    With inf.:

    dici vix potest quam multa sint quae respondeatis ante fieri oportere, quam ad hanc rationem devenire,

    Cic. Quinct. 54.—
    i.
    With part.:

    armati nullum ante finem pugnae quam morientes fecerunt,

    Liv. 21, 15, 4 (on the use of these different constructions, v. Roby, §§ 1671, 1462, 1672 etc.; Draeger, Hist. Synt. II. pp. 589 sqq.;

    and esp. Fischer, Gr. § 621). —In the poets sometimes with quam before ante: Respice item quam nil ad nos anteacta vetustas Temporis aeterni fuerit, quam nascimur ante,

    Lucr. 3, 972:

    Non ego signatis quicquam mandare tabellis, Ne legat id nemo quam meus ante, velim,

    Tib. 4, 7, 8; Mart. 9, 36, 6.—Also in the poets sometimes pleon. ante—prius—quam:

    sed mihi vel tellus optem prius ima dehiscat Ante, pudor, quam te violo aut tua jura resolvo,

    Verg. A. 4, 24; so,

    prius—quam— ante: Aut prius infecto deposcit praemia cursu, Septima quam metam triverit ante rota?

    Prop. 3, 20, 25.—
    3.
    For the designation of order, foll. by tum, deinde, etc., first, in the first place (only in later Lat. for the class. primum):

    ut ante caput, deinde reliqua pars auferatur,

    Cels. 7, 29:

    et ante dicam de his, quae, etc.: tum, etc.,

    id. 5, 26:

    ante tonderi... deinde... tum, etc.,

    id. 6, 6, 8; so Plin. 34, 13, 34, § 131 dub.—
    4.
    Very rarely used as adj. (in imitation of the Greek):

    neque enim ignari sumus ante malorum,

    earlier, previous ills, Verg. A. 1, 198 (cf. tôn paros kakôn, Soph. O. T. 1423):

    ille elegit, qui recipit ante meliorem,

    Quint. Decl. 1, 14; cf. Liv. 24, 82, 5 (on this use of the adv., v. Kritz ad Sall. J. 76, 5).
    III.
    In composition.
    A.
    Of space, before, in front of, forwards: antepono, antefigo, antefero, antemitto.—
    B.
    Fig. of preference, before, above: antepono.—
    C.
    Of degree, before, above, more: antepotens, antepollens—
    D.
    In designations of time only with adjj. and advv.: antelucanus, antemeridianus, antehac, antelucio.With verbs, ante is more correctly written separately: ante actus, ante factus, ante gestus, ante paro, etc., although editions differ in this respect. V. more upon this word in Hand, Turs. I. pp. 361-390, and pp. 394-402.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > ante

  • 114 anti

    antĕ (old form anti, whence antidea, antideo, antidhac; v. antea, anteeo, and antehac) [Gr. anti, over against, facing, anta, antên; Sanscr. anti = over against; Germ. ant- in Ant-wort = Goth. anda-vaurdi, an answer, anda-nahti, the night before], prep. and adv. (acc. to Max. Victor. p. 1953, as prep. with the grave accent; as adv. with the acute on the last syl.).
    I.
    Prep. with acc., before (syn.: prae, pro).
    A.
    In space, or trop. in regard to estimation, judgment, or rank (usu. only of objects at rest. while prae is used of those in motion; cf. Herz. ad Caes. B. G. 1, 21; v. exceptions infra).
    1.
    In space:

    quem ante aedīs video,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 136:

    ante ostium Me audivit stare,

    Ter. And. 3, 1, 16; so Vulg. Lev. 1, 5:

    Ornatas paulo ante fores,

    Juv. 6, 227; so Vulg. Num. 3, 26:

    ante meum limen,

    Juv. 11, 190:

    ante suum fundum,

    Cic. Mil. 10:

    ut ante suos hortulos postridie piscarentur,

    id. Off. 3, 14, 58:

    ante sepulcrales infelix adstitit aras,

    Ov. M. 8, 480; so Verg. A. 1, 344; 3, 545; Juv. 10, 268:

    ante altaria,

    id. 8, 155; so Vulg. Deut. 26, 4; ib. Matt. 5, 24. —Of persons:

    ante hosce deos erant arulae,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 3:

    quīs ante ora patrum contigit oppetere,

    Verg. A. 1, 95; id. G. 4, 477:

    ipsius unam (navem) ante oculos pontus in puppim ferit,

    id. A. 1, 114; 2, 531; 2, 773:

    ante se statuit funditores,

    Liv. 42, 58:

    Flos Asiae ante ipsum,

    Juv. 5, 56; Vulg. Matt. 17, 2:

    si luditur alea pernox Ante Numantinos,

    Juv. 8, 11.— Trop.:

    ante oculos collocata,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 43, 192:

    ante oculos errat domus,

    Ov. Tr. 3, 4, 57: [p. 128] causam ante eum diceret, before him as judge, Cic. Verr. 1, 3, 9:

    donec stet ante judicium,

    Vulg. Josh. 20, 6; ib. Marc. 13, 9.—And in eccl. Lat., after the Heb. and Hel. Gr., before, in the sight of, in the judgment of:

    ante Dominum vilior fiam,

    Vulg. 2 Reg. 6, 21 sq.:

    non te justifices ante Deum,

    ib. Eccli. 7, 5:

    justi ambo ante Deum,

    ib. Luc. 1, 6;

    and fully: fecit Asa rectum ante conspectum Domini,

    ib. 3 Reg. 15, 11; ib. Apoc. 12, 10.—Hence, homines ante pedes (in later Lat.), servants; cf. the annotators upon Juv. 7, 143.—With verbs of motion:

    ante me ito,

    Plaut. As. 3, 3, 70:

    equitatum omnem ante se mittit,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 21:

    ante ceteras cohortes extra aciem procurrere,

    id. B. C. 1, 55:

    praecurrit ante omnes,

    id. ib. 2, 34; so Nep. Dat. 3, 2; Liv. 7, 41; 45, 40 al.; Vulg. Lev. 27, 11; ib. 1 Reg. 12, 2.—
    2.
    Trop. of preference in judgment, or regulations in respect to rank, before (this is properly the signification of prae, q. v.; hence more rare than that, and never used by Cic.): quem ante me diligo, before myself, more than myself, Balbus ap. Cic. Att. 8, 15.—So ante aliquem esse, to surpass, excel any one:

    facundiā Graecos, gloriā belli Gallos ante Romanos fuisse,

    Sall. C. 53, 3, ubi v. Corte and Kritz:

    tum me vero et ante Alexandrum et ante Pyrrhum et ante omnes alios imperatores esse,

    superior to, Liv. 35, 14:

    necessitas ante rationem est,

    necessity knows no law, Curt. 7, 7, 10.—Hence very freq. (but mostly poet. and post-class.),
    a.
    Ante alios, ante omnes, ante ceteros, etc., before others, before all, etc., to designate a comparative relation;

    also sometimes, for the sake of emphasis, with comparatives and superlatives: tibi, Neptune, ante alios deos gratias ago,

    Plaut. Trin. 4, 1, 5; so Ov. M. 10, 120:

    scito illum ante omnīs minumi mortalem preti,

    Plaut. As. 5, 2, 8:

    tua ante omnes experientia,

    Tac. A. 2, 76; 1, 27; Liv. 1, 9:

    Junoni ante omnīs candentis vaccae media inter cornua (pateram) fundit,

    Verg. A. 4, 59:

    Ipse est ante omnes,

    Vulg. Col. 1, 17:

    O felix una ante alias Priameïa virgo,

    Verg. A. 3, 321:

    ante omnes furor est insignis equarum,

    id. G. 3, 266:

    scelere ante alios immanior omnīs,

    id. A. 1, 347; Liv. 5, 42:

    ante alios pulcherrimus omnīs Turnus,

    Verg. A. 7, 55; so Nep. Att. 3, 3; Liv. 1, 15; cf. Rudd. II. p. 82; II. p. 101; II. p. 305.—
    b.
    Ante omnia.
    (α).
    Before all things, first of all:

    alvus ante omnia ducitur,

    Cels. 7, 30:

    oportet autem ante omnia os nudare,

    id. 8, 2:

    Ante omnia instituit, ut etc.,

    Suet. Ner. 32; id. Calig. 21:

    Ante omnia autem, fratres, etc.,

    Vulg. Jac. 5, 12; ib. 1 Petr. 4, 8.—
    (β).
    Comparatively, above all, especially, chiefty:

    publica maestitia eo ante omnia insignis, quia matronae annum, ut parentem, eum luxerunt,

    Liv. 2, 7; 7, 4:

    quae natura multis et ante omnia ursis,

    Plin. 8, 35, 53, § 125:

    dulces ante omnia Musae,

    the Muses pleasing above all things, Verg. G. 2, 475; id. E. 2, 72:

    deformem et taetrum ante omnia vultum,

    Juv. 10, 191.—
    (γ).
    In entering upon the discussion of several particulars, or in adducing arguments, first of all, in the first place (similar to ac primum quidem, kai prôton men oun; cf. Spald. ad Quint. 4, 2, 4):

    ante omnia quid sit rhetorice,

    Quint. 2, 15, 1:

    ante omnia igitur imitatio per se ipsa non sufficit,

    id. 10, 2, 4; so id. 1, 2, 9; 4, 2, 40; 4, 2, 52; 5, 13, 6; 9, 1, 23.—
    B.
    Of time.
    1.
    Before: ANTE MERIDIEM CAVSAM CONICITO, Fragm. XII. Tab. ap. Auct. ad Her. 2, 13; cf.

    Dirks. Transl. 177 sq.: ante lucem a portu me praemisisti domum,

    Plaut. Am. 2, 1, 55; so Cic. de Or. 2, 64, 259; id. Inv. 2, 4, 15; Suet. Galb. 22; Vulg. Luc. 24, 22:

    ante diem caupo sciet,

    Juv. 9, 108:

    ante brumam,

    Ter. Phorm. 4, 4, 28:

    ante noctem,

    Hor. S. 1, 4, 51:

    pereundum erit ante lucernas,

    Juv. 10, 339:

    ante haec omnia,

    Vulg. Luc. 21, 12.— The designation of time is often expressed paraphrastically.
    a.
    By a person who lived at the time:

    jam ante Socratem,

    before the time of, Cic. Ac. 1, 12, 44:

    qui honos togato habitus ante me est nemini,

    before me, before my time, id. Cat. 4, 3:

    ante Jovem nulli subigebant arva coloni,

    Verg. G. 1, 125:

    vixere fortes ante Agamemnona Multi,

    Hor. C. 4, 9, 25:

    ante Helenam,

    id. S. 1, 3, 107:

    ante se,

    Tac. H. 1, 50:

    quod ante eum nemo,

    Suet. Caes. 26 al. —
    b.
    By other objects pertaining to a particular time: ante hoc factum, Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 64:

    ante has meas litteras,

    i. e. before the receipt of this letter, Cic. Fam. 13, 17:

    per hunc castissimum ante regiam injuriam sanguinem juro,

    Liv. 1, 59:

    ante mare et terras, et quod tegit omnia, caelum,

    Ov. M. 1, 5:

    ante sidus fervidum,

    Hor. Epod. 1, 27:

    ante cibum,

    id. S. 1, 10, 61, and Juv. 6, 428:

    Hoc discunt omnes ante alpha et beta,

    before their A B C, id. 14, 209:

    cur ante tubam tremor occupat artus?

    Verg. A. 11, 424:

    Tecum prius ergo voluta Haec ante tubas,

    Juv. 1, 169.—Also by the designation of the office of a person:

    ante aedilitatem meam,

    Cic. Att. 12, 17:

    ante sceptrum Dictaei regis,

    Verg. G. 2, 536:

    ante imperium ducis,

    Flor. 4, 2, 66:

    relictis multis filiis et in regno et ante regnum susceptis,

    Just. 2, 10.—And by the designation of office in app. to the person:

    mortuus est ante istum praetorem,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 45, 115:

    docuerant fabulas ante hos consules,

    id. Brut. 18, 73:

    cum ante illum imperatorem clipeis uterentur,

    Nep. Iphicr. 1, 3:

    quos ante se imperatorem nemo ausus sit aspicere,

    id. Epam. 8, 3.—A part. perf. or fut. pass. is freq. added to such substantives for the sake of explanation:

    ante hanc urbem conditam,

    before the founding of this city, Cic. Tusc. 5, 3, 7 (opp. post urbem conditam):

    non multo ante urbem captam,

    id. Div. 1, 45:

    ante Epaminondam natum,

    Nep. Epam. 10, 4:

    ante te cognitum multis orantibus opem tuli,

    Sall. J. 110, 2:

    ante decemviros creatos,

    Liv. 3, 53 al. —
    2.
    Hence particular phrases.
    a.
    Ante tempus,
    (α).
    Before the right time:

    ante tempus excitatis suis,

    Liv. 31, 36.—
    (β).
    Before the appointed, proper, or lawful time:

    factus est consul bis, primum ante tempus,

    Cic. Lael. 3:

    honores et ante tempus et quosdam novi generis cepit,

    Suet. Aug. 26:

    venisti ante tempus torquere nos?

    Vulg. Matt. 8, 29 (cf. annus, II. D.).—
    b.
    Ante diem, poet.,
    (α).
    Before the time:

    Caesaribus virtus contigit ante diem,

    Ov. A. A. 1, 184:

    ante diem vultu gressuque superbo Vicerat aequales,

    Stat. S. 2, 1, 108.—
    (β).
    Before the time destined by fate:

    filius ante diem patrios inquirit in annos,

    Ov. M. 1, 148:

    hic dolor ante diem Pandiona misit ad umbras,

    id. ib. 6, 675; id. A. A. 3, 739:

    sed misera ante diem subitoque accensa furore, etc.,

    Verg. A. 4, 697 (cf. Soph. Antig. 461: ei de tou chronou prosthen thanoumai). —
    c.
    Ante hunc diem, with a negative:

    istunc hominem numquam audivi ante hunc diem,

    never before this day, never until now, Plaut. Ep. 3, 4, 60; 4, 2, 7:

    neque umquam ante hunc diem,

    Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 19; 5, 4, 23:

    Novum crimen et ante hunc diem inauditum ad te Q. Tubero detulit,

    Cic. Lig. 1, 1 (cf. Plaut. Trin. 5, 2, 17: neque eum ante usquam conspexi prius). —
    3.
    Ante diem (abbrev. a. d.) with an ordinal number gives the date, not of the foregoing, but of the present day; e. g. ante diem quintum (a. d. V.) Kalendas Apriles, the fifth day before the calends of April. Orig. the ante belonged to Kalendas, and they said either, ante die quinto Kalendas (i. e. die quinto ante Kalendas), or ante diem quintum Kalendas; the latter phraseology became the prevailing one, and ante diem, being considered as one word, the prepp. in and ex could be prefixed; cf. Manut. ad Cic. Fam. 3, 12; Duker ad Liv. 27, 23; Rudd. II. p. 291; Madv. Gr. Suppl. I.; Drak. ad Liv. 45, 2, 12: me ante diem XIII. Kalendas Januarias principem revocandae libertatis fuisse, the thirteenth before the calends of January, i. e. the 20 th of Dec., Cic. Phil. 14, 7, 20: ante diem XII. Kalendas Novembres, the 21 st of Oct.: ante diem VI. Kalendas Novembres, the 27 th of Oct., id. Cat. 1, 3: ante diem VIII. Kalendas Decembres, the 24 th of Nov., id. Phil. 3, 8: a. d. IV. Id. Mart. (ante diem quartum Idus Martias), i. e. the 12 th of March, Liv. 40, 59: ante diem III. Non. Jan. M. Cicero natus est, i. e. on the 3 d of Jan., Gell. 15, 28 al.:

    in ante diem quartum Kal. Dec. distulit,

    Cic. Phil. 3, 8: caedem te optimatium contulisse in ante diem V. Kal. Nov., to the 28 th of Oct., id. Cat. 1, 3:

    ex ante diem VII. Id. Febr.,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 28, 1: nuntii venerant ex ante diem Non. Jun. usque ad prid. Kal. Sept., from the 3 d of June, Cic. Att. 3, 17:

    supplicatio indicta est ante diem V. Id. Oct. cum eo die in quinque dies,

    Liv. 45, 2, 12.—
    4.
    Sometimes to designate the whole time until the passing moment:

    ante id tempus et mari et terrā duces erant Lace daemonii,

    Nep. Arist. 2, 3:

    qui honos huic uni ante id tempus contigit,

    id. Timoth. 2, 3:

    invictus ante eam diem fuerat,

    Curt. 5, 3, 22.—
    5.
    Ante annos, before the destined time:

    Ante suos annos occidit,

    Ov. Am. 2, 2, 46:

    Ante annos animumque gerens curamque virilem,

    beyond his years, Verg. A. 9, 311 (cf.:

    suos annos praeterire,

    Sil. 4, 428; and:

    annos transcendere factis,

    id. 2, 348). —
    6.
    Ante hoc, for antea, antehac, belongs to the later Latin:

    ante hoc incognita,

    Luc. 6, 116:

    ante hoc domūs pars videntur,

    Tac. G. 13.
    II.
    Adv., of space and time (the latter most freq.).
    A.
    Of space, before, in front, forwards: post me erat Aegina, ante Megara, Sulp. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5, 9:

    fluvius ab tergo, ante circaque velut ripa praeceps oram ejus omnem cingebat,

    Liv. 27, 18; 22, 5:

    coronatus stabit et ante calix,

    Tib. 2, 5, 98:

    plena oculis et ante et retro,

    Vulg. Apoc. 4, 6.—Of motion (cf. supra, I. A. 1.):

    si aut manibus ingrediatur quis aut non ante, sed retro,

    Cic. Fin. 5, 12, 35:

    pallida Tisiphone morbos agit ante metumque,

    Verg. G. 3, 552.—
    B.
    1.. Of time, before, previously (always in reference to another past time, while ante as prep. is used in reference to the present).
    a.
    With verbs:

    nonne oportuit Praescīsse me ante,

    Ter. And. 1, 5, 4:

    id te oro, ut ante eamus,

    id. ib. 3, 3, 24;

    very freq. in Cic.: quod utinam illi ante accidisset,

    Cic. Phil. 11, 14:

    quae ante acta sunt,

    id. Verr. 1, 109:

    sicut ante fecimus,

    Vulg. Jos. 8, 5; ib. Jud. 16, 20:

    fructus omnis ante actae vitae,

    Cic. Marcell. 3; so Ov. M. 12, 115, and Tac. A. 6, 16:

    apud vos ante feci mentionem,

    Cic. Agr. 3, 4:

    faciam hoc non novum, sed ab eis ante factum,

    id. Verr. 1, 55; Verg. E. 9, 63; Juv. 3, 243; 15, 320:

    illud de quo ante dixi,

    Cic. Sex. Rosc. 116:

    quos ante dixi,

    id. Off. 2, 14, 50:

    ut ante dixi,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 16; id. Mil. 45:

    quem ad modum ante dixi,

    id. Sex. Rosc. 91:

    additis, quae ante deliquerant,

    Tac. A. 6, 9:

    filium ante sublatum brevi amisit,

    id. Agr. 6; id. G. 10; id. A. 11, 7; id. H. 2, 43.—And often accomp. by jam:

    acceperam jam ante Caesaris litteras, ut etc.,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 49; id. Marcell. 12; id. Verr. 2, 23.—Rarely accomp. by saepe.:

    ut saepe ante fecerant,

    Cic. Balb. 40; id. Rab. Post. 13.—
    b.
    Rarely with adjj.:

    non filius ante pudicus,

    Juv. 3, 111:

    quos acciverat, incertum, experiens an et ante gnavos,

    Tac. A. 14, 7.—
    c.
    Often with substt. in the abl. or acc. for a more accurate designation of time (cf. also abhinc with the abl. and acc.; in these cases ante was considered by the ancient critics as a prep., which could also govern the abl.; cf. Charis. p. 209 P.; Serv. ad Verg. E. 1, 30. The position of ante is sometimes before and sometimes after the subst., and sometimes between the numeral and the subst.):

    illos septem et multis ante saeculis Lycurgum accepimus fuisse sapientes,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 3, 7:

    etsi perpaucis ante diebus (i. e. before the departure of Theophilus, of whom mention is afterwards made) dederam Q. Mucio litteras ad te,

    id. Fam. 4, 9:

    paucis diebus ante,

    id. Phil. 2, 40:

    viginti annis ante,

    id. Lael. 12, 42:

    voverat eam annis undecim ante,

    Liv. 40, 52, 4 (cf. id. 40, 51:

    quae bello Ligustico ante annis octo vovisset): optimum erit ante annum scrobes facere,

    a year before, Col. 4, 2; Plin. Ep. 8, 23, 7:

    Tyron urbem ante annum Trojanae cladis condiderunt,

    a year before the fall of Troy, Just. 18, 3, 5:

    ante quadriennium amissus es,

    four years previously, Tac. Agr. 45:

    aliquot ante annos,

    Suet. Caes. 12; v. id. ib. 81 al.—
    d.
    With the advv. multo, paulo, aliquanto, tanto, quanto, and rarely permultum:

    multo ante prospexi tempestatem futuram,

    Cic. Fam. 4, 3, 3:

    haud multo ante adventum,

    Tac. Agr. 18.—And in the order ante multo:

    ante multo a te didicerimus,

    Cic. Sen. 2, 6:

    Venisti paulo ante in senatum,

    id. Cat. 1, 7, 16; id. Marcell. 7; id. Mil. 7; Tac. G. 41; id. H. 3, 68; Suet. Caes. 21; Vulg. Sap. 15, 8; ib. 2 Macc. 3, 30;

    6, 29 et saep.—And in the order ante paulo: quae ante paulo perbreviter attigi,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 4:

    profectus est aliquanto ante furorem Catilinae,

    id. Sull. 20, 56 bis; id. Verr. 1, 149.—And in the order ante aliquanto: ante aliquanto quam tu natus es, Cic. Fam. [p. 129] 10, 4; id. Vatin. 25; id. Verr. 2, 46:

    tanto ante praedixeras,

    id. Phil. 2, 33:

    quod si Cleomenes non tanto ante fugisset,

    id. Verr. 2, 5, 34; 5, 78, 89; id. Cat. 3, 17; id. de Or. 1, 7, 26; so Quint. 2, 4, 28:

    quanto ante providerit,

    Cic. Sest. 8:

    permultum ante certior factus eram litteris,

    id. Fam. 3, 11; cf. Prisc. p. 1191 P.—
    2.
    Followed by quam (written also as one word, antequam; the form prius quam was more freq. in archaic Latin), sooner than; before.
    a.
    With ind. pres.:

    ante quam doceo id factum non esse, libet mihi,

    Cic. Quinct. 48:

    ante quam ad sententiam redeo, de me pauca dicam,

    id. Cat. 4, 20; id. Mil. 7; id. Deiot. 7; id. Clu. 6.—
    b.
    With ind. perf.:

    memini Catonem anno ante quam est mortuus mecum disserere,

    Cic. Lael. 3, 11:

    anno ipso ante quam natus est Ennius,

    id. Brut. 18, 72:

    ante aliquanto quam tu natus es,

    id. Fam. 10, 3:

    neque ante dimisit eum quam fidem dedit,

    Liv. 39, 10:

    ante quam ille est factus inimicus,

    Cic. Phil. 12, 9.—
    c.
    Rarely with fut. perf.:

    ante provinciam sibi decretam audiet quam potuerit tempus ei rei datum suspicari,

    Cic. Phil. 11, 24:

    neque defatigabor ante quam... percepero,

    id. de Or. 3, 36, 145.—
    d.
    With subj. pres.:

    ante quam veniat in Pontum, litteras ad Cn. Pompeium mittet,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 53:

    hac lege ante omnia veniunt, quam gleba una ematur,

    id. ib. 2, 71; id. Sest. 15; id. Phil. 1, 1; Verg. E. 1, 60 sqq.; Vulg. Gen. 11, 4; ib. 4 Reg. 2, 9; ib. Matt. 6, 8.—
    e.
    With subj. imperf.:

    Romae et ad urbem, ante quam proficisceretur, quaerere coepit,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 167:

    qui (sol) ante quam se abderet, fugientem vidit Antonium,

    id. Phil. 14, 27; 8, 1; id. Verr. 4, 147; Vulg. Gen. 2, 5; 13, 10; ib. Matt. 1, 18; ib. Joan. 8, 58.—
    f.
    With subj. perf.:

    ante vero quam sit ea res adlata, laetitiā frui satis est,

    Cic. Phil. 14, 1:

    domesticum malum opprimit ante quam prospicere potueris,

    id. Verr. 1, 39; id. Sull. 44; id. Planc. 40:

    nec ante vincere desierint quam Rubro mari inclusis quod vincerent defuerit,

    Liv. 42, 52:

    nec ante (barbam capillumque) dempserit quam vindicāsset,

    Suet. Caes. 67.—
    g.
    With subj. pluperf.:

    se ante quam eam uxorem duxisset domum, sperāsse etc.,

    Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 71:

    qui ante quam de meo adventu audire potuissent, in Macedoniam perrexi,

    Cic. Planc. 98:

    ut consul ante fieret, quam ullum alium magistratum capere licuisset,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 62; id. Quinct. 9; id. Verr. 2, 55; 2, 171.—
    h.
    With inf.:

    dici vix potest quam multa sint quae respondeatis ante fieri oportere, quam ad hanc rationem devenire,

    Cic. Quinct. 54.—
    i.
    With part.:

    armati nullum ante finem pugnae quam morientes fecerunt,

    Liv. 21, 15, 4 (on the use of these different constructions, v. Roby, §§ 1671, 1462, 1672 etc.; Draeger, Hist. Synt. II. pp. 589 sqq.;

    and esp. Fischer, Gr. § 621). —In the poets sometimes with quam before ante: Respice item quam nil ad nos anteacta vetustas Temporis aeterni fuerit, quam nascimur ante,

    Lucr. 3, 972:

    Non ego signatis quicquam mandare tabellis, Ne legat id nemo quam meus ante, velim,

    Tib. 4, 7, 8; Mart. 9, 36, 6.—Also in the poets sometimes pleon. ante—prius—quam:

    sed mihi vel tellus optem prius ima dehiscat Ante, pudor, quam te violo aut tua jura resolvo,

    Verg. A. 4, 24; so,

    prius—quam— ante: Aut prius infecto deposcit praemia cursu, Septima quam metam triverit ante rota?

    Prop. 3, 20, 25.—
    3.
    For the designation of order, foll. by tum, deinde, etc., first, in the first place (only in later Lat. for the class. primum):

    ut ante caput, deinde reliqua pars auferatur,

    Cels. 7, 29:

    et ante dicam de his, quae, etc.: tum, etc.,

    id. 5, 26:

    ante tonderi... deinde... tum, etc.,

    id. 6, 6, 8; so Plin. 34, 13, 34, § 131 dub.—
    4.
    Very rarely used as adj. (in imitation of the Greek):

    neque enim ignari sumus ante malorum,

    earlier, previous ills, Verg. A. 1, 198 (cf. tôn paros kakôn, Soph. O. T. 1423):

    ille elegit, qui recipit ante meliorem,

    Quint. Decl. 1, 14; cf. Liv. 24, 82, 5 (on this use of the adv., v. Kritz ad Sall. J. 76, 5).
    III.
    In composition.
    A.
    Of space, before, in front of, forwards: antepono, antefigo, antefero, antemitto.—
    B.
    Fig. of preference, before, above: antepono.—
    C.
    Of degree, before, above, more: antepotens, antepollens—
    D.
    In designations of time only with adjj. and advv.: antelucanus, antemeridianus, antehac, antelucio.With verbs, ante is more correctly written separately: ante actus, ante factus, ante gestus, ante paro, etc., although editions differ in this respect. V. more upon this word in Hand, Turs. I. pp. 361-390, and pp. 394-402.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > anti

  • 115 ëa

    1 sometimes "eä" vb. "is" CO, in a more absolute sense "exists", VT39:7/VT49:28-29 than the copula ná. Eä "it is" VT39:6 or "let it be". The verb is also used in connection with prepositional phrases denoting a position, as in the relative sentences i or ilyë mahalmar ëa “who is above all thrones” CO and i ëa han ëa *“who is beyond the universe of Eä” VT43:14. Eä is said to the be “present & aorist” tense VT49:29. The past tense of ëa is engë VT43:38, VT49:29; Tolkien struck out the form ëanë, VT49:30, the historically correct perfect should be éyë, but the analogical form engië was more common; the future tense is euva VT49:29. See also ëala. – Eä is also used as a noun denoting "All Creation", the universe WJ:402; Letters:284, footnote, but this term for the universe "was not held to include souls? and spirits" VT39:20; contrast ilu. One version of Tolkien's Quenya Lord's Prayer includes the words i ëa han ëa, taken to mean "who is beyond Eä" VT43:14. Tolkien noted that ëa “properly cannot be used of God since ëa refers only to all things created by Eru directly or mediately”, hence he deleted the example Eru ëa *”God exists” VT49:28, 36. However, ëa is indeed used of Eru in CO i Eru i or ilyë mahalmar uëa/u “the One who uis/u above all thrones” as well as in various Átaremma versions see VT49:36, so such a distinction may belong to the refined language of the “loremasters” rather than to everyday useage. 3 "eagle" LT1:251, LT2:338, a “Qenya” word apparently superseded by soron, sornë in Tolkien's later forms of Quenya.

    Quettaparma Quenyallo (Quenya-English) > ëa

  • 116 как следует

    2) American: all to the mustard
    3) Set phrase: (used as adv. mod. of manner) properly
    4) Makarov: good and proper

    Универсальный русско-английский словарь > как следует

  • 117 Ч-141

    ЧЕСТЬ ЧЕСТЬЮ ЧЕСТЬ ПО ЧЁСТИ both coll NP these forms only adv (more often used with pfv verbs) or subj-compl with быть« ( subj: всё) fixed WO
    in a suitable, appropriate manner, in the correct manner
    properly
    the right way ( sth. is done (handled etc)) just (exactly) like (as) it should be (done (handled etc)) (do sth.) just (exactly) like one should (do it) (in limited contexts) as is right and proper fair and square by (according to) the rules (the book) (open and) aboveboard.
    Отец сделал всё честь честью и распрощался со своими родителями теперь уже навсегда (Рыбаков 1). Father did everything properly and said good-bye to his parents, this time for good (1a).
    (Матрёна:) Иди, родной, честь честью благословенье сделай... (Толстой 1). (М.:) Come, give them your blessing, as is right and proper... (lc).
    Дедушка кивает в сторону нахала приказчика: «А кто этот человек?» - «Это мой бывший приказчик», — заикаясь, отвечает Кусиел. «Ты с ним рассчитался?» - «Рассчитался». - «Полностью и честь честью?» - «Полностью и честь честью» (Рыбаков 1). Grandfather nodded in the direction of the loutish assistant, "Then who is that man?" "That's my ex-assistant," replied Kusiel with a stammer. "Have you settled up with him?" "Yes." "In full, everything fair and square?" "Everything fair and square" (1a).
    «Короче, женился я на ней. Все честь по чести, зарегистрировались...» (Максимов 3). "То cut a long story short, I married her. All open and aboveboard. We even went to the registry office" (3a).

    Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > Ч-141

  • 118 честь по чести

    • ЧЕСТЬ ЧЕСТЬЮ; ЧЕСТЬ ПО ЧЕСТИ both coll
    [NP; these forms only; adv (more often used with pfv verbs) or subj-compl with быть (subj: всё); fixed WO]
    =====
    ⇒ in a suitable, appropriate manner, in the correct manner:
    - (sth. is done <handled etc>) just (exactly) like (as) it should be (done <handled etc>);
    - (do sth.) just (exactly) like one should (do it);
    - [in limited contexts] as is right and proper;
    - (open and) aboveboard.
         ♦ Отец сделал всё честь честью и распрощался со своими родителями теперь уже навсегда (Рыбаков 1). Father did everything properly and said good-bye to his parents, this time for good (1a).
         ♦ [Матрёна:] Иди, родной, честь честью благословенье сделай... (Толстой 1). [М.:] Come, give them your blessing, as is right and proper... (lc).
         ♦ Дедушка кивает в сторону нахала приказчика: "А кто этот человек?" - "Это мой бывший приказчик", - заикаясь, отвечает Кусиел. "Ты с ним рассчитался?" - "Рассчитался". - " Полностью и честь честью?" - " Полностью и честь честью" (Рыбаков 1). Grandfather nodded in the direction of the loutish assistant, "Then who is that man?" "That's my ex-assistant," replied Kusiel with a stammer. "Have you settled up with him?" "Yes." "In full, everything fair and square?" "Everything fair and square" (1a).
         ♦ "Короче, женился я на ней. Все честь по чести, зарегистрировались..." (Максимов 3). " То cut a long story short, I married her. All open and aboveboard. We even went to the registry office" (3a).

    Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > честь по чести

  • 119 честь честью

    • ЧЕСТЬ ЧЕСТЬЮ; ЧЕСТЬ ПО ЧЕСТИ both coll
    [NP; these forms only; adv (more often used with pfv verbs) or subj-compl with быть (subj: всё); fixed WO]
    =====
    ⇒ in a suitable, appropriate manner, in the correct manner:
    - (sth. is done <handled etc>) just (exactly) like (as) it should be (done <handled etc>);
    - (do sth.) just (exactly) like one should (do it);
    - [in limited contexts] as is right and proper;
    - (open and) aboveboard.
         ♦ Отец сделал всё честь честью и распрощался со своими родителями теперь уже навсегда (Рыбаков 1). Father did everything properly and said good-bye to his parents, this time for good (1a).
         ♦ [Матрёна:] Иди, родной, честь честью благословенье сделай... (Толстой 1). [М.:] Come, give them your blessing, as is right and proper... (lc).
         ♦ Дедушка кивает в сторону нахала приказчика: "А кто этот человек?" - "Это мой бывший приказчик", - заикаясь, отвечает Кусиел. "Ты с ним рассчитался?" - "Рассчитался". - " Полностью и честь честью?" - " Полностью и честь честью" (Рыбаков 1). Grandfather nodded in the direction of the loutish assistant, "Then who is that man?" "That's my ex-assistant," replied Kusiel with a stammer. "Have you settled up with him?" "Yes." "In full, everything fair and square?" "Everything fair and square" (1a).
         ♦ "Короче, женился я на ней. Все честь по чести, зарегистрировались..." (Максимов 3). " То cut a long story short, I married her. All open and aboveboard. We even went to the registry office" (3a).

    Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > честь честью

  • 120 ON

    on
    1. preposition
    1) (touching, fixed to, covering etc the upper or outer side of: The book was lying on the table; He was standing on the floor; She wore a hat on her head.) sobre, encima de, en
    2) (in or into (a vehicle, train etc): We were sitting on the bus; I got on the wrong bus.) en
    3) (at or during a certain day, time etc: on Monday; On his arrival, he went straight to bed.) a; el, los
    4) (about: a book on the theatre.) sobre
    5) (in the state or process of: He's on holiday.) en, de
    6) (supported by: She was standing on one leg.) sobre, en
    7) (receiving, taking: on drugs; on a diet.) con, a
    8) (taking part in: He is on the committee; Which detective is working on this case?) en
    9) (towards: They marched on the town.) a, hacia
    10) (near or beside: a shop on the main road.) en
    11) (by means of: He played a tune on the violin; I spoke to him on the telephone.) por
    12) (being carried by: The thief had the stolen jewels on him.) con
    13) (when (something is, or has been, done): On investigation, there proved to be no need to panic.) en
    14) (followed by: disaster on disaster.) tras

    2. adverb
    1) ((especially of something being worn) so as to be touching, fixed to, covering etc the upper or outer side of: She put her hat on.) en
    2) (used to show a continuing state etc, onwards: She kept on asking questions; They moved on.) continuamente, sin parar
    3) ((also adjective) (of electric light, machines etc) working: The television is on; Turn/Switch the light on.) en marcha, en funcionamiento
    4) ((also adjective) (of films etc) able to be seen: There's a good film on at the cinema this week.) en exhibición, en cartelera
    5) ((also adjective) in or into a vehicle, train etc: The bus stopped and we got on.) a bordo

    3. adjective
    1) (in progress: The game was on.) en curso
    2) (not cancelled: Is the party on tonight?) en pie
    •
    - ongoing
    - onwards
    - onward
    - be on to someone
    - be on to
    - on and on
    - on time
    - on to / onto
    on1 adv
    1. encendido / puesto
    2. abierto
    3. puesto
    4.
    what time is the programme on? ¿a qué hora dan el programa?
    5. adelante / sin parar
    the policeman told him to stop, but he drove on el policía le dijo que parara, pero siguió adelante
    she saw me, but she just walked on me vio, pero siguió su camino
    on2 prep
    1. en / sobre
    2. en
    3.
    4. en
    what's on at the cinema? ¿qué echan en el cine?
    5. sobre
    on the left / on the right a la izquierda / a la derechaon seguido de un gerundio se traduce al español por al más el infinitivo
    on arriving, she phoned her mother al llegar, llamó a su madre
    on
    tr[ɒn]
    1 (covering or touching) sobre, encima de, en
    2 (supported by, hanging from) en
    3 (to, towards) a, hacia
    ■ on the right/left a la derecha/izquierda
    5 (concerning) sobre
    ■ we went on a journey nos fuimos de viaje, hicimos un viaje
    7 (days, dates, times) no se traduce
    8 (at the time of, just after) al
    ■ on foot, on horseback, on a bicycle a pie, a caballo, en bicicleta
    ■ on the train, on the bus, on the underground en el tren, en el autobús, en el metro
    11 (regarding, about) sobre, de
    ■ on the radio, on the TV por la radio, por la tele
    13 (using) con
    ■ how do you get by on your pension? ¿cómo te las arreglas con tu pensión?
    14 (state, process) diferentes traducciones
    15 (working for, belonging to) diferentes traducciones
    ■ whose side are you on? ¿de parte de quién estás?
    ■ have you got any money on you? ¿llevas dinero?
    17 (paid for by) pagado por
    ■ the drinks are on me! ¡invito yo!
    18 (by comparison with) respecto a
    1 (not stopping) sin parar
    ■ on with the show! the show must go on! ¡que siga el espectáculo!
    ■ who left the TV on? ¿quién dejó la TV encendida?
    ■ don't leave the tap on! ¡no dejes el grifo abierto!
    ■ could you put a record on? ¿podrías poner un disco?
    ■ is there anything good on TV? ¿dan algo bueno por la tele?
    ■ what time is the film on? ¿a qué hora ponen la película?
    ■ have we got anything on this weekend? ¿tenemos plan para este fin de semana?
    ■ is the heating on? ¿está puesta la calefacción?
    ■ is the party still on? ¿se hace la fiesta?
    ■ the match is on after all después de todo, el partido se celebra
    ■ you're on next! ¡sales tú el próximo!
    \
    SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALL
    and so on y así sucesivamente
    from that day on a partir de aquel día
    it's not on no hay derecho, eso no vale
    on line SMALLCOMPUTING/SMALL conectado,-a
    to be on about hablar de
    ■ what on earth is he on about? ¿de qué diablos está hablando?
    to be on at somebody dar la lata a alguien
    to be on for something apuntarse a algo
    to go on and on about something seguir dale que dale con algo
    to have something on somebody tener algo contra alguien
    you're on! ¡trato hecho!
    on ['ɑn, 'ɔn] adv
    put the top on: pon la tapa
    he has a hat on: lleva un sombrero puesto
    from that moment on: a partir de ese momento
    farther on: más adelante
    turn the light on: prende la luz
    on adj
    the radio is on: el radio está prendido
    the game is on: el juego ha comenzado
    3)
    to be on to : estar enterado de
    on prep
    1) (indicating position) : en, sobre, encima de
    on the table: en (sobre, encima de) la mesa
    shadows on the wall: sombras en la pared
    on horseback: a caballo
    2) at, to: a
    on the right: a la derecha
    3) aboard, in: en, a
    on the plane: en el avión
    he got on the train: subió al tren
    she worked on Saturdays: trabajaba los sábados
    every hour on the hour: a la hora en punto
    he cut himself on a tin can: se cortó con una lata
    to talk on the telephone: hablar por teléfono
    on fire: en llamas
    on the increase: en aumento
    on a committee: en una comisión
    on vacation: de vacaciones
    on a diet: a dieta
    9) about, concerning: sobre
    a book on insects: un libro sobre insectos
    reflect on that: reflexiona sobre eso
    on
    adj.
    • conectado, -a adj.
    • en marcha adj.
    • encendido, -a adj.
    adv.
    • encima adv.
    prep.
    • acerca de prep.
    • conectado (Electricidad) prep.
    • de prep.
    • en prep.
    • encendido (Electricidad) prep.
    • encima de prep.
    • sobre prep.

    I ɑːn, ɒn
    1)

    put it on the table — ponlo en or sobre la mesa

    I live on Acacia Avenue — (esp AmE) vivo en Acacia Avenue

    on the right/left — a la derecha/izquierda

    b) ( belonging to) de
    c) ( against)
    2)

    on a bicycle/horse — en bicicleta/a caballo

    4)
    b) (Rad, TV)
    c) ( recorded on) en
    5)

    who's on the computer? — ¿quién está usando la computadora?

    you've been on the phone an hour! — hace una hora que estás hablando por teléfono!, hace una hora que estás colgado del teléfono! (fam)

    b) ( on duty at) en

    to be on the door — estar* en la puerta

    she's on the committee — está en la comisión, es miembro de la comisión

    on a team — (AmE) en un equipo

    on -ing — al + inf

    8) (about, concerning) sobre

    while we're on the subject — a propósito, ya que estamos hablando de esto

    9)
    a) (indicating activity, undertaking)

    on vacation/safari — de vacaciones/safari

    we went on a trip to London — hicimos un viaje a Londres, nos fuimos de viaje a Londres

    he's on a diet — está a dieta, está a or de régimen

    b) (working on, studying)
    10) (taking, consuming)
    11) (talking about income, available funds)

    she's on £30,000 — (BrE) gana 30.000 libras al año

    this round's on me — a esta ronda invito yo, esta ronda la pago yo

    it's on the house — invita la casa, atención de la casa

    14)
    b) (in) (AmE)

    II
    1)
    a) ( worn)

    she had a blue dress on — llevaba (puesto) or tenía puesto un vestido azul

    with no clothes on — sin ropa, desnudo

    let's see what it looks like on — a ver cómo queda puesto; see also have on, put on

    b) ( in place)

    to sew a button on — coser or pegar* un botón

    a) ( in space)

    further on — un poco más allá or más adelante

    go on up; I'll follow in a minute — tú ve subiendo que yo ya voy

    b) (in time, activity)
    c)

    on and off, off and on: we still see each other on and off todavía nos vemos de vez en cuando; it rained on and off o off and on all week — estuvo lloviendo y parando toda la semana

    d)

    on and on: the film went on and on la película se hizo interminable or (fam) pesadísima; you don't have to go on and on about it! — no hace falta que sigas dale y dale con lo mismo (fam)

    a)

    on about — (BrE colloq)

    what's she on about? — ¿de qué está hablando?, pero ¿qué dice?

    b)

    on at — (BrE colloq)


    III

    to be on — \<\<light/TV/radio\>\> estar* encendido, estar* prendido (AmL); \<\<faucet\>\> estar* abierto

    the electricity/water isn't on yet — la electricidad/el agua todavía no está conectada

    b) ( on duty)

    we work four hours on, four hours off — trabajamos cuatro horas y tenemos otras cuatro de descanso

    which of the doctors is on today? — ¿qué médico está de guardia hoy?

    there's a lecture on in there — hay or están dando una conferencia allí

    while the conference is on — mientras dure el congreso, hasta que termine el congreso

    the party's definitely on for Friday — la fiesta es or se hace el viernes seguro

    is the wedding still on? — ¿no se ha suspendido la boda?

    what's on at the Renoir? — (Cin, Rad, Theat, TV) ¿qué dan or (Esp tb) ponen or echan en el Renoir?

    is that play still on? — ¿sigue en cartelera la obra?

    d) (performing, playing)

    you're on! — ( Theat) a escena!

    he has been on for most of the game — ha estado jugando casi todo el partido; see also bring, come, go on

    3)
    a) (indicating agreement, acceptance) (colloq)
    b)

    not on — (esp BrE colloq)

    ABBR
    (Canada) = Ontario
    * * *

    I [ɑːn, ɒn]
    1)

    put it on the table — ponlo en or sobre la mesa

    I live on Acacia Avenue — (esp AmE) vivo en Acacia Avenue

    on the right/left — a la derecha/izquierda

    b) ( belonging to) de
    c) ( against)
    2)

    on a bicycle/horse — en bicicleta/a caballo

    4)
    b) (Rad, TV)
    c) ( recorded on) en
    5)

    who's on the computer? — ¿quién está usando la computadora?

    you've been on the phone an hour! — hace una hora que estás hablando por teléfono!, hace una hora que estás colgado del teléfono! (fam)

    b) ( on duty at) en

    to be on the door — estar* en la puerta

    she's on the committee — está en la comisión, es miembro de la comisión

    on a team — (AmE) en un equipo

    on -ing — al + inf

    8) (about, concerning) sobre

    while we're on the subject — a propósito, ya que estamos hablando de esto

    9)
    a) (indicating activity, undertaking)

    on vacation/safari — de vacaciones/safari

    we went on a trip to London — hicimos un viaje a Londres, nos fuimos de viaje a Londres

    he's on a diet — está a dieta, está a or de régimen

    b) (working on, studying)
    10) (taking, consuming)
    11) (talking about income, available funds)

    she's on £30,000 — (BrE) gana 30.000 libras al año

    this round's on me — a esta ronda invito yo, esta ronda la pago yo

    it's on the house — invita la casa, atención de la casa

    14)
    b) (in) (AmE)

    II
    1)
    a) ( worn)

    she had a blue dress on — llevaba (puesto) or tenía puesto un vestido azul

    with no clothes on — sin ropa, desnudo

    let's see what it looks like on — a ver cómo queda puesto; see also have on, put on

    b) ( in place)

    to sew a button on — coser or pegar* un botón

    a) ( in space)

    further on — un poco más allá or más adelante

    go on up; I'll follow in a minute — tú ve subiendo que yo ya voy

    b) (in time, activity)
    c)

    on and off, off and on: we still see each other on and off todavía nos vemos de vez en cuando; it rained on and off o off and on all week — estuvo lloviendo y parando toda la semana

    d)

    on and on: the film went on and on la película se hizo interminable or (fam) pesadísima; you don't have to go on and on about it! — no hace falta que sigas dale y dale con lo mismo (fam)

    a)

    on about — (BrE colloq)

    what's she on about? — ¿de qué está hablando?, pero ¿qué dice?

    b)

    on at — (BrE colloq)


    III

    to be on — \<\<light/TV/radio\>\> estar* encendido, estar* prendido (AmL); \<\<faucet\>\> estar* abierto

    the electricity/water isn't on yet — la electricidad/el agua todavía no está conectada

    b) ( on duty)

    we work four hours on, four hours off — trabajamos cuatro horas y tenemos otras cuatro de descanso

    which of the doctors is on today? — ¿qué médico está de guardia hoy?

    there's a lecture on in there — hay or están dando una conferencia allí

    while the conference is on — mientras dure el congreso, hasta que termine el congreso

    the party's definitely on for Friday — la fiesta es or se hace el viernes seguro

    is the wedding still on? — ¿no se ha suspendido la boda?

    what's on at the Renoir? — (Cin, Rad, Theat, TV) ¿qué dan or (Esp tb) ponen or echan en el Renoir?

    is that play still on? — ¿sigue en cartelera la obra?

    d) (performing, playing)

    you're on! — ( Theat) a escena!

    he has been on for most of the game — ha estado jugando casi todo el partido; see also bring, come, go on

    3)
    a) (indicating agreement, acceptance) (colloq)
    b)

    not on — (esp BrE colloq)

    English-spanish dictionary > ON

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

  • properly — prop|er|ly W2S1 [ˈprɔpəli US ˈpra:pərli] adv 1.) especially BrE correctly, or in a way that is considered right American Equivalent: right ▪ The brakes don t seem to be working properly. ▪ Then he s not doing his job properly. ▪ Parents should… …   Dictionary of contemporary English

  • properly — adverb 1 correctly, or in a way that is considered right: Make sure the job is done properly. | He never explains anything properly. | Granny will be there, so behave properly. 2 especially BrE informal completely; thoroughly: Is that cake… …   Longman dictionary of contemporary English

  • properly — adv. Properly is used with these adjectives: ↑accountable, ↑balanced, ↑closed, ↑educated, ↑informed, ↑insulated, ↑married, ↑organized, ↑qualified, ↑shut, ↑trained …   Collocations dictionary

  • probably vs properly —   Probably is an adverb used to express a level of certainty that s slightly less than 100%.   For example: I ll probably see you tomorrow.   Properly is an adverb used to show something has been done in the right way.   For example: My video was …   English dictionary of common mistakes and confusing words

  • probably vs properly —   Probably is an adverb used to express a level of certainty that s slightly less than 100%.   For example: I ll probably see you tomorrow.   Properly is an adverb used to show something has been done in the right way.   For example: My video was …   English dictionary of common mistakes and confusing words

  • List of British words not widely used in the United States — Differences between American and British English American English …   Wikipedia

  • Yiddish words used by English-speaking Jews — Yiddish words may be used in a primarily English language context. An English sentence that uses these words sometimes is said to be in Yinglish, however the primary meaning of Yinglish is an anglicism used in Yiddish. This secondary sense of the …   Wikipedia

  • Glossary of terms used in Vampire Earth — The following glossary describes various terms used in the Vampire Earth series. TOC Glossary Aspirants: Teenagers, often sons and daughters of those in a particular caste, who travel with the Hunters and perform assorted camp functions.Bears:… …   Wikipedia

  • Classifications of poor used in the Poor Law system — classified people into categories for those considered deserving of poor relief and those who were not considered deserving of poor relief. The impotent poor could not look after themselves or go to work. They included the ill, the infirm, the… …   Wikipedia

  • Wikipedia:Featured article candidates — Here, we determine which articles are to be featured articles (FAs). FAs exemplify Wikipedia s very best work and satisfy the FA criteria. All editors are welcome to review nominations; please see the review FAQ. Before nominating an article,… …   Wikipedia

  • Safety wire — Safety wiring of two pairs of drilled head bolts Safety wire or lockwire is common in the aircraft and racing industries as an extra precaution to keep vital fasteners from unintentionally loosening and parts from falling off due to vibration or… …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»